(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Graduate catalog"

THE N. C. STATE 

North Carolina State University at Raleigh 

RECORD 



THE GRADUATE 
SCHOOL CATALOG 




NORTH CAROLINA STATE RECORD 

Published six times a year in February, April, June, July, September, and 
October by North Carolina State University at Raleigh, Office of Admis- 
sions and Registration, Peele Hall, Raleigh, N. C. 27607. Second class post- 
age paid at the Post Office at Raleigh, North Carolina 27602. 

VOLUME 66 NUMBER 2 APRIL 1966 



North Carolina State University 
at Raleigh 




THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 
CATALOG 



1966 - 1968 



CONTENTS 

Officers of Administration 3 

Calendar 5 

North Carolina State University 11 

The Graduate School 13 

D. H. Hill Library 14 

Institute of Statistics 15 

Computing Facilities 16 

Oak Ridge Research Program 17 

Institute of Biological Sciences 17 

Graduate Institute of Extension Education 18 

General Information 19 

Tuition and Fees 19 

Fellowships and Graduate Assistantships 21 

Residence Facilities 22 

Admissions 23 

Graduate Degrees 28 

Master of Science 28 

Master's Degree in a Professional Field 32 

Master of Agriculture 33 

Master's Degrees, Summary of Procedures 34 

Doctor of Philosophy 37 

Summary of Procedures 42 

Fields of Instruction 45 

Departmental Announcements and Course Descriptions 45-205 

Graduate Faculty 212 

Index 234 

Campus Map 236 



OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 



THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA 

William Clyde Friday, B.S., LL.B., LL.D., President 
Donald B. Anderson, Ph.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs 
Arnold Kimsey King, Ph.D., Vice President for Institutional Studies 
Frederick Henry Weaver, M.A., Vice President for University Relations 
Alexander Hurlbutt Shepard, Jr., M.A., Assistant Vice President for 
Finance and Treasurer 

NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY AT RALEIGH 

John T. Caldwell, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Chancellor 

John D. Wright, B.S., Business Manager 

Isaac T. Littleton, A.B., M.S., M.S.L.S., Acting Director of the Libraries 

James J. Stewart, B.S., M.A., Dean of Student Affairs 

Kenneth D. Raab, B.A., M.A., Director of Admissions and Registration 

Joseph J. Combs, M.D., College Physician 

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 

Walter J. Peterson, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Dean, North Carolina State Uni- 
versity 

Vernon E. Holt, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

Patsy J. Haywood, B.S., Assistant to the Dean 

Laura Burns, Secretary 

Frances M. Emory, Secretary 

Muse M. James, Secretary 

Darlene Rachal, Secretary 

Shirley Waters, Secretary 

THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 

The Executive Council for the Graduate School is made up of 
members of the Advisory Boards of each of the three units of the 
consolidated University. The President, the Vice President for Aca- 
demic Affairs, the Chancellors and the Graduate Deans are ex-officio 
members of the Executive Council. 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE BOARDS 
North Carolina State University at Raleigh 

Walter J. Peterson, Dean 

Richard Loree Anderson, Ph.D., Professor of Experimental Statistics 

and Graduate Administrator. Term ending February 1969. 
David M. Cates, Ph.D., Professor of Textile Chemistry and Assistant 

Director, Chemical Research. Term ending August 1966. 
George O. Doak, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. Term ending September 

1967. 
John W. Duffield, Ph.D., Professor of Forestry. Term ending September 

1969. 



4 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

James E. Legates, Ph.D., William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor 
of Animal Science and Head of Animal Breeding Section. Term ending 
March 1969. 

Patrick H. McDonald, Ph.D., John W. Harrelson Professor of Engineer- 
ing Mechanics and Head of Department. Term ending January 1969. 

Thurston J. Mann, Ph.D., Professor of Genetics and Head of Department. 
Term ending July 1969. 

Howard G. Miller, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology and Head of Depart- 
ment. Term ending November 1967. 

George W. Poland, Ph.D., Professor of Modern Languages and Head of 
Department. Term ending January 1968. 

Henry B. Smith, Ph.D., Associate Dean, School of Engineering. Term 
ending October 1969. 

The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 

Earle Wallace, Ph.D., Acting Dean 

Frederic Neil Cleaveland, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science and Re- 
search Professor in the Institute for Research in Social Science. Term 
ending 1970. 

Grover Cleveland Hunter, Jr., B.A., D.D.S., M.S., Professor of Periodon- 
tology and Oral Pathology. Term ending 1970. 

J. Logan Irving, Ph.D., Professor of Biochemistry and Nutrition. Term 
ending 1970. 

Frank Wysor Klingberg, Ph.D., Professor of History. Term ending 1966. 

George Sherman Lane, Ph.D., Kenan Professor of German. Term ending 
1969. 

John Edgar Larsh, M.C., Sc.D., Professor of Parasitology in the School 
of Public Health and Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs in the 
School of Public Health. Term endinsr 1966. 

Maurice Wentworth Lee, Ph.D., Professor of Business and Economics 
and Dean of the School of Business Administration. Term ending 1969. 

Harvey Eugene Lehman, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology. Term ending 1968. 

Gerhard E. Lenski, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology. Term ending 1970. 

George Edward Nicholson, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Statistics and Re- 
search Professor in the Institute for Research in Social Science and 
Chairman of the Department of Statistics. Term ending 1966. 

Joseph Curtis Sloane, Ph.D., Alumni Distinguished Professor of Art and 
Director of the Ackland Memorial Art Center. Term ending 1970. 

Ernest William Talbert, Ph.D., Professor of English. Term ending 1968. 

The University of North Carolina at Greensboro 

John W. Kennedy, Ph.D., Acting Dean 

Richard Bardolph, Ph.D., Professor of History 

Gilbert Carpenter, B.A., Professor of Art 

Elizabeth Duffy, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology 

Bruce Eberhart, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

Vance T. Littlejohn, Ph.D., Professor of Business Education 

Ethel L. Martus, M.S., Professor of Physical Education 

Mereb E. Mossman, M.A., L.H.D., Dean of the Faculty and Professor of 

Sociology (ex officio) 
Lee Rigsby, Ph.D., Professor of Music 
Donald W. Russell, Ed.D., Professor of Education 
Irwin V. Sperry, Ed.D., Professor of Home Economics 
Robert W. Watson, Ph.D., Professor of English 



THE CALENDAR' 



First Session 
June 7 



June 8 
June 13 



June 14 



June 17 



June 28 

July 4 
July 14 
July 15 

Second Session 
July 19 



Summer Sessions, 1966 



Tues. Registration and payment of fees, 9:00 a.m. 

until 1:00 p.m. Late registration fee 
payable by all who register after 1:00 p.m. 

Wed. Classes begin. 

Mon. Last day for registration. Last day to 

withdraw with refund less $7 registration 
fee and last day to drop courses without 
grades. 

Tues. Last day for filing application for admis- 

sion to candidacy for students expecting to 
complete requirements for the master's de- 
gree in August. 

Fri. Deadline for submission of theses in final 

form to Graduate School by candidates for 
the master's and doctoral degrees in July. 
Last day for taking final oral examinations 
by candidates for master's degrees not re- 
quiring theses. 

Last day for taking qualifying examina- 
tions for students expecting to receive doc- 
torate in January, 1967. 
Holiday. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



July 20 
July 25 

July 28 



August 24 
August 25 



Tues. 

Mon. 

Thurs. 

Fri. 

Tues. 



Wed. 

Mon. 



Thurs. 



Wed. 
Thurs. 



Registration and payment of fees, 9:00 a.m. 
until 12:00 noon. Late registration fee 
payable by all who register after 12:00 
noon. 

Classes begin. 

Last day to register. Last day to withdraw 
with refund less $7 registration fee and 
last day to withdraw without grades. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates for 
the master's and doctoral degrees in August. 
Last day for taking final oral examinations 
by candidates for master's degrees not re- 
quiring theses. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



September 6 Tues. 



Fall Semester, 1966 

General faculty meeting. Last day to pre- 
register for fall courses. 

Calendar is subject to change. Any changes will be announced in the Official Bulletin 
well in advance. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



September 9-11 Fri.-Sun. 

September 12 Mon. 
September 16 Fri. 



September 23 Fri. 



November 5 Sat. 



November 


7 


Mon. 


November 


22 


Tues. 


November 


28 


Mon. 


December 


16 


Fri. 



December 17 


Sat. 


January 3, 1967 


Tues. 


January 11 


Wed. 


January 12 


Thurs. 


January 13-20 


Fri. -Fri 


January 16 


Mon. 



Complete registration and pick up class 
schedules. 

First day of classes. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for admission to candidacy 
for students expecting to complete require- 
ments for the master's degree in January, 
1967. 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 

Mid-term reports due. Last day for taking 
qualifying examinations for students ex- 
pecting to receive doctorate in May, 1967. 
Meeting of the Graduate Executive Council 
of the University of North Carolina. 
Thanksgiving holidays begin at 10:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates for 
the master's and doctoral degrees in Janu- 
ary, 1967. Last day for taking final oral 
examinations for master's degrees not re- 
quiring theses. 

Christmas holidays begin at 1:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading day. 
Final examinations. 

Meeting of the Graduate Executive Council 
of the University of North Carolina. 



Spring Semester, 1967 



January 24 
January 27-29 

January 30 
February 3 



Tues. 
Fri.-Sun. 

Mon. 
Fri. 



February 10 


Fri. 


March 18 


Sat. 


March 22 


Wed. 


March 25 


Sat. 


March 28 


Tues. 


April 3 


Mon. 



Last day to preregister. 

Complete registration and pick up class 
schedules. 

First day of classes. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for admission to candi- 
dacy for students expecting to complete 
requirements for the master's degree in 
May and July, 1967. 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 
Mid-term reports due. 
Easter holidays begin at 10:00 p.m. 
Last day for taking qualifying examina- 
tions for students expecting to receive doc- 
torate in August, 1967. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Meeting of the Graduate Executive Council 
of the University of North Carolina. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



April 28 



Fri. 



May 17 


Wed. 


May 18 


Thurs. 


May 19-26 


Fri.-Fri 


May 27 


Sat. 



Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to the Graduate School by candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in 
May, 1967. Last day for taking final oral 
examinations by candidates for master's 
degrees not requiring theses. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading day. 
Final examinations. 
Commencement. 



First Session 
June 6 

June 7 
June 12 

June 13 
June 16 



June 28 



Tues. 

Wed. 
Mon. 

Tues. 
Fri. 



Wed. 



July 13 
July 14 


Thurs. 
Fri. 


Second Session 




July 18 


Tues. 


July 19 
July 24 


Wed. 
Mon. 



July 27 



August 23 
August 24 



Thurs. 



Wed. 
Thurs. 



Summer Sessions, 1967 



Registration and payment of fees; late reg- 
istration fee payable by those who register 
after 1:00 p.m. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 
(or drop a course) with refund; last day 
to drop a course without a grade. 
Last day for filing application for admis- 
sion to candidacy for students expecting 
to complete requirements for the master's 
degree in August, 1967. 

Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates for 
the master's and doctoral degrees in July, 
1967. Last day for taking final oral ex- 
aminations by candidates for master's de- 
grees not requiring theses. 
Last day for taking qualifying examina- 
tions for students expecting to receive doc- 
torate in January, 1968 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



Registration and payment of fees; late 
registration fee for those who register 
after 12:00 noon, July 18. 
First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 
(or drop a course) with refund; last day 
to drop a course without a grade. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates for 
the master's and doctoral degrees in August. 
Last day for taking final oral examina- 
tions by candidates for master's degrees 
not requiring theses. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



Fall Semester, 1967 



September 5 Tues. 
September 8-10 Fri.-Sun. 



September 11 
September 15 



Mon. 
Fri. 



September 22 Fri. 



November 4 Sat. 



November 


6 


Mon. 


November 


21 


Tues. 


November 


27 


Mon. 


December 


15 


Fri. 



December 16 Sat. 

January 2, 1968 Tues. 

January 10 Wed. 

January 11 Thurs. 

January 12-19 Fri. -Fri. 

January 15 Tues. 



General faculty meeting; last day to pre- 
register for fall courses. 
Complete registration and pick up class 
schedules. 

First day cf classes. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for admission to candi- 
dacy for students expecting to complete 
requirements for the master's degree in 
January, 1968. 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 

Mid-term reports due. Last day for taking 
qualifying examinations for students ex- 
pecting to receive doctorate in May, 1968. 
Meeting of the Graduate Executive Council 
of the University of North Carolina. 
Thanksgiving holidays begin at 10:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates for 
the master's and doctoral degrees in Jan- 
uary, 1968. Last day for taking final oral 
examinations for master's degrees not re- 
quiring theses. 

Christmas holidays begin at 1:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading day. 
Final examinations. 

Meeting of the Graduate Executive Coun- 
cil of the University of North Carolina. 



Spring Semester, 1968 



January 23 
January 26-28 

January 29 
February 2 



Tues. 
Fri.-Sun. 

Mon. 
Fri. 



February 9 


Fri. 


March 16 


Sat. 


March 23 


Sat. 



Last day to preregister. 
Complete registration and pick up class 
schedules. 

First day of classes. 

Last day to add a course. Last day for 
filing application for admission to candi- 
dacy for students expecting to complete 
requirements for the master's degree in 
May and July, 1968. 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 

Mid-term reports due. 

Last day for taking qualifying examina- 
tions for students expecting to receive doc- 
torate in August, 1968. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



April 1 



Mon. 



April 10 


Wed. 


April 17 


Wed. 


April 26 


Fri. 



May 15 


Wed. 


May 16 


Thurs. 


May 17-24 


Fri.-Fri 


May 25 


Sat. 



Meeting of the Graduate Executive Coun- 
cil of the University of North Carolina. 

Easter holidays begin at 10:00 p.m. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 

Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates for 
the master's and doctoral degrees in May, 
1968. Last day for taking final oral ex- 
aminations for master's degrees not re- 
quiring theses. 

Last day of classes. 

Reading day. 

Final examinations. 

Commencement. 



Summer Sessions, 1968 



First Session 




June 4 


Tues 


June 5 


Wed 


June 10 


Mon. 


June 11 


Tues 



June 14 



June 26 



Fri. 



Wed. 



July 11 


Thurs. 


July 12 


Fri. 


Second Session 




July 16 


Tues. 


July 17 


Wed. 


July 18 


Thurs. 



Registration and payment of fees; late 
registration fee for those who register 
after 1:00 p.m., June 4. 

First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 
(or drop a course) with refund; last day 
to drop a course without a grade. 

Last day for filing application for admis- 
sion to candidacy for students expecting to 
complete requirements for the master's de- 
gree in August, 1968. 

Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates for 
the master's and doctoral degrees in July, 
1968. Last day for taking final oral ex- 
aminations by candidates for master's de- 
grees not requiring theses. 

Last day for taking qualifying examina- 
tions for students expecting to receive doc- 
torate in January, 1969. 

Last day of classes. 

Final examinations. 



Registration and payment of fees; late 
registration fee for those who register 
after 12:00 noon, July 16. 

First day of classes. 

Last day to register; last day to withdraw 
(or drop a course) with refund; last day 
to drop a course without a grade. 



10 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



July 25 



August 21 
August 22 



Thurs. 



Wed. 
Thurs. 



Deadline for submission of theses in final 
form to Graduate School by candidates for 
the master's and doctoral degrees in August, 
1968. Last day for taking final oral ex- 
aminations by candidates for master's de- 
grees not requiring theses. 

Last day of classes. 

Final examinations. 







Memorial Tower, located at the main entrance to 
the campus, has become the traditional symbol of 
North Carolina State University. Carillon bells chime 
hourly from the 122 foot tower, built in memory of 
State alumni who died in World War I. 



NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY 

at Raleigh 



North Carolina State University is the center for scientific and 
technological education, research, and service in North Carolina. 
Created in 1887 by act of the North Carolina legislature as the 
state's land-grant institution, State was established primarily as a 
school of agriculture and mechanic arts. In the 77 years since its 
founding, however, its interests and responsibilities have been 
greatly broadened in response to the major scientific and techno- 
logical demands of our rapidly changing world. While maintaining 
deep commitments to the agricultural and industrial interests of 
North Carolina, State has developed training and research programs 
of regional as well as national influence. 

North Carolina State University is one of four institutions com- 
prising the consolidated University of North Carolina. As a unit of 
the consolidated University, North Carolina State fulfills particular 
responsibilities for specialization in graduate and undergraduate 
training. Emphasis at State centers in the areas of agriculture, the 
sciences, engineering, architecture and design, forestry, and textiles. 

State's organization includes eight undergraduate schools, the 
Graduate School, and the Division of Continuing Education. A total 
of 75 degrees are offered at the undergraduate level; at the gradu- 
ate level there are 42 master's and 29 doctoral degree programs 
offered. Graduate instruction was first offered at North Carolina 
State in 1893. The first doctoral degree was awarded in 1926. 

The eight undergraduate schools at State are the Schools of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences, Design, Education, Engineering, 
Forestry, Liberal Arts, Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics, 
and Textiles. The research, extension, and instructional programs 
of these schools are supported and strengthened by several special- 
ized divisions and offices including the Institutes of Statistics, 
Water Resources, Agricultural Policy, and Biological Sciences; the 
Computing Center; the Agricultural and Industrial Extension Serv- 
ices; and the Agricultural Experiment Station with its 17 branch 
stations. State's facilities also include a minerals laboratory and 
a fisheries research station. 

The North Carolina State campus, with adjoining research farms, 
covers 3,000 acres and is valued at more than $70 million. There 
are 80 major University buildings, including classroom, laboratory, 
and auxiliary facilities buildings. In addition to the Raleigh cam- 
pus, State operates a number of agricultural research farms and 
extensive experimental forests. 

Undergraduate enrollment at State is currently about 9,800; in 
the fall semester of 1965 the Graduate School had enrolled 1,601 
students. A large international student group representing 60 coun- 
tries is presently studying at State. 



12 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



The University faculty and staff numbers more than 1,500 mem- 
bers, including a graduate faculty of 473. 

For 1965-66, State's budget will exceed $36 million. In order to 
accommodate the growing enrollment and the increasing research 
requirements, North Carolina State University is pursuing a con- 
tinuing program of building and acquiring new faculty and re- 
search staff. The present research expenditure is about $12 million 
annually. Current research appropriations, contracts and grants 
total more than $17 million. 

State is contributing to international development through an 
agricultural mission to Peru, special soils studies programs for 
Latin America, and a cooperative project with the University of 
Kabul, Afghanistan. Scores of international visitors, individual 
faculty work with universities in other countries, and the large 
international student enrollment at State indicate the extent of the 
University's international involvement. 

North Carolina State is accredited by the Southern Association 
of Colleges and Schools and the North Carolina College Conference. 
In addition, individual schools and departments are accredited by 
various associations in their respective fields. State holds member- 
ships in the Association of State Universities and Land-Grant 
Colleges, the American Council of Education, the College Entrance 
Examination Board, the Council of Graduate Schools in the United 
States, the National Commission on Accrediting, the Oak Ridge 
Institute of Nuclear Studies, and the Southern Association of Col- 
leges and Schools. 




HoUaday Hall houses many of State's administrative offices. The build- 
ing, oldest on campus, was erected in 1889 and is named in honor of 
Alexander Q. HoUaday, first president of the college. 



THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 
of the University of North Carolina 

NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 

Donald Benton Anderson, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Chapel 

Hill 
Walter John Peterson, Dean, Raleigh 

The Graduate School of the University of North Carolina is com- 
posed of three divisions, one at the University of North Carolina 
at Chapel Hill, one at the University of North Carolina at Greens- 
boro, and one at North Carolina State University at Raleigh. Each 
branch of the consolidated Graduate School is administered by a 
graduate dean who works in close association with the Vice Presi- 
dent in Charge of Academic Affairs. The Graduate Council is 
composed of representatives of the Administrative Boards of each 
of the three units of the consolidated University having a division 
of the Graduate School. At North Carolina State University the 
graduate dean is assisted in all matters of policy by an Adminis- 
trative Board of ten members. Seven are elected by the faculties 
of the degree-granting schools and three are appointed by the 
Chancellor after consultation with the Dean. 

Graduate instruction at North Carolina State University is organ- 
ized to provide opportunity and facilities for advanced study and 
research in the fields of agriculture and life sciences, engineering, 
forestry, physical sciences and applied mathematics, technological 
education, and textiles. The purpose of these graduate programs 
is to develop in advanced students a more adequate comprehension 
of the requirements and responsibilities essential for independent 
research investigation. In all the graduate programs emphasis is 
placed upon a high level of scholarship rather than upon the satis- 
faction of specific course or credit requirements. 

The full resources of the consolidated University of North Caro- 
lina are available to all graduate students enrolled at any of the 
three divisions of the Graduate School. Exceptional facilities for 
graduate study are provided at North Carolina State University. 
New buildings furnish modern well equipped laboratories for 
graduate study in specialized areas of agriculture and life sciences, 
engineering, forestry, physical sciences and applied mathematics, 
and textiles. 

The North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station and the 
Department of Engineering Research are integral parts of the 
University at Raleigh. The staff, research facilities, equipment, and 
field studies of these organizations contribute in a very important 
way to the graduate programs. The Institute of Statistics at North 
Carolina State makes available to graduate students unusual oppor- 
tunities in this important phase of research study. 



14 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The state of North Carolina, extending from the Atlantic Ocean 
westward about 500 miles to the Appalachian Mountains, possesses 
an exceptional range of climatic and topographic environments. The 
coastal plain, the Piedmont, and the mountains provide a rich pat- 
tern of agricultural and industrial activity which offer unusual 
opportunities for research and employment. 

North Carolina State University is located in Raleigh, situated 
on the boundary separating the broad coastal plains on the east 
from the rolling terrain of the Piedmont on the west, about midway 
between the northern and southern boundaries of the state. Raleigh 
is 29 miles from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 
and 26 miles from Durham, the home of Duke University. The 
libraries and other facilities of the three institutions make this 
area one of the important centers of research opportunity in the 
South. 

The D. H. Hill Library 

The D. H. Hill Library of North Carolina State University has 
excellent holdings in materials essential for research study in the 
graduate curricula offered by the University. 

As of July 1, 1965, the library held about 332,000 volumes of 
books and bound journals, including more than 14,000 bound vol- 
umes of documents. The books and journals reflect strongly the 
scientific and technological interests of the University, and the 
documents represent a most important increment of the whole 
collection. They include publications of the federal government, all 
publications of the various Agricultural Experiment Stations, most 
of the publications of the Engineering Experiment and Engineering 
Research Stations, and publications of the various research sta- 
tions all over the world. The library receives over 4,700 current 
periodicals. 

The D. H. Hill Library holdings and other library holdings within 
a 30 mile radius of North Carolina State constitute the greatest 
concentration of library resources south of Washington, D. C. These 
include the D. H. Hill Library, the Chemstrand Research Center 
Library, the Duke University Library, and the Louis Round Wilson 
Library at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

An inter-library delivery service exchanges volumes among the 
three university libraries three days a week. These three libraries 
have a total of more than 3,000,000 volumes. This loan service 
serves faculty and graduate students on the three campuses. Iden- 
tification certificates enabling participation in the reciprocal ar- 
rangement may be secured at the D. H. Hill Library. 

A list of scientific periodicals which includes holdings of Duke 
University and the units of the consolidated University is available 
to faculty members and research scientists in the area and to other 
libraries throughout the nation. 

The North Carolina State University library is a depository for 
all unclassified publications of the federal government that are 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 15 

available for distribution. These include publications of the United 
States Department of Agriculture, Geological Survey, National 
Bureau of Standards, Department of Interior and others. Since the 
library was designated as a depository in 1923, its document hold- 
ings in the University's special interest fields are almost 100 per- 
cent complete. 

The library is a depository for the publications of the Carnegie 
Institution of Washington and has excellent files of these valuable 
monographs. 

Also, the library is a depository for all unclassified and declassi- 
fied publications of the Atomic Energy Commission. 

Publications of many foreign countries — especially publications 
dealing with the agricultural sciences and with engineering — are 
received on exchange by the library. 

In July, 1960, the library became a depository for the publications 
of the Food and Agriculture Administration of the United Nations. 

The library, in July, 1959, acquired the Tippmann Collection of 
Entomology, the outstanding private collection of Dr. Friedrich F. 
Tippmann of Vienna. The collection contains 6,200 books and bound 
research journals in the field of entomology, many of them rare and 
unobtainable. 

A recent donation of $5,000 from the Alumni Association was 
used to purchase two outstanding sets of the rare 20-volume "Edi- 
zone Nazionale" of the works of Galileo and an almost complete 
file of the important German botanical periodical, "Bibliotheca 
Botanica," covering the years 1889 to 1960. 

Funds from the estate of the late Chancellor J. W. Harrelson 
have been allocated to purchase rare volumes in mathematics and 
history of science and important files of research journals. 

The research holdings of the library are particularly strong in 
the fields of entomology, nuclear energy, genetics, aeronautics and 
space technology, engineering and physics, and include files of the 
major journals in these fields. A large and useful collection of 
books in the humanities and the social sciences is available for the 
use of undergraduate students. 

The library's photocopy service is of great importance to faculty 
and graduate students in that it provides facilities for copying 
materials not permitted to leave the library. 

The Textiles Library, an on-campus branch of the main library, 
contains outstanding holdings in textiles and textile chemistry. It 
is regarded as one of the best textiles libraries in the country. The 
School of Design Library has a very fine collection of books, jour- 
nals and slides in the fields of architecture, landscape architecture 
and product design. 

Institute of Statistics 

The Institute of Statistics is composed of two sections, one at 
Raleigh and the other at Chapel Hill. At North Carolina State, the 



16 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Institute provides statistical consulting services to all branches 
of the institution, sponsors research in statistical theory and 
methodology, and coordinates the teaching of statistics at the 
undergraduate and graduate levels. The actual instructional and 
other academic functions are performed by the Department of 
Experimental Statistics, which forms a part of the Institute. 

The purpose of the Institute is to provide extra depth and 
strength in the development and use of modern statistical proce- 
dures throughout the University. This involves cooperative efforts 
with many schools, departments, and agencies. The establishment 
of a nationally recognized program in quantitative genetics and 
recent developments in the field of biomathematics illustrate the 
coordinating role the Institute plays in the quantitative sciences. 

In addition to these local activities, the Institute maintains close 
and continuing contact with statistics scholars, research programs, 
and graduate instruction programs throughout the world. It has 
helped develop an international abstracting journal for statistical 
articles. The Institute is the point of contact for grants and con- 
tracts in statistics. It has been active in organizing and maintaining 
a strong Southern Regional Cooperative Graduate Summer Session 
in statistics. Approximately 15 graduate assistantships in statistics 
are made available annually through the efforts of the Institute. 
All of these contributions have added substantially to the vigor of 
the entire graduate program of North Carolina State University. 

Computing Facilities 

Beginning in August 1966, there will be a rather complete change- 
over of the equipment in the Computing Center, and of the comput- 
ing organization in the Research Triangle area. Duke University, 
the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, and North Caro- 
lina State University have joined together to form the Triangle 
Universities Computation Center. This Center, with a large com- 
puter (IBM Systems 360, Model 75), will be located in the Research 
Triangle Park. Each campus computing center will be equipped 
with a high-speed remote unit (IBM Systems 360, Model 30), with 
additional medium and low-speed remote console units in conven- 
ient locations on the campus. 

The above configuration replaces an IBM 1410 tape system and 
three IBM 1620's on the North Carolina State University campus. 
Part of the need for expansion resulted from the heavy graduate 
student training and research requirements. It is visualized that 
the new facilities will provide adequate computing power and time 
for the expanding graduate training and research program. Pro- 
gramming courses of both the regular credit type, as well as short 
courses, are offered by the Departments of Mathematics and Ex- 
perimental Statistics and by the Computing Center. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 17 

Research Program at the Oak Ridge Associated Universities 

North Carolina State is one of the sponsoring institutions of the 
Oak Ridge Associated Universities at Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Through 
this cooperative association, North Carolina State's graduate re- 
search program has at its disposal the facilities and research staff 
at Oak Ridge National Laboratory. Extensive research programs 
are under way there on physical and biological effects of radiation, 
radioisotope utilization, and many other areas of nuclear science 
and engineering. When master's and doctoral candidates have com- 
pleted their resident work, it may be possible, by special arrange- 
ment, for them to do their thesis research at Oak Ridge. In addition, 
it is possible for the staff members of this University to go to Oak 
Ridge for advanced study in their particular fields. 

Institute of Biological Sciences 

The Institute of Biological Sciences is an organization within the 
School of Agriculture and Life Sciences of the Departments of 
Botany, Entomology, Genetics, Microbiology, Plant Pathology, Zool- 
ogy and faculties of Biochemistry and Physiology. Its function is 
to encourage and promote research and teaching in basic biology 
and to coordinate inter-departmental activities. Program-type grants 
are administered by the Institute and enable grant support to be 
provided to discipline and subject matter areas involving faculties 
in several departments. 

Facility planning, development and support for biological sci- 
ences is an important function of the Institute. Also, summer insti- 
tutes are administered in the Institute of Biological Sciences. These 
have included the National Science Foundation-sponsored Summer 
Institutes in Genetics and Pesticide Toxicology for College Teachers, 
Biology for High School Teachers, and Biology, Chemistry, and 
Mathematics for High School Students. Academic Year Institutes 
in Biology for High School Teachers have also been sponsored. 

The Biological Sciences Undergraduate Curriculum and the Un- 
dergraduate Research Participation for Biological Sciences are 
cooperative programs administered in the Institute. These programs 
have had an outstanding record in the percentage of individuals 
going into graduate study following their participation in these 
programs. 

This organization provides a mechanism for strengthening re- 
search and instruction in existing graduate programs, and for 
developing new inter-disciplinary areas. Inter-departmental cooper- 
ative graduate programs have become increasingly important within 
the basic biological sciences and among the biological, physical, and 
engineering sciences. The Institute plays an important role in en- 
couraging the full utilization of the faculties and facilities for 
graduate research and instruction. 



18 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Graduate Institute of Extension Education 

The Graduate Institute of Extension Education provides an inter- 
disciplinary program by drawing together basic concepts from the 
behavioral sciences and education relevant to adult and extension 
education. The Institute is available on campus to serve instruc- 
tional needs as well as the need for basic and applied research in 
the field. 

The Institute is administered by a five-man board of directors 
including the Dean of the Graduate School; Deans of the Schools 
of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Education, and Liberal Arts at 
North Carolina State; and the Dean of the School of Home Eco- 
nomics at the University of North Carolina at Greensboro. Supple- 
menting the efforts of the board of directors is an advisory 
committee representing the eight departments involved in this 
inter-disciplinary instructional and research program. 




The Graduate School offices are located in Peele Hall, which also houses 
many of the offices for the Division of Student Affairs. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



TUITION AND FEES 

Tuition rates for students enrolled in the Graduate School at North 
Carolina State are as follows: 

North Carolina Resident — $9 per semester hour of enroll- 
ment up to and including nine semester hours. For ten semes- 
ter hours or more, $87.50 for the semester. 
Non-Resident — $32 per semester hour for each semester 
hour of enrollment up to and including nine semester hours. 
For ten semester hours or more, $300 for the semester. 

Incidental fees and charges are levied for purposes and services 
available to all graduate students whether or not the student takes 
advantage of them. 

The full amount of incidental fees and charges will be collected, 
notwithstanding the number of semester hours of credit for which 
the student may enroll. 

For the academic year 1966-67, fees are as follows: 

First semester $89.50 

Second semester $88.50 

In cases of occasional or part-time graduate students not in resi- 
dence, application for cancellation of non-academic fees may be 
made if it is clear that the student could not use the services 
covered. Application forms are available in the Graduate School 
and the Office of Business Affairs. 

Full-time faculty of instructor rank and above and other full- 
time employees of the University who hold membership in the 
Teachers' and State Employees' Retirement System may register for 
credit or audit one course in each semester or summer term with 
free tuition privileges. Free tuition privileges apply only during the 
period of one's normal employment and do not include such other 
charges as registration, laboratory or other appropriate fees. Each 
applicant for free tuition privileges must complete and submit 
through regular administrative channels a form provided by the 
University. A maximum of 8 semester hours may be taken during 
the academic year. 

Faculty members on less than full-time appointments will be per- 
mitted to take more than one course per semester upon the recom- 
mendation of their dean and the approval of both the Dean of the 
Graduate School and the Dean of the Faculty. In these cases tuition 
and fees will be the same as those for part-time graduate students 
computed at residence rates. 

Maximum permissible course loads for graduate students holding 
part-time appointments are as follows: Three-quarters time, six 
hours; half-time, nine hours; quarter-time, twelve hours. 



20 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Students wishing to visit classes without participation in class 
discussions, quizzes, or examinations must register for this privilege 
as auditors. Visiting classes without registration is not permitted. 
Graduate students may register for one course as an audit in any 
semester without charge when the audit is certified by the Dean of 
the Graduate School as a part of course work for which tuition 
charges are made (this does not apply in the summer sessions). 

Audits in subjects in which the student has had no previous experi- 
ence will be evaluated at full credit value in determining course loads. 
Audits taken as repetition of work previously accomplished are con- 
sidered at one-half their credit value in calculating course loads. With 
the single exception of foreign language audits, all audit registrations 
must fall within the maximum permissible course loads. Audits are 
not permitted students registering for thesis preparation. While audit 
registrations are evaluated for purposes of determining permissive 
course loads in terms of the above regulations of the Graduate School, 
the Office of Business Affairs considers all audits, excepting the one 
permitted free of charge, in terms of full credit value in calculating 
the tuition for graduate students. 

All graduate students holding appointments of V3 service obliga- 
tion or more and receiving a regular monthly salary check are 
charged the resident or "in-state" rate of tuition. 

Graduate students who have completed all course work, research 
and residence requirements and who are in residence for the pur- 
pose of writing a thesis or dissertation may register for "thesis 
preparation." The tuition charge for this registration is $15. Stu- 
dents registering for thesis preparation will pay, in addition, fees 
of $89.50 in the fall semester and $88.50 in the spring semester. 
When not in residence these charges will be $15 plus $7 registra- 
tion fee, or $22. 

Graduate students not in residence who have completed all re- 
quirements for the degree sought, including the thesis and final 
examination, will be required to register for "degree only" in the 
semester in which the degree is awarded. The charge for this regis- 
tration is $10. 

A diploma fee of $12 is charged all students receiving a master's 
degree and a fee of $17 is charged all students who receive a doc- 
torate. A fee of $21 is charged all doctoral candidates for micro- 
filming their dissertations. 

Anyone who feels a mistake has been made in his bill may discuss 
the matter with the Office of Business Affairs. Any further appeals 
should be made to the Committee on Refund of Fees. Forms for 
this appeal may be obtained from the Office of Business Affairs. 

All tuition charges and fees are subject to change without notice. 

Fees for Summer School 

Registration Fee $23.50 

Tuition (In-State Students per credit hour) $ 7.50 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 21 

Tuition ( Out-of-State Students per credit hour) $18.50 

Audits (per credit hour) $ 7.50 

Residence Status 

In order to draw a clear line between in-state and out-of-state 
students, the Administration has ruled that all students whose par- 
ents have not been domiciled in North Carolina for more than six 
months immediately preceding the day of their first enrollment in 
the institution shall be termed out-of-state students, with the follow- 
ing exceptions: 

(1) Students twenty-one years of age at the time of their first 
matriculation who have resided in North Carolina for more 
than one year preceding the day of their first enrollment; 

(2) Children of regular employees of the federal government 
stationed in the state of North Carolina; and 

1 3 ) Children of regular employees of the federal government 
who are employed outside of the state, but who through law 
are permitted to retain their North Carolina citizenship. 

Students cannot claim a change in their resident status after 
matriculating. Students furnishing incomplete or incorrect infor- 
mation in order to obtain the special state-resident status shall be 
liable for dishonorable dismissal. 



FELLOWSHIPS AND GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS 

Fellowships 

Graduate fellowships and traineeships provide funds to graduate 
students to assist in the support of their programs of advanced 
study. Holders of fellowships have no service obligation to the Uni- 
versity and may devote full time to their graduate programs. 

Some of the agencies sponsoring fellowships at North Carolina 
State University are the Aluminum Company of America, the 
Atomic Energy Commission, Chemstrand, Douglas Aircraft Com- 
pany, Dow Chemical Company, DuPont Company, E. Sigurd John- 
son, Eastman Kodak Company, Ford Foundation, General Electric, 
General Food Corporation, Honor Society of Phi Kappa Phi, Kellogg, 
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, National Institutes 
of Health, National Lumber Manufacturing Association, National 
Science Foundation, North Carolina Grange (E. G. Moss Fellow- 
ship), North Carolina Textile Foundation, Officer of Education 
(Department of Health, Education and Welfare), R. J. Reynolds 
Tobacco Company, Research Corporation, Rockefeller Foundation, 
Scholler Foundation, and Shell Oil Company. 

Information relative to stipends, areas of research study sup- 
ported by specific fellowships, and application forms may be 
obtained from the Graduate School or from the heads of the appro- 
priate departments. 



22 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Assistantships 

Graduate assistantships are granted to selected students who 
normally devote half-time to service duties for the University. 
Teaching assistantships carry stipends ranging from $2,700 to 
$3,600 for the academic year and permit the holder to enroll for 
sixty percent of a full course load. The stipends for research assist- 
antships range from $2,700 to $3,600 for a calendar year appoint- 
ment. 

The University offers 625 assistantships requiring a service obliga- 
tion in either teaching or research. Some of these are supported by 
funds granted by the following agencies: the Air Force Cambridge 
Research Laboratories, Air Force Office of Scientific Research, the 
American Museum of Natural History, American Potash Institute, 
Army Missile Command, Army Research Office (Durham), the 
Atomic Energy Commission, Best Foods, Campbell Soup Company, 
the Chilean Nitrate Education Bureau, Inc., Gerber Products Com- 
pany, Hercules Powder Company, Department of Labor, the Lilliston 
Implement Company, the Lilly Company, National Aeronautics and 
Space Administration, National Cotton Council, National Institutes 
of Health, National Science Foundation, Naval Applied Science 
Laboratory, North Carolina Agricultural Foundation, North Carolina 
Dairy Foundation, North Carolina Milk Commission, North Carolina 
Motor Carriers Association, the Office of Naval Research, Pacific 
Coast Borax Company, Peanut Growers Association, the Petroleum 
Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, Pulp and Paper 
Foundation, Inc., R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, the Ralston- 
Purina Company, the Solvay Process Division of the Allied Chem- 
ical Company, the Tennessee Corporation, U. S. Department of the 
Interior, and the Weyerhaeuser Foundation. 

RESIDENCE FACILITIES 

Dormitory facilities are provided on the campus for unmarried 
graduate students. The rental fee for double rooms in the men's 
residence halls is $133 per semester. 

A limited number of University apartments are available for 
married graduate students in McKimmon Village. Rent per month, 
not including utilities, is as follows: efficiency, $45; one bedroom, 
$59.50; two bedroom, $71. 



ADMISSIONS 



Graduate School admission may be to full graduate standing, 
provisional or unclassified status. Applications for admission to the 
Graduate School must be accompanied by official transcripts from 
all colleges previously attended. 

Full Graduate Standing — For admission in this category a student 
must have a bachelor's degree from a recognized college or univer- 
sity regarded as standard by a regional or general accrediting 
agency, and must have at least a B grade average in his under- 
graduate major. 

Provisional admission may be granted to applicants who lack 
undergraduate work considered essential for graduate study in the 
major field. Course work, without graduate credit, will be required 
to make up such deficiencies before admission to full graduate 
status can be granted. 

Graduates from non-accredited institutions may be granted pro- 
visional admission when their academic records warrant this status. 
Additional course work will be required of such students when defi- 
ciencies in their previous training are apparent. 

Graduates from accredited institutions whose scholastic records are 
below the standards for admission to full graduate standing may be 
admitted provisionally when unavoidable extenuating circumstances 
affected their undergraduate averages or when progressive improve- 
ment in their undergraduate programs warrant provisional admis- 
sion. All such students are required to take the Graduate Record 
Examination and to submit scores to the Graduate School office in 
support of their application. The National Teacher Examination may 
be substituted for the Graduate Record Examination if recommended 
by the department head. Information as to the dates on which the 
Graduate Record and the National Teacher Examinations are given 
may be obtained at the Graduate School office. 

Graduate students admitted to provisional status may attain full 
graduate standing when the deficiencies responsible for their pro- 
visional status are corrected. They also must have maintained a 
satisfactory academic record in all course work taken as part of their 
graduate program. Change from provisional to full graduate standing 
is effected only on written recommendation from the department in 
which the student is seeking his degree. 

Unclassified graduate students are not candidates for graduate 
degrees. They may take courses for graduate credit but may not 
apply more than ten credits earned while in the unclassified status 
to any program leading to an advanced degree at this institution. 
Unclassified graduate students are expected to meet the same ad- 
missions requirements that apply to graduate students in full 
standing. 

Applications for admission to the Graduate School should be on 



24 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

file in the Graduate School office at least thirty days in advance of 
the registration date for the term in which the student wishes to 
enroll in the Graduate School. 

Public school personnel (primary teachers, secondary teachers, 
or administrators) registering at North Carolina State for the first 
time who are interested primarily in "Certification Credit" may 
enroll as graduate students for a maximum of six semester hours 
without forwarding official transcripts of previous work to the 
Graduate Office. If, however, application is not made through nor- 
mal channels for graduate credit in the session in which the course 
or courses are taken, the student will not be permitted to apply the 
credit toward an advanced degree at North Carolina State, or else- 
where. 

In all cases where the teacher's interest is primarily in approval 
for certification credit, the School of Education will be responsible 
for assessing the adequacy of the teacher's qualifications for enroll- 
ment in the University in the particular course or courses. The 
School of Education will also be responsible for advising all such 
students early in each school session that if they wish their credits 
to be applied in due course to a higher degree at North Carolina 
State, or elsewhere, normal admission procedures will be required. 

All teachers who have previously attended North Carolina State 
University and earned six semester hours of credit and wish to en- 
roll for additional courses for graduate credit will be required to 
make application for admission to the Graduate School in the usual 
manner, if they have not already done so. 

In all cases a "B" level of academic performance or better is re- 
quired. 

Graduate-Special — This classification is used primarily for stu- 
dents enrolling in special institutes such as the summer institutes 
regularly held for college teachers, high school teachers, and grad- 
uate students, or special graduate training programs for separate 
groups such as our summer offerings for extension staff. 

The following rules apply to students registered as Graduate- 
Special : 

1. All must have at least a baccalaureate degree from an ac- 
credited institution of higher learning. 

2. Official transcripts need not be submitted to the Graduate 
Office for enrollment in this classification but the appropriate 
institute or program director must file with the graduate dean 
well in advance the nature of the program, the criteria and 
methods used in selection of the students, and assurances 
that the students have adequate preparation for the course 
contemplated. 

3. Placement in this classification carries with it no implication 
that students will be admitted to the Graduate School in any 
of the other classifications. 

4. Graduate credit will be allowed not to exceed six hours of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 25 

course work at the 500 or 600 level if performance is at a 
"B" level or better. 

5. If the student is in due course admitted to the Graduate 
School, graduate credit obtained under this classification may 
apply to an advanced degree, if in the judgment of the Advisory 
Committee the course (s) are germane to the particular pro- 
gram of work. 

6. Students who have received as much as six hours of graduate 
credit under this classification must make application for 
admission to the Graduate School before permission will be 
granted to enroll for additional graduate work. 

Registration 

The Office of Registration must have written authorization from 
the Dean of the Graduate School before any graduate student will 
be given a permit to register. This authorization will be sent to 
the Office of Registration by the graduate dean at the time the stu- 
dent is notified of his acceptance. 

Registration for Courses in Other Branches of the University 

Graduate students working toward an advanced degree at North 
Carolina State University may find it desirable to enroll for certain 
courses in one of the other branches of the University. The follow- 
ing principles and procedures apply in such cases: 

1. A graduate student shall be considered to remain in the Grad- 
uate School of the branch of the University to which he is 
admitted for a specific degree program, to be under the con- 
trol of his department, to be advised by his department, and 
to be enrolled by that Graduate School for any graduate work 
which he may take for credit in his own branch or any other 
branch of the University. 

2. A graduate student at one branch of the University who is 
taking work at some other branch of the University for credit 
toward his degree at the University branch to which he has 
been admitted shall be enrolled for all courses, including those 
at the other branch of the University, in his home Graduate 
School. This Graduate School shall consider courses taken at 
the other branch of the University as a part of the student's 
normal load and shall use such enrollment in computing the 
total billing which the home University will make to the stu- 
dent. 

3. A student at one branch of the University who is by this 
method enrolled in one or more graduate courses at some other 
branch of the University will be admitted to these courses, 
provided space exists in these classes, by the Graduate School 
of the other branch upon normal notification by the Graduate 
School of the student's branch that the student has been 



26 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

properly enrolled for these courses and has the approval of 
the home branch for this program of study. 

4. During the summer sessions approval of the courses to be 
taken shall be asked, but the billing procedures shall be those 
regularly used for visiting students. 

5. No student enrolled as a regular graduate student in any 
branch of the University shall be admitted to courses at 
another branch of the University without the presentation by 
the student of written permission from the Graduate School 
of the branch to which the student was originally admitted. 

Physical Examinations 

All regularly enrolled graduate students must take a physical 
examination preferably given by the family physician and the re- 
sults recorded on forms provided by the University. When this is 
not done the examination may be given by the North Carolina State 
physician during registration for a fee of $10. 

Course Load 

A full-time graduate load is considered to be nine to fifteen 
credits per semester. This course load restriction is made so that 
graduate students may have time for reading and contemplation 
well beyond the limits set for satisfactory undergraduate work. In 
exceptional cases one or two additional credit hours may be added 
to the roster if necessary in order to get prerequisite work not 
taught in subsequent terms, provided the corresponding adjust- 
ment in course load is made in the other terms. Rosters with addi- 
tional credit hours beyond fifteen should be accompanied by a spe- 
cial note from the head of the major department indicating the 
reasons for the additional work. 

Full-time faculty of instructor rank and above and other full- 
time employees of the University who hold membership in the 
Teachers' and State Employees' Retirement System may register 
for credit or audit one course in each semester or summer term with 
free tuition privileges. Free tuition privileges apply only during the 
period of one's normal employment and do not include such other 
charges as registration, laboratory or other appropriate fees. Each 
applicant for free tuition privileges must complete and submit 
through regular administrative channels a form provided by the 
University. 

Employees having academic rank higher than that of instructor 
may register for graduate work for credit to be transferred to other 
institutions. They may not undertake programs for graduate degrees 
at the consolidated University of North Carolina. 

Graduate assistants on half-time appointments are permitted a 
maximum course load of nine credits per semester unless corres- 
ponding adjustments are made in their service obligations during 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



27 



the same semester. If the appointment is for the academic year of 
nine months, half-time assistants are restricted to a maximum of 
eighteen credit hours of work during the nine months of their ap- 
pointment. Half-time graduate assistants whose appointments are 
for twelve months may not exceed a total of twenty-four credits 
during the twelve month period of their appointment. Three-quarter 
time graduate assistants whose appointments are for twelve months 
may register for a total of sixteen credits during the calendar year. 
A total of six credits is the maximum load in a regular semester. 

A member of the North Carolina State senior class may, upon 
approval of the Dean of the Graduate School, register for courses 
in the 500 group for graduate credit to fill a roster of studies not 
to exceed fifteen credits in any semester. Not more than six hours of 
graduate credit may be acquired by an undergraduate student. Cour- 
ses listed with numbers in the 600 series are not ordinarily open 
to undergraduates. Occasional exceptions may be made for "honor" 
students. 



The largest classroom facility on campus, Harrelson Hall's unusual 
architecture makes it a campus landmark as well as a most functional 
classroom building. 




illll|l|!1ISMiiii!ii!'!!!!M II 
Mill !! 1 1 •! 1 1 II 1 1 II I III 

lllllllllilllllllllllll 

ii illlllllllllllll 1 llllll 

iiiii i ji i i ii i i i f i ■■ ■■■■■iii ii 

nn 



}"!! 




GRADUATE DEGREES 



Admission to the Graduate School does not constitute admission 
to candidacy for a graduate degree. Application for admission to 
candidacy for graduate degrees must be submitted to the Adminis- 
trative Board of the Graduate School. Applications of students pre- 
paring for the master's degree may not be filed before the satis- 
factory completion of one full semester of graduate study and must 
be presented before the end of the first week of the last semester in 
residence. Approval of the application will be determined by the 
quality of the scholastic record and on the certification by the ma- 
jor department that the student is qualified to continue advanced 
work. Admission to candidacy for the doctorate is granted upon 
satisfactory completion of the qualifying or preliminary examina- 
tions. 

The Graduate School at North Carolina State University offers 
work leading to the Master of Science degree and the Professional 
Master's degree in certain specialized fields in the Schools of Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences, Education, Engineering, Forestry, Phy- 
sical Sciences and Applied Mathematics, and Textiles; and the Doc- 
tor of Philosophy degree in certain fields of agriculture and life 
sciences, engineering, forestry, and physical sciences and applied 
mathematics. 

A graduate student is expected to familiarize himself with the 
requirements for the degree for which he is a candidate and is held 
responsible for the fulfillment of these requirements. This applies 
to the last dates on which theses may be accepted, the dates for 
examinations, the proper form of theses, and all other matters re- 
garding requirements for degrees. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Master of Science degree is awarded at North Carolina State 
after a student has completed a course of study in a specialized 
field in agriculture and life sciences, education, engineering, for- 
estry, physical sciences and applied mathematics, or textiles; has 
demonstrated his ability to read a modern foreign language; has 
completed a satisfactory thesis, and taken comprehensive examina- 
tions in the chosen field of study. 

In addition to complying with these requirements, the candidate 
for the Master of Science degree is expected to achieve high levels 
of scholarship. Graduate study is distinguished from undergraduate 
work by its emphasis upon independent research. The graduate stu- 
dent is more interested in the significance of facts than in the ac- 
cumulation of data. He is concerned with the materials of learning 
and the organization and interpretation of these materials. 

A graduate student's program of study is planned so as to pro- 
vide a comprehensive view of some major field of interest and to 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 29 

furnish the training essential for successful research in this field 
and related areas of knowledge. As great a latitude is permitted in 
the selection of courses as is compatible with a well-defined major 
interest. The program of course work is selected with the object of 
making possible a reasonable mastery of the subject matter in a 
specialized field. Training in research is provided to familiarize the 
student with the methods, ideals, and goals of independent investi- 
gation. Since there are many possible combinations of courses, the 
administration of graduate programs calls for personal supervision 
of each student's plan of work by a special advisory committee of 
the graduate faculty. (See page 30). The program of course work 
to be followed by the student as part of the requirements for the 
master's degree, and the thesis problem selected, must be approved 
by the student's advisory committee and the Dean of the Graduate 
School. 

Credits 

1. For the Master of Science degree a minimum of 30 semester 
credits is required. 

2. No more than six of the academic credits required for the de- 
gree will be accepted from other institutions. 

3. No graduate credit will be awarded for excess undergraduate 
credit from another institution. 

4. All work credited toward a master's degree must be com- 
pleted within six calendar years. 

5. No graduate credit is allowed for courses taken by correspond- 
ence. A maximum of six semester credits may be obtained in 
extension study in the field of education, provided the ex- 
tension courses are taught by a member of the graduate fac- 
ulty and provided the courses are given graduate ranking by 
the Graduate School. Courses taken by extension are accepted 
for graduate credit only when the student has been admitted 
to the Graduate School and when notice of his registration is 
filed with the Graduate Office. Credit for extension courses 
reduces the amount of credit that may be transferred from 
other institutions by the amount of graduate credit granted. 

The thirty semester credit hour requirement for the master's de- 
gree represents the minimum quantity of work acceptable. The 
credit hours required of graduate students usually exceed the mini- 
mum requirements. Inadequate preparation and thesis research 
frequently make additional work necessary. 

Courses of Study 

The program of the student shall include at least eight semester 
credits in courses of the 600 group, no more than six of which may 
be allowed for research study. At least twenty semester hours must 
come from the 500 and 600 group. A maximum of two hours of 
seminar is permitted. 



30 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

During the first term in residence an advisory committee of at 
least three faculty members, one representing the minor field, will 
be appointed by the dean, after consultation with the head of the 
major department, for each student engaged in a program of work 
leading to the master's degree. The advisory committee will meet 
with the student and prepare a program of course work to meet 
the requirements of the student's graduate objectives. Four copies 
of the program, prepared on forms provided for this purpose, must 
be approved by each member of the committee, by the head of the 
major department, and by the Dean of the Graduate School. After 
approval in the Graduate Office, three copies will be returned to the 
department head — one for his files, one for the chairman of the 
advisory committee, and one for the student. 

The courses taken by a graduate student shall constitute a well 
rounded but unified plan of study. This means that the program 
of research and course work shall be divided between a major and 
a minor field. While there are no inflexible rules which govern 
the number of credit hours that must constitute the major and minor, 
in general, it is expected that approximately two-thirds of the course 
work will fall in the major and one-third in the minor. The detailed 
course requirements for each graduate student program are left to 
the judgment of the advisory committee. 

Residence 

Students engaged in a course of study leading to the Master of 
Science degree are required to be in residence, pursuing graduate 
work, one full academic year. 

Class Work 

A graduate student is expected to show greater initiative in ex- 
ploring the possibilities of the subject matter presented in the 
courses he takes than is the undergraduate. He is also expected to 
recognize the significance of facts and to assume a responsibility for 
relating data to theoretical concepts. In preparation, attendance, and 
in all the routine of class work the graduate student is subject to 
the regulations observed in other divisions of the University. 

Grades 

A minimum grade of "C" must be made on all formal course work 
to obtain graduate credit. An average of "B" must be obtained on 
all course work taken as part of the student's graduate program. 
Failure to maintain a "B" average will place the student on proba- 
tion. Any student whose academic record fails to meet the "B" 
average requirement for two consecutive terms will not be per- 
mitted to continue a graduate program without the written approval 
of the graduate dean. 

Grades in research, seminar, and special problems courses are 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 31 

given in terms of "S" (satisfactory) or "U" (unsatisfactory) in 
place of the symbols used for formal course work. 

The grade incomplete may be used in research and laboratory 
courses when circumstances beyond the control of the student have 
prevented completion of the work by the end of the academic term. 
A grade of incomplete may be given only after approval of the grad- 
uate dean and must be converted to one of the usual symbols before 
the end of the next academic semester in which the student is in 
residence. 

Language Requirements 

A reading knowledge of at least one modern foreign language 
(Germanic, Romance, or Slavic) is required of candidates for the 
Master of Science degree. 

The language requirement must be satisfied before a student can 
be admitted to candidacy. 

Proficiency in languages is determined by the Department of 
Modern Languages: 

1. By traditional reading knowledge examination at any time re- 
quested by the student. 

2. By taking course work (audit) especially designed for grad- 
uate students who have no previous foreign language experi- 
ence or who wish to refresh work formerly done. The depart- 
ment offers special courses beginning with elementary 
grammar and proceeding, during the semester, to general 
scientific reading. Pronunciation is emphasized to the degree 
in which it will help in translating from the language into 
English. This first course is followed by a second course in 
which the student selects work from scientific publications 
touching as nearly as possible his major interest. He will then 
be assigned a particular instructor with whom he will read 
in individual conferences. When the conference instructor is 
satisfied that the student has demonstrated his knowledge of 
intricate grammatical problems, a decrease in the time re- 
quired for reading, and a confidence in his ability to use the 
language, he will be certified without further examination. 
The completed translations may then, depending upon their 
merit, be edited and prepared for permanent filing with the 
various translation libraries throughout the country. 

Graduate students who expect to complete the requirements for 
the Master of Science degree should confer with the head of the 
Department of Modern Languages soon after registration to for- 
mulate plans for meeting the language requirement of this degree. 

Students whose native language is other than English may meet 
the foreign language requirement for the Master of Science degree 
by demonstrating a satisfactory mastery of English. Examinations 
in English are conducted by the Department of Modern Languages. 



32 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



Thesis 



A candidate for the Master of Science degree must prepare a 
thesis representing an original investigation. The subject of the 
thesis must be approved by the head of the department in which 
the major work is done and by the student's advisory committee. 
Three copies of the thesis in final form, and five copies of the ab- 
stract, must be filed in the Graduate Office at least one month before 
the degree is awarded. Detailed instructions as to form and organi- 
zation of the thesis may be obtained at the Graduate Office. 

Examinations 

All candidates for the Master of Science degree must pass, with 
a grade of "A", "B", or "C", all formal course work specified as part 
of the requirements for the degree. Graduate credit for research, 
seminar, and special problems courses is granted when a grade of 
"S" is recorded in the Registration Office. In addition, the candidate 
must pass a comprehensive oral examination that is held to satisfy 
the examining committee that the candidate possesses a reasonable 
mastery of knowledge in the major and minor fields and that this 
knowledge can be used with promptness and accuracy. This exami- 
nation may not be held until all other requirements, except com- 
pleting the course work of the last semester, are satisfied. Applica- 
tion for the comprehensive oral examination must be filed with the 
graduate dean by the chairman of the advisory committee at least 
two weeks prior to the date on which the examination is to be held. 

The oral examination will be conducted by an examining commit- 
tee appointed by the graduate dean. The chairman of the examining 
committee will be the chairman of the student's advisory committee. 
At least two additional members will be appointed to represent the 
major and minor fields. The comprehensive oral examination is 
open to all faculty members who care to attend but the decision as 
to the candidate's fitness rests solely with the examining committee. 

At the discretion of the examining committee, written examina- 
tions covering the subject matter in the major and minor fields also 
may be required of the candidate. Written examinations, when re- 
quired, may not be held earlier than the end of the first month of 
the last semester in residence, and not later than one week before 
the comprehensive oral examination. See Summary of Procedures 
for the Master's Degree below. 

MASTER'S DEGREE IN A PROFESSIONAL FIELD 

This degree is offered for students who are interested in the 
more advanced applications of fundamental principles to specialized 
fields rather than in the acquisition of the broader background in 
advanced scientific studies which would fit them for careers in re- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 33 

search. Students working for this degree ordinarily will terminate 
their graduate work at this point. 

Examples of the types of degrees that may be awarded upon com- 
pletion of the course of study in a professional field are Master of 
Education, Master of Forestry, Master of Agricultural Engineering, 
Master of Applied Mathematics, Master of Experimental Statistics, 
Master of Electrical Engineering, and Master of Textile Technology. 

The chief characteristic of these degrees is that the changes 
made in requirements permit, in greater measure, the satisfaction of 
what are represented as professional needs than do the requirements 
for the conventional Master of Science degree. 

Language Requirements 

The candidate for a master's degree in a professional field is ex- 
empt from the requirement of a reading knowledge of a modern 
foreign language. 

Thesis Requirements 

In the School of Education the thesis requirement for the master's 
degree in each of the specialized fields may be waived by the de- 
partment in which the degree is sought. When the thesis require- 
ment is waived the student must complete the course "Introduction 
to Educational Research," or a departmental course in research and 
a problem report. A thesis is not required in the Master of Forestry, 
Master of Applied Mathematics, Master of Experimental Statistics, 
Master of Electrical Engineering and Master of Textile Technology 
programs, nor for professional degrees in the departments of the 
School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Other Requirements 

The other requirements for the master's degree in a professional 
field are the same as for the Master of Science degree. 



MASTER OF AGRICULTURE DEGREE 

This plan is offered for students interested in advanced training 
in the broad field of agriculture but whose responsibility is not 
in research. The requirements for the degree are designed to pro- 
vide an opportunity for professional training without narrow spe- 
cialization for those who plan to devote their lives to some phase 
of practical agriculture. Among the individuals interested in this 
degree are agricultural extension workers and foreign students who 
are in action or educational programs. The proposed plan differs 
from the plan for the Master of Science degree in the following 
principal respects: 

1. A total of thirty-six semester credits is required. 

2. A minimum of four semester credits in special problems is 



34 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

required. Not more than six semester credits in special prob- 
lems will be allowed. This work replaces the research thesis 
requirement for the Master of Science degree. 

3. There are no specific requirements as to courses in the 600 
group. 

4. A reading knowledge of a modern foreign language is not re- 
quired. 

In all other respects the requirements for the Master of Agricul- 
ture degree are the same as those for the Master of Science degree. 

SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES FOR THE PROFESSIONAL 
MASTER'S DEGREE 

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate School 
or department head. 

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate School or de- 
partment head. 

3. Receipt of application forms and transcripts by Graduate 
School. 

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study. 

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective stu- 
dent stating curriculum in which he will work and the degree 
sought. 

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholas- 
tic standards, notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the 
Graduate School. When the student's academic record fails 
to meet the minimum scholastic standards of the Graduate 
School, provisional admission may be granted upon submission 
by the student of evidence of a satisfactory performance on 
the Graduate Record or National Teacher Examination. The 
National Teacher Examination is accepted only when approved 
by the department head and the graduate dean. 

7. Permit to register is sent by the Graduate School to the regis- 
trar. 

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned 
an advisor and makes out a roster of courses in consultation 
with departmental advisor. 

9. Advisory committee of three or more faculty members, one 
of whom represents the minor field, appointed before the end 
of the first semester of graduate study by the Graduate 
School after consultation with the department head. If de- 
partmental written examinations are required by the major 
department, then there may be a minimum of two members on 
the advisory committee (one from the major field and one 
from the minor). 

10. Plan of work prepared by the advisory committee in consulta- 
tion with the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the 
Graduate School by the end of the first semester in residence. 

11. Plan of work approved by the graduate dean and three copies 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 35 

returned to the department head. One copy is kept in depart- 
ment files, one goes to the advisor, and one is given to the stu- 
dent. Students preparing themselves for the professional degree 
in specialized fields of education should consult the chairman of 
their committees with reference to their problem report. 

12. Student applies for admission to candidacy for the master's 
degree. Application must be filed before the end of the first 
week of the last semester in residence. 

13. Application is reviewed by the head of the major department 
and by the graduate dean and, if approved, the student be- 
comes a candidate for the degree. 

14. Permission for the candidate to take the final oral examination 
is requested of the Graduate School at least two weeks before 
the examination. 

15. Permission is granted by the graduate dean — date is set and 
examining committee appointed. The report on the final ex- 
amination should be filed with the Graduate School as soon as 
the examination has been completed. 

16. Graduate School certifies to the Registration Office and to 
the Administrative Board of the Graduate School that all 
requirements for the degree have been met and recommends 
the awarding of the degree. 

17. All requirements must be completed within six calendar years. 

18. Student must be registered in semester or session in which 
degree is to be awarded. 

SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES FOR THE MASTER OF 
SCIENCE DEGREE 

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate School 
or department head. 

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate School or de- 
partment head. 

3. Receipt of application form and transcript by Graduate School. 

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study. 

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective student 
stating curriculum in which he will work and the degree sought. 

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholas- 
tic standards, notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the 
Graduate School. When the student's academic record fails to 
meet the minimum scholastic standards of the Graduate School, 
provisional admission may be granted upon submission by the 
student of evidence of a satisfactory performance on the Grad- 
uate Record or National Teacher Examinations. The National 
Teacher Examination is accepted only when approved by the 
department head and the graduate dean. 

7. Permit to register is sent by the Graduate School to the regis- 
trar. 

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned an 



36 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

advisor and makes out a roster of courses in consultation with 
department advisor. 
9. Advisory committee of three or more faculty members, one of 
whom represents the minor field, appointed before the end of 
the first semester of graduate study by the Graduate School 
after consultation with the department head. 

10. Plan of work prepared by the advisory committee in consulta- 
tion with the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the 
Graduate School by the end of the first semester in residence. 

11. Plan of work approved by the graduate dean and three copies 
returned to the department head. One copy is kept in depart- 
ment files, one goes to the advisor, and one is given to the 
student. 

12. A thesis subject is selected and an outline of the proposed 
research submitted to the department head and to the student's 
advisory committee. 

13. Student passes language examination. The language require- 
ment must be satisfied before admission to candidacy can be 
granted. 

14. Student applies for admission to candidacy for the master's 
degree. Application must be filed before the end of the first 
week of the last semester in residence and may not be filed 
before the language requirement is satisfied. 

15. Application is reviewed by the head of the major department 
and by the graduate dean and, if approved, the student becomes 
a candidate for the degree. 

16. A copy of a preliminary draft of the thesis is submitted to the 
chairman of the student's committee for criticism. 

17. At least two weeks prior to the final oral examination, the 
chairman of the student's advisory committee submits a cor- 
rected draft of the dissertation to members for review. 

18. Permission for the candidate to take the final oral examination 
is requested of the Graduate School at least two weeks before 
the examination, and must be accompanied by a certification 
that the thesis is complete except for such revisions as may be 
necessary as a result of the final examination. 

19. Permission is granted by the graduate dean — date is set and 
examining committee appointed. The report on the final exam- 
ination should be filed with the Graduate School as soon as the 
examination has been completed. 

20. Three copies of the thesis in final form approved by each mem- 
ber of the student's advisory committee and signed by the ad- 
visor must be submitted to the Graduate School at least four 
weeks before the end of the semester or summer session in 
which the degree is to be conferred. 

21. Graduate School certifies to the registration office and to the 
general faculty that all requirements for the degree have been 
met and recommends the awarding of the degree. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 37 

22. All requirements must be completed within six calendar years. 

23. Student must be registered in term in which degree is to be 
awarded. 

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE 

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is offered in the following 
fields of study: 

Animal Science 

Applied Mathematics 

Biochemistry 

Biological and Agricultural Engineering 

Botany (in the fields of physiology and ecology) 

Chemical Engineering 

Chemistry 

Civil Engineering 

Crop Science 

Economics 

Electrical Engineering 

Engineering Mechanics 

Entomology 

Experimental Statistics 

Food Science 

Forestry 

Genetics 

Mechanical Engineering 

Microbiology 

Mineral Industries (in the field of ceramic engineering) 

Nuclear Engineering 

Physics 

Physiology 

Plant Pathology 

Rural Sociology 

Soil Science 

Wood Science and Technology 

Zoology 

The doctor's degree symbolizes the fact that the recipient is 
capable of undertaking original research and scholarly work at the 
highest levels without supervision. Therefore, the Doctor of Philos- 
ophy degree is not granted on the basis of successful completion of 
a given amount of course work, but rather upon the demonstration 
by the candidate of a comprehensive knowledge and high attain- 
ment in scholarship and research in a specialized field of study. 
These attainments are determined by the quality of the dissertation 
which the candidate prepares to report the results of original 
investigations and by passing successfully a series of rigorous and 
comprehensive examinations on the special and related fields of 
study. 



38 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Course of Study 

At the time of admission the student should, with the advice of 
the chairman of the department, elect a major field. During the stu- 
dent's first semester in residence, an advisory committee of at least 
four members will be appointed by the graduate dean, after consul- 
tation with the department head, to prepare with the student a plan 
of graduate work. Four copies of the program, signed by all mem- 
bers of the advisory committee and the department head or graduate 
administrator, are referred to the graduate dean for approval. 
When approved, three copies are returned to the department head, 
one being retained in the department files, a second copy is given 
to the chairman of the advisory committee, and the third copy is 
given to the student. The subject of the dissertation must appear 
on the plan of work and any subsequent changes in the subject of 
the thesis or in the plan of graduate work must be reported to the 
Graduate School for approval. 

There are no definite requirements in credit hours for the doctor's 
degree. Emphasis is placed upon a comprehensive knowledge of a 
well defined and recognized field and related subjects. Each student 
will have a major and one or two minor areas of specialization. The 
minor field ordinarily will consist of at least twenty semester credit 
hours. These may fall in an allied department or in the major de- 
partment. A minor in the department of the major is permitted only 
when the department offers recognized divisions of study other than 
that designated as the major field. 

Residence 

For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, the student is expected to 
be registered for graduate work for at least six semesters beyond the 
bachelor's degree at some accredited graduate school. The amount 
of work from other institutions credited to the fulfillment of degree 
requirements will be determined by the dean after consultation 
with the student's advisory committee at the time the plan of grad- 
uate work is filed. 

At least two residence credits, as defined below, must be secured 
in continuous residence (registration in consecutive semesters) as 
a graduate student at some branch of the consolidated University 
of North Carolina. Failure to take work during the summer does 
not break the continuity; however, summer school work can be used 
to fulfill this requirement. 

Residence credit is based on the number of credits of graduate 
work beyond the bachelor's degree carried in a given term. During 
a regular semester, residence credit is calculated in the following 
manner: 

Semester Credits Residence Credits 

9 or more 1 

6-8 % 

less than six* % 



* Including registration for thesis preparation on campus. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 39 

The residence credit for a six-week summer term is only one-half 
the corresponding amount for a regular semester; i.e., six semester 
credits carry 1/3 residence credit and less than six credits, 1/6 resi- 
dence credit. If a student registers for a twelve-week summer term, 
the residence credit is computed as for regular semesters. If a 
student registers for both twelve-week and six-week summer terms, 
the residence credit is computed separately for each type and 
totaled, with the stipulation that no more than one residence credit 
can be earned in a given summer. 

The candidate must complete all requirements for the degree, 
including the final examination on his dissertation, within a period 
of seven calendar years from the date of admission to candidacy for 
the degree. 

Languages 

A reading knowledge of scientific literature in two modern foreign 
languages or a comprehension in depth of one language is required 
for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

Comprehension in depth is to be interpreted as a proven ability 
in the oral and composition elements of a particular language as 
well as the reading knowledge normally required. Ph.D. students 
desiring to offer one language in depth should consult with the head 
of the Department of Modern Languages as to the specific courses 
to be followed to achieve this comprehension. Specific arrange- 
ments may differ, depending upon the student's previous background 
in the language. It is emphasized that students choosing to achieve 
competence in depth in one language will generally find this alter- 
native more rigorous than proof of reading ability in two languages. 

If the student elects to work in two languages, the languages 
may be a combination of Romance and Slavic, Romance and Ger- 
manic, or Slavic and Germanic. 

Students whose native tongue is some language other than Eng- 
lish may use English as one of the languages required for the 
Doctor of Philosophy degree. When English is submitted in partial 
fulfillment of the language requirements, the native language may 
not be used to satisfy one of the language requirements. 

The Dissertation 

The doctoral dissertation presents the results of the candidate's 
.original investigations in the field of his major interest. It must 
represent a contribution to knowledge, adequately supported by 
data and written in a manner consistent with high standards of 
excellence in scholarship. Detailed instructions relating to the 
thesis may be obtained from the Graduate Office. 

Publication of the results obtained in the thesis investigation is 
expected. Each copy of the thesis must be accompanied by an ab- 
stract of approximately 500 words. 

The dissertation will be examined by all members of the examin- 



40 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ing committee and must receive their approval to be acceptable to 
the Graduate Office. 

Two copies of the dissertation in final form, signed by all mem- 
bers of the student's advisory committee, and five copies of the 
abstract must be presented to the Graduate School not later than 
four weeks before the date on which the degree is to be awarded. 

North Carolina State now has an agreement with University 
Microfilms, Inc., of Ann Arbor, Michigan, by which all doctoral 
dissertations are microfilmed and abstracts of the dissertations are 
published in Dissertation Abstracts. 

Examinations 

Not earlier than the end of the second year of graduate study and 
not later than the midpoint of the semester immediately preceding 
that in which the degree is expected, each doctoral student is re- 
quired to pass general comprehensive examinations (known as the 
qualifying or preliminary examinations). If summer sessions are 
involved, the two consecutive summer sessions are, for these pur- 
poses, considered as equivalent to one semester. The examinations 
are given by an examining committee of graduate faculty members 
appointed by the graduate dean after consultation with the head of 
the department in which the student's major work has been taken. 
The examining committee usually consists of the student's advisory 
committee and a representative of the Graduate School, but may 
include other members of the graduate faculty. The examinations 
are open to all members of the graduate faculty who may care to 
attend. 

Authorization for the qualifying examination is requested of the 
Graduate School by the chairman of the student's advisory com- 
mittee when the major part of the student's program of course work 
has been completed and when, in judgment of the committee, the 
student is prepared to devote the greater part of his time to the 
prosecution of his research study. Members of the examining com- 
mittee will be notified of their appointment by the Graduate Office. 
Official printed forms will be supplied to the chairman of the exam- 
ining committee for a report of the results of the examination. 

The examination consists of two parts: (1) written examinations 
and (2) an oral examination held before the entire examining com- 
mittee. When, in the judgment of the chairman of the student's 
advisory committee the student is ready for the written examina- 
tions, arrangements may be made. Two approaches are acceptable. 
In the first, the chairman requests examination questions from each 
member of the examining committee. Each set of questions is given 
to the student by the chairman in any order that may seem appro- 
priate. The questions, together with the student's answers, are then 
returned to the members of the committee for grading. This proce- 
dure is still used by departments having a relatively small number 
of doctoral candidates. Many of the larger departments, however, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 41 

have found it impractical to have separate written examinations 
prepared by each student's committee and have instituted depart- 
mental written examinations to be used for all candidates. These 
examinations are given several times during the year and scheduled 
dates are announced well in advance. Where written departmental 
examinations of this kind are made available, the student majoring 
or minoring in the field of the department will be expected to make 
arrangements for taking these examinations. Questions on written 
examinations may cover any phase of the course work taken by the 
student during the period of his graduate study or any subject 
logically related and basic to an understanding of the subject mat- 
ter of the major and minor areas of study. They should be designed 
to measure the student's mastery of these subject matter fields and 
the adequacy of his preparation for research investigations. 

Upon satisfactory completion of the written examinations the 
student must pass an oral examination before the entire examining 
committee. This examination is usually held within a week after 
the chairman of the examining committee has certified to the Grad- 
uate School that the student has completed satisfactorily the writ- 
ten examinations. The members of the examining committee will be 
notified by the Graduate School of the time and place arranged for 
the oral examination. The oral examination is designed to test the 
student's ability to relate factual knowledge to specific circum- 
stances. In the oral examination the student is expected to use his 
knowledge with accuracy and promptness and to demonstrate that 
his thinking is not limited to the facts learned in course work. 

A unanimous vote of approval is required for passing the pre- 
liminary examination. Approval may be conditioned, however, upon 
the completion of additional work in some particular field to the 
satisfaction of the committee. In case a single dissenting vote is 
cast, the course of action to be taken will become a matter for deci- 
sion by the Administrative Board. Upon receiving the approval of 
the examining committee the student is admitted to candidacy for 
the doctorate. 

A final oral examination is also required. During a normal aca- 
demic year, an interval of at least eight months must elapse between 
admission to candidacy and the final oral examination. If summer 
sessions are involved, this interval may be interpreted to include 
two consecutive summer sessions and one academic semester. 

This examination is held after the dissertation has been com- 
pleted, and consists of a defense by the candidate of the methods 
used and the conclusions reached in his research study. The exam- 
ination is conducted by an examining committee. The examining 
committee usually includes the student's advisory committee, plus 
a representative of the Graduate School, although this procedure 
is not always adopted. The examining committee is appointed by 
the graduate dean after consultation with the head of the student's 
major department. 

Failure of a student to pass either the preliminary or the final 



42 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

examination terminates his graduate work at this institution unless 
otherwise recommended by the examining committee. No re-exam- 
ination may be given until at least one full semester has elapsed 
since the first examination. Only one re-examination is permitted. 

See Summary of Procedures for Doctor of Philosophy Degree 
below. 

Admission to Candidacy 

A student is admitted to candidacy after he has successfully 
passed the preliminary examinations. The language requirements 
must be fulfilled before permission to take the preliminary exam- 
ination is granted. Admission to candidacy must be obtained not 
later than the midpoint of the semester immediately preceding that 
in which the degree is expected. 

Additional Information 

A booklet containing detailed instruction about the form of the 
dissertation may be obtained from the Graduate School. 

Further information concerning graduate work at North Carolina 
State University may be secured from Dr. Walter J. Peterson, Dean 
of the Graduate School, North Carolina State University at Raleigh, 
Raleigh, North Carolina. 



SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES FOR THE DOCTOR OF 
PHILOSOPHY DEGREE 

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate School 
or department head. 

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate School or de- 
partment head. 

3. Receipt of application forms by Graduate School. 

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study. 

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective stu- 
dent stating curriculum in which he will work. 

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholas- 
tic standards, notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the 
Graduate School. 

7. Permit to register is sent by Graduate School to the registrar. 

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned an 
advisor, and makes out a roster of courses in consultation with 
departmental advisor. 

9. Advisory committee of at least four members is appointed in 
the first term of graduate study by the graduate dean after 
consultation with the department head. 

10. Plan of work is prepared by the advisory committee in consul- 
tation with the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the 
Graduate School by the end of the first semester in residence. 

11. Plan of work is approved by the graduate dean and three copies 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 43 

returned to the department head. One copy is kept in depart- 
ment files, one goes to the advisor, and one is given to the 
student. 

12. A dissertation subject is selected and an outline of the pro- 
posed research submitted to the department head and the stu- 
dent's advisory committee. 

13. Student passes language examinations. 

14. When the student has completed satisfactorily all the courses 
in the minor field on his plan of work, he may, with the consent 
of the chairman of his committee, take the written qualifying 
examination in the field of his minor. If desirable, this exam- 
ination may be taken if all but one of the courses in the minor 
field have been completed and the student is taking the last 
such course during the semester in which the examination is 
held. The results of this examination will be reported to the 
Graduate School. The examination in the minor field may be 
combined with the examination in the major field. 

15. The written examination in the major field may be scheduled 
upon approval of the Dean of the Graduate School not earlier 
than the end of the second year of graduate study and not 
later than the mid-point of the semester immediately preceding 
that in which the degree is expected. The results of this exam- 
ination will be reported to the Graduate School. 

16. When all written examinations have been completed satisfac- 
torily, the oral qualifying examination may be held. The Grad- 
uate School is notified one week in advance of the time and 
place of this examination. The report of the examination is sent 
to the Graduate School. If the report is favorable, the student 
is admitted to candidacy. 

17. A copy of the preliminary draft of the dissertation is submitted 
to the chairman of the student's committee for criticism. 

18. At least two weeks prior to the final oral examination, the chair- 
man of the student's advisory committee submits a corrected 
draft of the dissertation to members for review. 

19. Eight months (or two terms) after admission to candidacy or 
later, permission for the candidate to take the final oral exam- 
ination is requested of the Graduate School by the chairman 
of the candidate's advisory committee. Requests should be filed 
at least two weeks before the date of the examination and must 
be accompanied by a certification that the thesis is complete 
except for such revisions as may be necessary as a result of 
the final examination. 

20. Permission is granted by the graduate dean if the student's 
record is in order. A date is set and examining committee ap- 
pointed. The report on the examination should be filed with 
the Graduate School as soon as examination has been completed. 

21. Two copies of the thesis in final form and five copies of the 
abstract must be submitted to the Graduate School not later 
than four weeks before the date on which the degree is to be 



44 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

awarded. It must carry the signatures of all members of the 
examining committee. 

22. Graduate School certifies to the Registration Office and to the 
general faculty that all requirements for the degree have been 
met and recommends the awarding of the degree. 

23. All requirements must be completed within seven calendar 
years from date of admission to candidacy for the doctoral 
degree. 

24. Student must be registered in the term in which the degree is 
to be awarded. 




The Erdahl-Cloyd Union is the center for many student activities, 
including concerts, lectures and exhibits. The Union sponsored concert 
series is among the best attended in the United States. 



FIELDS OF INSTRUCTION 



Departmental Announcements and Description of Courses 

The course descriptions are planned for the academic years 1966-67 
and 1967-68, unless indicated otherwise. Specific courses may not be 
offered, however, if registration for a course is too low, or if faculty 
or facilities are not available. 

Courses in the 500 series are open to seniors and graduate students. 
All courses in this series carry full graduate credit. Courses in the 600 
series are open to graduate students only. Master's programs must 
include not less than 20 semester hours from courses in the 500 and 
600 series. 

DEPARTMENT OF ADULT EDUCATION 

GRADUATE FACULTY 
Professor: Edgar John Boone, Head 
Associate Professors: Robert John Dolan, Emily H. Quinn 

The Department of Adult Education offers programs of study 
leading to the Master of Adult Education and Master of Science 
degrees with a major in adult education. 

The program is based upon an interdisciplinary approach and is 
designed to provide graduate students the opportunity to develop a 
broad and comprehensive understanding of adult education and a high 
level of professional competence in conducting research. Bolstering 
the interdisciplinary base of the graduate program is the Graduate 
Institute of Adult Education, administered by an Administrative 
Board, which includes the deans of the Schools of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences, Education, Liberal Arts, and the Graduate School at 
North Carolina State University, and the dean of the School of Home 
Economics at the University of North Carolina at Greensboro. 

A candidate for the master's degree must acquire a comprehensive 
understanding of the adult and society, and the theories of learning, 
social action, group processes, communication and planning requisite 
to effecting change among people. While a basic comprehension of 
these relevant theories is the first essential, the candidate must also 
understand their interrelationships and how they apply to adult edu- 
cation. The degree candidate must present a thesis based on his own 
research. 

The basic aspects of the behavioral sciences as related to adult 
education is the central theme of the Department of Adult Educa- 
tion's graduate program. The varied but coordinated interests of the 
department's faculty with their research programs offer a variety of 
opportunities for graduate student training that is found in few 
institutions. 

The Department of Adult Education is housed in Ricks Hall. It 



46 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

has a modern and well-equipped department library including all 
major professional journals in adult education and the behavioral 
sciences. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Ed 501 See SOG 501, Leadership. 3(3-0) s 

ED 502 See PS 502, Public Administration. 3(3-0) s 

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult Education 3(3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: ED 501, permission of instructor 

The principles and processes involved in programming, including basic 
theories and concepts supporting the programming process. Attention will 
be given to the general framework in which programming is done, the or- 
ganization needed, and the program roles of both professional and lay 
leaders. Messrs. Boone, Dolan 

ED 513 See RS 513, Community Organization. 3 (3-0) s 

ED 559 Principles of Adult Education 3(3-0) s 

Prerequisite : Six hours in education 

Principles involved in adult education programs including theories and 
concepts undergirding and requisite to these programs. Emphasis will be 
given to the interrelationship of the nature of adult learning, the nature 
of the subject matter and the setting in which learning occurs. The ap- 
plicability of relevant principles and pertinent research findings to adult 
learning will be thoroughly treated. Mrs. Quinn 

ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult Education Credits by Arrangement 
Study and scientific analysis of problems in adult education, and prepara- 
tion of a scholarly research type of paper. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ED 696 Seminar in Adult Education 1(1-0) f 

Identification and scientific analysis of major issues and problems rele- 
vant to adult education. Credit for this course will involve the active par- 
ticipation of the student in a formal seminar and the scientific appraisal 
and solution of a selected problem. The course is designed to help the stu- 
dent acquire a broad perspective of issues confronting adult educators and 
to acquire experience in the scientific analysis and solution of specific 
issues. Graduate Staff 



DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Clarence Cayce Scarborough, Head, James Bryant Kirk- 
land 

Associate Professors: Harry Geddie Beard, Lawrence William Drabick 

Assistant Professors: Charles Douglas Bryant, Texton Robert Miller 

The Department of Agricultural Education offers programs of study 
leading to the Master of Science and the Master of Education degrees. 
Graduate programs are designed to meet the needs of the individual 
student for further study and research as well as for the role of local 
educational leader. All programs emphasize research. As part of the 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 47 

graduate program, each student must complete a thesis or a research 
problem. 

In addition to the many resources available to all North Carolina 
State graduate students, agricultural education students have available 
assistance from administrative and supervisory staff members of the 
State Department of Public Instruction in Raleigh. 

A number of graduate assistantships are available. Preference is 
given to experienced educational leaders in agricultural education. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Analysis of theory of planning and change. Consideration of the need for 
planning programs in agricultural education; objectives and evaluation of 
community programs; use of advisory groups; organization and use of 
lacilities; role of the leader. Messrs. Bryant, Scarborough 

ED 568 Adult Education in Agriculture 3 (3.0 ) f s 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Designed to meet the needs of leaders in adult education. Opportunity to 
study some of the basic problems and values in working with adult groups 
Particular attention will be given to the leadership role in educational pro- 
grams for adults. Messrs. Bryant, Scarborough 

ED 593 Special Problems Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Opportunities for students to study current problems under the guidance 
of the staff. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ED 617 Philosophy of Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ED 554 or equivalent 

An examination of educational philosophies and their relation to current 
educational programs in agricultural education. Mr. Scarborough 

ED 664 Supervision in Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ED 563 or equivalent 

Organization, administration, evaluation and possible improvement of 
supervisory practice; theory, principles and techniques of effective super- 
vision in agricultural education at different levels. Mr. Scarborough 

ED 693 Advanced Problems Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: ED 593 or equivalent 

Study of current and advanced problems in the teaching and administra- 
tion of educational programs, evaluation of procedures and consideration 
for improving. Graduate Staff 

ED 694 Seminar in Agricultural Education 1 (1-0) fs 

A critical review of current problems, articles, and books of interest to 
students of agricultural education. Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF ANIMAL SCIENCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors : Ira Deward Porterfield, Head, Elliott Roy Barrick, Edward 
Guy Batte, Lemuel Goode, George Hyatt, Jr., James Giacomo Lecce, 
James Edward Legates, Gennard Matrone, Harold Arch Ramsey, 



48 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Frank Houston Smith, Hamilton Arlo Stewart, Samuel B. Tove, 
Lester Curtis Ulberg, George Herman Wise, Milton B. Wise 

Associate Professors : Albert J. Clawson, Emmett Urcey Dillard, Rich- 
ard Douglas Mochrie, Odis Wayne Robison 

Assistant Professors: Edward Vitangelo Caruolo, Donald Gould Daven- 
port, Eugene J. Eisen, James Murray Leatherwood, John Joseph 
McNeill, Richard Monier Myers, Allen Huff Rakes 

The Department of Animal Science offers programs leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in three sec- 
tions (Animal Breeding, Animal Diseases, and Nutrition) that are 
functionally oriented, and in two sections (Animal Husbandry and 
Dairy Husbandry) that are commodity oriented. The interrelation- 
ships among these sections are such that a student who chooses any 
one benefits from close association with the others. The goals of all 
are to provide programs of interest and challenge, offering students 
opportunities to develop creative ability to the degree that they will 
have the knowledge and the motivation to contribute constructively in 
their chosen profession and in closely related fields. 

The availability of a variety of modern laboratories, specialized 
equipment, and experimental subjects enables the student to become 
familiar with the tools of research and their use in expanding knowl- 
edge in the various segments of animal science. The research exposure 
in fulfilling the requirements for degrees, more than any other single 
factor, determines the specialization characteristics in animal science. 

Students in the Animal Breeding Section concentrate on problems 
pertaining to efficient utilization of superior germ plasm. Emphasis is 
given to quantative genetics and reproductive physiology. Experi- 
mental subjects include not only livestock but also small animals. 
Among the facilities is a laboratory building designed and used to 
study various factors affecting reproduction. 

Students in the Animal Disease Section may specialize in pathology, 
parasitology, veterinary bacteriology, virology or other phases of ani- 
mal disease. For research and training in these areas, a modern build- 
ing including appropriate laboratories and equipment is provided. 

Students in the Nutrition Section are trained primarily in the funda- 
mental aspects of the science of this field. Programs are oriented 
toward the basic phases of nutrition, including metabolism of minerals, 
lipids, higher carbohydrates, proteins, and microbes; physiology and 
biochemistry of digestion; and biochemical evaluation of nutrient 
sources. Excellent laboratory facilities, biochemical and animal, are 
available. 

Students in the Animal Husbandry Section may select problems in 
nutrition, developmental physiology, carcass quality, production ef- 
ficiency and interrelationships of breeding, and feeding and manage- 
ment of species of livestock classified as meat animals. 

Students in the Dairy Husbandry Section have the option of nutri- 
tion, physiology or management of dairy cattle for major emphasis 
in their programs. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 49 

In both of the husbandry sections, livestock, farms, feeding facili- 
ties, and laboratories are such that a variety of problems may be used 
effectively in graduate programs. 

Strong collateral support through course offerings and research 
cooperation is available in the areas of biochemistry, physiology, 
genetics, microbiology, statistics, economics, sciences, and food sci- 
ences. Therefore, graduate programs in animal science offer oppor- 
tunities for the multi-dimensional development of students. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

ANS 404 Dairy Farm Problems 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ANS 201 

Advanced study of practical dairy farm management including farm 
records, farm buildings, sanitation, roughage utilization and herd culling. 

ANS 407 Advanced Livestock Production 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: GN 411, ANS 312 

A study of the economic, nutritional, genetic, physiological and man- 
agerial factors affecting the operation of commercial and purebred livestock 
enterprises. 

ANS 408 Reproduction and Lactation 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 

Anatomy of the reproductive organs and mammary glands with detailed 
coverage of the physiological processes involved and of factors controlling 
and influencing them. A special research problem selected by the student 
is required. 

ANS 409 Advanced Livestock Production Lab 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisites: GN 411, ANS 312 

A study of the economic, nutritional, genetic, physiological and man- 
agerial factors affecting the operation of commercial and purebred live- 
stock enterprises. Laboratory. 

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 (1-0) s 

Review and discussion of special topics and the current literature per- 
taining to all phases of animal production. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ANS 503 (GN 503) Genetic Improvement of 

Livestock and Poultry 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: GN 411 or equivalent 

The application of genetic principles to the economic improvement of 
animal agriculture. Phenotypic and genetic relationships among economic 
traits as well as mode of inheritance and method of measurement of the 
traits. The role of inbreeding, outbreeding and selection methods in pro- 
ducing superior genetic populations. Mr. Robinson 

ANS 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CH 101, CH 103 

The pathology of bacterial, viral, parasitic, nutritional, thermal and 
mechanical diseases processes. Mr. Batte 

ANS 513 Needs and Utilization of Nutrients by Livestock 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisite: ANS 312 or equivalent 

Measurement of nutrient needs of livestock and the nutrient values of 
feeds. Nutritive requirements for productive functions. Mr. Wise 



50 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ANS 590 Topical Problems in Animal Science Maximum 6 fs 

Special problems may be selected or assigned in various phases of animal 
science. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ANS 603 (GN 603) Population Genetics in Animal 

Improvement 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ST 512, GN 512 

A study of the forces influencing gene frequencies, inbreeding and its 
effects, and alternative breeding plans. Mr. Legates 

ANS 604 (ZO 604) Experimental Animal Physiology 4 (2-4) f 

Prerequisite: ZO 513 or equivalent 

A study of the theories and techniques involved in the use of animals 
in physiological investigation. Messrs. Ulberg, Wise 

ANS 614 (BO 614) Bacterial Metabolism 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisites: BO 514 or equivalent, CH 551 

The energy metabolism of bacteria; synthesis of carbohydrates, lipids, 
proteins, purines, pyrimidines, and nucleic acids; bacterial photosynthesis; 
enzyme formation and metabolic control mechanisms. Mr. McNeill 

ANS 622 (ST 622) Principles of Biological Assays 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CH 551, ST 512 

Techniques and designs of biological assays. The interrelationship of 
logical principles, designs, and analyses is emphasized. Staff 

ANS 653 (BCH 653) Mineral Metabolism 3(3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 551 

Principles of mineral metabolism, with emphasis on metabolic functions, 
reaction mechanisms and interrelationships. Mr. Matrone 

ANS 655 (BCH 655) Intermediary Metabolism I 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CH 551 and permission of instructor 

A study of carbohydrate, lipid, and energy metabolism. Mr. Tove 

ANS 690 Seminar in Animal Nutrition 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Permission of seminar leaders 

Orientation in philosophy of research, preparation for research and gen- 
eral research methodology. Graduate Staff 

ANS 699 Research in Animal Science Credits by Arrangement 

A maximum of six hours is allowed toward the master's degree; no 
limitation on credits in doctorate program. Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Gennard Matrone, Acting Head, Leonard William Aurand,* 
Ian S. Longmuir, Samuel B. Tove 

Adjunct Professor: Monroe Eliot Wall 

Associate Professors: Frank Bradley Armstrong, Samuel G. Levine,* 
Alexander Russell Main, Edward Carroll Sisler 

Assistant Professors: Horace Robert Horton, Joseph Stephan Kahn 

The field of biochemistry applies and extends the concepts of chem- 
istry and physics to the investigation of biological problems. The 



* Affiliated Graduate Faculty Member 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 51 

Department of Biochemistry offers courses of study leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. 

A student entering into graduate study in biochemistry should 
have a bachelor's degree in chemistry or a biological science. The 
undergraduate program of studies should include two semesters of 
organic chemistry, one of quantitative analysis, and two semesters of 
physical chemistry. Students who lack undergraduate courses con- 
sidered essential for graduate study in biochemistry may be admitted 
to the graduate program; however, appropriate course work to make 
up academic deficiencies must be successfully completed early in their 
graduate studies. 

Courses in General Biochemistry (BCH 551) and Intermediary 
Metabolism (BCH 655 and 657) are required as part of the program 
leading to advanced degrees (majors and minors) in biochemistry. 

In addition to completing a program of studies approved by his 
advisory committee, a candidate for an advanced degree in biochemis- 
try is expected to participate regularly in biochemistry seminars 
throughout his graduate residence, and to engage in independent re- 
search leading to the completion of a scholarly thesis. Research 
programs are currently being conducted in biochemical genetics, 
enzyme structure and mechanisms, inhibition kinetics, biochemical 
aspects of toxicology, biochemical control mechanisms, photosynthesis 
developmental biochemistry of plants, methylation reactions in plants, 
lipid metabolism, volatile fatty acid metabolism, biochemical role of 
copper, metal ion interactions in vivo and in vitro, and oxygen trans- 
port mechanisms. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

BCH 551 General Biochemistry I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CH 231 or CH 431 or permission of instructor; physical 
chemistry strongly recommended 
Principles of modern biochemistry, including a study of structural and 
metabolic relationships of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, 
enzymes, and coenzymes. Mr. Longmuir 

BCH 555 Plant Chemistry 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: BCH 551 

Composition of plants; properties, nature, and classification of plant 
constituents; changes occurring during growth, ripening, and storage of 
plant products. Mr. Sisler 

BCH 561 (GN 561, MB 561) Biochemical and 

Microbial Genetics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: BCH 551, GN 411 or 512, and MB 401, or equivalent 

A study of the development of the fields of biochemical genetics and 
microbial genetics, emphasizing both techniques and concepts currently used 
in research in these areas. Includes lectures and discussions of current re- 
search publications. Mr. Armstrong 

Courses for Graduates Only 

BCH 651 (BO 651) Physical Biochemistry 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Structural and physical properties of proteins and other macromolecules; 
photochemistry of biological systems. Mr. Armstrong 



52 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

BCH 652 Biochemical Research Techniques 3 (1-8) s 

Prerequisites: BCH 551; CH 215 or CH 411 

Instrumentation and techniques for separation, identification, and char- 
acterization of biochemical constituents; laboratory methods of isolation, 
assay, and characterization of enzymes; kinetics of enzyme catalyzed re- 
actions. Mr. Horton, Staff 

BCH 653 (ANS 653) Mineral Metabolism 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: BCH 551 

Principles of mineral metabolism with emphasis on metabolic functions, 
reaction mechanisms, and interrelationships. Mr. Matrone 

BCH 655 (ANS 655) Intermediary Metabolism I 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: BCH 551 

A study of carbohydrate, lipid, and energy metabolism. Mr. Tove 

BCH 657 Intermediary Metabolism II 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: BCH 551 

A study of amino acid, protein, and nucleic acid metabolism, including 
lectures and discussions of current research publications. Mr. Horton 

BCH 659 (CH 659) Natural Products 3 (3-0) f 
Prerequisite: CH 521 

Synthetic and degradative procedures and conformational analysis in 

naturally occurring compounds. Mr. Levine 

BCH 691 Seminar in Biochemistry Credit by Arrangement 

Graduate Staff 

BCH 695 Special Topics in Biochemistry Credit by Arrangement 

Prerequisites: BCH 551, BCH 655, BCH 657 

Critical study of special problems in modern biochemistry. 

Graduate Staff 

BCH 699 Biochemical Research Credit by Arrangement 

Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Francis Jefferson Hassler, Head, Henry Dittimus Bowen, 
William Eldon Splinter 

Professor Emeritus: David S. Weaver 

Associate Professors: William Hugh Johnson, Kenneth Allan Jordan, 
Charles Wilson Suggs 

Assistant Professors: James William Dickens, Barney Kuo-Yen Huang, 
Ervin Grigg Humphries, David Alan Link, Cliff R. Willey, Ralph 
E. Williamson, Edward H. Wiser 

The Department of Biological and Agricultural Engineering offers 
programs of study for the Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy and 
Master of Agricultural Engineering degrees. A bachelor's degree in 
agricultural engineering from an accredited curriculum or its equiva- 
lent entitles an individual to one of two approaches to graduate study. 
For those primarily interested in existing technologies, the Master of 
Agricultural Engineering program permits selections from a variety 
of advanced technical courses. Such study is appropriate to certain 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 53 

supervisory and managerial positions, technical sales, service and pro- 
motional work. 

The Master of Science program takes into account the increasing 
rigor of modern engineering. Emphasis here is on mathematics and 
theory as the unifying link between otherwise widely divergent fields 
of knowledge which are prerequisite to effective engineering advances 
in agricultural production. As the student acquires competence in the 
advanced methods of science, he derives mathematical models for re- 
duction of observational knowledge to engineering applications. 

Study for the Doctor of Philosophy degree builds on the Master of 
Science program by an additional year of formal study followed by a 
period of independent research to satisfy dissertation requirements. 

Unusual opportunities are available for graduate student participa- 
tion in departmental research programs. Current projects include: 
Animal Environment; Watershed Hydrology, Drainage and Irriga- 
tion; Crop Processing and Materials Handling; Field Production 
Operations; Fruit and Vegetable Mechanization; Pesticide Applica- 
tions; Human Engineering; and Operations Research. The systems 
approach to operations in crop and animal production provides a va- 
riety of areas within which to define timely investigations. 

Graduate students have access to a research shop, manned by 
competent mechanics. 

Information concerning fellowships and assistantships in biological 
and agricultural engineering may be obtained from the head of the 
department. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery 3 (2-3) fs 

Prerequisite: BAE 211, PY 211 or PY 221 

This course is designed to provide students in agricultural engineering 
technology with a knowledge of the operations of manufacturing and dis- 
tribution organizations of farm machinery and their places in these organi- 
zations. Included is a practical course in farm tractors and engines with 
emphasis on familiarizing the student with component parts — their appli- 
cation, operation, and maintenance, as well as with the selection of these 
units from the standpoint of power, performance, and ratings. 

Mr. Fore 

BAE 433 Crop Preservation and Processing 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: PY 211 

This course deals with the physical and biochemical characteristics of 
harvested crops and crop products, as they define the requirements for the 
best preservation of quality. The properties of air-water vapor mixtures, the 
application of heat to air and crops, the characteristics and use of fans 
and heaters, the air flow requirements and measurement for crop preserva- 
tion and materials handling will be studied. Feed preparation, mixing and 
handling are included in the course. Mr. Weaver 

BAE 453 Bioengineering Parameters 2 (2-0) f 

Prerequisites: BAE 303, BAE 352, MA 301 

Physical properties and response characteristics of plant materials are 
studied in their relationship to engineering analysis for production, har- 
vesting and processing operations. Topics include germination, growth 



54 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

dynamics, physical properties for harvesting and materials handling, bio- 
logical response criteria, environmental effects, theory of curing and dry- 
ing, and quality evaluation. Mr. Johnson 

BAE 461 Analysis of Agricultural Production Systems 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 201, EC 205, ST 361 

Survey of methods of systems analysis for agricultural engineering 
students. Intermediate economic analysis, with particular emphasis on 
farm machinery economics; materials-handling problems; activity network 
and scheduling problems; techniques of obtaining and processing systems 
data. Mr. Link 

BAE 462 Functional Design of Field Machines 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisites: BAE 361, ME 301, BAE 461, SSC 200 

A study of the modern farm tractor and field machines. The emphasis 
of the course is on the translation of measurements of biological and physi- 
cal factors of the agricultural production system into machine specifica- 
tions that can be effectively converted into production machines by engi- 
neers of the manufacturing industry. Mr. Bowen 

BAE 471 Soil and Water Conservation Engineering 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: CE 201, SSC 200, ST 361 

General aspects of agricultural hydrology, including precipitation, classi- 
fication of climate, rainfall disposition, methods of estimating runoff, fun- 
damental soil and water relationships, and hydraulics of flow in open 
channels and closed conduits, will be given. Included also are factors 
affecting erosion, methods of controlling erosion, land use classification, 
drainage, land clearing, irrigation methods, design requirements for port- 
able irrigation systems, and economic aspects of irrigation in the South- 
east. Mr. Wiser 

BAE 481 Design of Farmstead Engineering Systems 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: BAE 453, BAE 461, BAE 491 

Application of conditioning principles to provide the required environ- 
ment for optimum agricultural production is stressed. Environmental re- 
quirements imposed by the biological materials in farmstead systems are 
related to the first principles of physiology. Consideration of labor reduction 
and replacement of human decisions with control mechanisms are formal- 
ized. Environmental requirements, proper arrangement, material flow, 
equipment selection and control, and estimation of external loads are pre- 
sented to indicate design procedures for a sound, functional building. 

Mr. Jordan 

BAE 491 Electrotechnology for Agricultural Production 3 (2-3) f 
Prerequisites: EE 331, EE 332 

Principles of operation of sensors and transducers and their use in 
measuring environmental and physical variables. Typical circuits will be 
used to illustrate how sensing devices are employed, to illustrate the use 
of circuit analysis techniques, and to study the operational characteristics. 
Control circuits with applications of transient analysis for environment 
control and switching circuits for materials handling systems. Relevant 
power distribution techniques, wiring codes, and power machinerv will be 
studied in relation to agricultural production problems. Mr. McClure 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

BAE 552 Instrumentation for Agricultural Research 

and Processing 2(1-3) f 

Prerequisites: EE 331, MA 301 

Theory and application of primary sensing elements and transducers. 
Calibration and use of standards. Use of electronic and solid state circuits 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 55 

in amplifiers, recorders and controllers. Special circuits for agricultural 
processing. Mr. Splinter 

BAE 590 Special Problems Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Each student will select a subject on which he will do research and write 
a technical report on his results. He may choose a subject pertaining to 
his particular interest in any area of study in agricultural engineering. 

Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

BAE 654 Agricultural Process Engineering 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 441 

Generalized classical thermodynamics is extended by Onsager's rela- 
tions to provide a theoretical basis for analyzing the energetics of systems 
that include life processes. Mr. Johnson 

BAE 661 Analysis of Function and Design of Farm 

Machinery 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: PY 411 

Studies of methods and equipment used in determining the functional 
requirements of machine components and the writing of machine specifi- 
cations in terms of fundamental parameters. A study of the principles of 
descriminate and indescriminate mechanical selection of agricultural prod- 
ucts with emphasis on the theory of servo-systems. (Offered 1965-66 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Bowen 

BAE 671 Theory of Drainage, Irrigation and Erosion 

Control 4 (4-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 513 

Emphasis is placed on the physical and mathematical aspects of problems 
in conservation engineering and an attempt is made to rationalize pro- 
cedures which have often come about through experience rather than 
through analytical consideration. Examples are presented of cases where 
such an analytical approach has already improved, or shows promise of 
improving, design criteria and procedures. Mr. Kriz 

BAE 681 Analysis of Function and Design of Farmstead 

Systems 4 (4-0) for s 

Prerequisite: BAE 481 

A study of the parameters in the design of a farmstead system with 
economic criteria pertaining to a formal design procedure. Mr. Jordan 

BAE 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in agricultural engineering 
A maximum of two credits is allowed. 

Elaboration of the subject areas, techniques and methods peculiar to 
professional interest through presentations of personal and published 
works; opportunity for students to present and defend, critically, ideas, 
concepts and inferences. Discussions to point up analytical solutions and 
analogies between problems in agricultural engineering and other technol- 
ogies, and to present the relationship of agricultural engineering to the 
socioeconomic enterprise. Mr. Hassler 

BAE 699 Research in Agricultural Engineering 

Credits by Arrangement 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in agricultural engineering 
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward a master's degree; no limita- 
tion on credits for doctorate program. 

Performance of a particular investigation of concern to agricultural 
engineering. The study will begin with the selection of a problem and cul- 
minate with the presentation of a thesis. Graduate Staff 



56 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Glenn Ray Noggle, Head, Donald Benton Anderson, Ernest 
A. Ball, Ernest Oscar Beal, Robert Jack Downs, Herbert Temple 
Scofield, Larry Alston Whitford 

Visiting Professor: George John Schumacher 

Professor Emeritus: Bertram Whittier Wells 

Associate Professors: Arthur Wells Cooper, James Walker Hardin, 
James Richard Troyer 

Assistant Professors: Roger C. Fites, Joseph Stephan Kahn, Royall 
Tyler Moore, Harold Edward Pattee, Heinz Seltmann, Ralph 
Edward Williamson 

Associate Members of the Department of Botany 
Professors: Clarence Leslie McCombs, Donald Edwin Moreland 

The Department of Botany offers programs leading to the Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with major emphases in 
the areas of plant physiology, ecology, anatomy, morphology, mycology, 
phycology, and systematic botany. 

Excellent physical facilities and equipment are available for teach- 
ing and research in all phases of the department's program. Controlled 
environment growth rooms, greenhouse facilities and field plots are 
readily accessible. The use of radioisotopes in physiological, phycologi- 
cal, and morphological research is supported by adequate facilities. 
The department maintains an electron microscope for teaching and re- 
search purposes. A fine herbarium supports study in systematics and 
ecology. The availability in North Carolina of a wide range of habitats 
with an accompanying diversity of flora provides opportunities for re- 
search problems in ecology, mycology, phycology, and systematics. 

Graduate students terminating their work at the master's level have 
a number of opportunities available for employment in state, federal, 
and industrial laboratories. Academic positions are also available in 
junior colleges, as well as in certain four-year colleges. Holders of the 
Doctor of Philosophy degree will find opportunities for academic posi- 
tions in colleges and universities, for research positions in federal 
and state experiment stations, and for research and development work 
with private industrial research institutions. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 4 (2-4) s 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

A systematic survey of vascular plants emphasizing field identification, 
terminology, and general evolutionary relationships. Mr. Hardin 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 (3-3) fs 

Prerequisites: BS 100 and one year of college chemistry 

Physiology of the green plant emphasizing plant organization, water 
and solute relationships, organic and inorganic nutrition, growth and 
development. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 57 

BO 442 (ZO 442) General Ecology 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

The general principles of the interrelationships among organisms and 
between organisms and their environment — land, fresh-water, and marine. 

Messrs. Cooper, Quay, Standaert 

BO 486 (CE 486) Weather and Climate 2 (2-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 102 or MA 112, PY 211-212 or PY 221 

A discussion of basic principles of meteorology and climatology. Topics 
discussed include the atmosphere, radiation, moisture, pressure and wind, 
atmospheric equilibrium, air masses and fronts. Macro- and micro-climate 
and the climate of North Carolina are also covered. 

Messrs. Cooper, Carney 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

BO 512 Morphology of Vascular Plants 3 (1-6) f 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

A study of comparative morphology, ontogeny and evolution of the vascu- 
lar plants. Emphasis is placed upon the phylogeny of sexual reproduction 
and of the vascular systems. Mr. Ball 

BO 513 Plant Anatomy 3 (1-6) s 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

A study of the anatomy of the Angiosperms and Gymnosperms. The 
development of tissues is traced from their origin by meristems to their 
mature states. Mr. Ball 

BO 522 Advanced Systematics of Angiosperms 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: BO 403 

A comprehensive survey of the systematics and evolution of angiosperm 
families. Special emphasis is given to detailed morphology, phylogeny, and 
critical identification in laboratory and field. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate 
years.) Mr. Hardin 

BO 544 Plant Geography 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: BO 403, BO 442, GN 411 or equivalents 

A course in descriptive and interpretive plant geography, synthesizing 
data from the fields of ecology, genetics, geography, paleobotany, and 
taxonomy. Includes a survey of the present distribution of major vegetation 
types throughout the world, a discussion of the history and development 
of this present pattern of vegetation, and a discussion of the principles 
and theories of plant geography. (Offered in 1966-67 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Cooper 

BO 545 Advanced Plant Ecology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: BO 421, BO 442 or equivalents 

An advanced consideration, through class discussions and individual 
projects, of the principles, theories, and methods of plant ecology. (Offered 
in 1965-66 and alternate years.) Mr. Cooper 

BO 574 (MB 574) Phycology 3 (1-4) s 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

An introduction to the structure, reproduction and importance of the 
classes of organisms which may be included in the algae. Considerable 
time is devoted to the local fresh-water and marine floras and the ecology 
of important species. Mr. Whitford 

BO 575 (MB 575, PP 575) The Fungi 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: BO 301 or equivalent 

An overview of the fungi within the framework of a survey of the major 
classes. Lectures, while covering the major groups systematically, will 



58 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

also include ancillary material such as aspects of ultrastructure, environ- 
mental adaptions, sexuality, ontogeny, and economic, including historical, 
importance. Laboratory sessions will provide for study of both known and 
unknown material to familiarize the student with the characteristics of 
the fungi and to develop an appreciation of the problems and methods of 
their classification. Mr. Moore 

BO 588 (ZO 588) Cell Physiology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: L>0 421 or ZO 421 and permission of instructor 

A study of fundamental physiological properties at the cellular level 
with emphasis on basic principles. Messrs. Roberts, Troyer 

BO 589 (ZO 589) Cell Physiology Laboratory 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisites: BO 588 (ZO 588) (may be taken concurrently) and per- 
mission of instructor 

Experimental approaches in the study of physiological processes at the 
cellular level. Attention will be devoted to the theoretical usefulness of 
laboratory techniques along with their practical limitations. 

Messrs. Roberts, Troyer 

BO 590 Topical Problems 1 to 3 fs 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

Discussions and readings on problems of current interest in the fields of 
ecology, anatomy and morphology, taxonomy, and cell biology. May be 
repeated with change in topic for a maximum of six credits. 

Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

BO 620 Advanced Taxonomy 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisites: BO 522 and permission of instructor 

A course in the principles of plant taxonomy including the history of 
taxonomy, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, taxonomic 
literature, taxonomic and biosystematic methods, and monographic techni- 
ques. (Offered 1966-67 and alternate years.) Mr. Hardin 

BO 632 Plant Nutrition 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: BO 588 

An advanced course in plant physiology covering the subcellular organ- 
ization of plants, photosynthesis, inorganic and organic metabolism, and 
respiration. Mr. Noggle 

BO 633 Plant Growth and Development 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: BO 588 

An advanced course in plant physiology covering plant growth, develop- 
ment, differentiation, senescence, and biological control mechanisms. 

Mr. Fites 

BO 636 Discussions in Plant Physiology 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: BO 588 

Group discussions at an advanced level of selected topics of current 
interest in plant physiology. Graduate Staff 

BO 691 Botany Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems 
of interest to botanists are reviewed and discussed. Graduate student credit 
is allowed if one paper per semester is presented at seminar. 

Graduate Staff 

BO 693 Special Problems in Botany Credits by Arrangement 

Directed research in some specialized phase of botany other than a 

thesis problem but designed to provide experience and training in research. 

Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 59 

BO 699 Research Credits by Arrangement 

Original research preliminary to writing a master's thesis or a doctoral 
dissertation. Graduate Stan* 

CERAMIC ENGINEERING 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information 
see Department of Mineral Industries, page 159.) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

MIC 415, 416 Ceramic Engineering Design 3 (1-5) fs 

Prerequisites: MIC 306, EM 301 

A two-semester study to encourage creative solutions to problems of 
current interest and need in the ceramic profession. Discussion of sources 
of data, design principles, creativity, optimization, economic value analysis 
and decision making. Individual and team study involving interdependence 
of plant layout, processes, equipment and materials in the design of 
engineering systems or sub-systems. Study of factors in utilization of 
ceramics in materials systems. 

MIC 430 Research and Control Methods 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: MIC 306 

Interpretation of results, instrumental methods applied to research and 
product development. Statistical quality control. 

MIC 431 Reaction Kinetics in Ceramic Systems 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisites: MIM 201, CH 431 

A study of reactions taking place during thermal treatment of ceramic 
systems. Such topics as thermodynamics, heterogeneous phase equilibria, 
diffusion, solid state reactions, nucleation and grain growth are treated. 

MIC 432 Principles of the Glassy Phase 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: MIC 431 

A study of the glassy state to include the structure, properties, and 
types of glasses (including glazes and enamels). Opacity, color, and 
devitrification. Nature of the glassy phase in kiln fired ceramics. 

MIC 433 Ceramic Microstructure and Properties 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: MIC 431 

A study of the properties and behavior of processed ceramics from the 
standpoint of their phase characterization, atomic, micro-and macro- 
structure. Characteristics of ceramics are interpreted in terms of basic 
mechanisms affecting thermal, electronic, magnetic, mechanical, optical and 
nuclear properties. Emphasis is placed on process treatment and environ- 
mental effects. 

MIC 451 Principles of Ceramic Engineering 3 (3-0) )f 

Prerequisite: CH 433 or ME 302 or CHE 315 

An advanced treatment of fundamental relationships among ceramic 
materials, processes, and properties. Designed to provide an adequate 
background for students from other engineering and physical science 
curricula to permit effective study of ceramic engineering at the graduate 
level. Lecture. 

MIC 491 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

One semester required of seniors in ceramic engineering; a second semester 
may be elected. 

Literature survey of selected topics in ceramic engineering. Oral and 
written reports, discussions. 



60 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

MIC 501, 502 Ceramic Structural Analysis 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MIG 331 

Basic laws of crystal structures. Arrangement of ions in crystals. 
Estimation of phases present in multi-component systems utilizing x-ray 
techniques. Analysis of glass structure. Correlation of structure with 
composition and properties. Mr. Hamme 

MIC 503 Ceramic Microscopy 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: MIG 331 

Transmitted and reflected light techniques for the systematic study of 
ceramic materials and products. Interpretation and representation of 
results. Mr. Hackler 

MIC 506 Electron Microscopy 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: MIC 503 or PY 404 or EE 507 

The theory of the realization of electrostatic and magnetic lenses for 
electron microscopy. Major emphasis is placed on interpretation of electron 
diffraction and surface replications of ceramics and metals. Mr. Lucier 

MIC 509 High Vacuum Technology 3 (2-3) summer 

Prerequisite: CH 433 or ME 301 

Properties of low pressure gases and vapors. Production, maintenance, 
and measurement of high vacuum; design, construction, and operation of 
high vacuum, high temperature facilities. Properties and reactions of 
materials which are processed, tested, and/or utilized in high vacuum 
enrivonments. Mr. Palmour 

MIC 527 Refractories in Service 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

A study of the physical and chemical properties of the more important 
refractories in respect to their environment in industrial and laboratory 
furnaces. Mr. Kriegel 

MIC 529 Properties of High Temperature Materials 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MIM 201 

Effect of temperature on the physical, mechanical and chemical proper- 
ties of inorganic materials; relationships between microstructure and 
high temperature properties; uses of ceramics, cermets, and metals at 
extremely high temperatures. Mr. Stoops 

MIC 533, 534 Advanced Ceramic Engineering Design 3 (2-3) fs 

Prerequisites: MIC 416, MIC 433 

Advanced studies in analysis and design of ceramic products, processes, 
and systems leading to original solutions of current industrial problems 
and the development of new concepts of manufacturing. Mr. Palmour 

MIC 540 Glass Technology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MIC 432 

Fundamentals of glass manufacture including compositions, properties 
and application of the principal types of commercial glasses. 

Mr. Kriegel 

MIC 548 Technology of Cements 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MIC 431 

The technology of the Portland cement industry including manufacture, 
control and uses. Mr. Kriegel 

MIC 596, 597 Advanced Ceramic Experiments 3 (1-6) fs 

Prerequisite: MIC 430 or equivalent 

Advanced studies in ceramic laboratory experimentation. 

Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 61 

Courses for Graduates Only 

MIC 601 Ceramic Phase Relationships 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

Heterogeneous equilibrium, phase transformations, dissociation, fusion, 
lattice energy, defect structure, thermodynamic properties of ionic phases 
and silicate melts. Mr. Hackler 

MIC 603 Advanced Ceramic Reaction Kinetics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: MIC 431, MIC 501 

Fundamental study of the kinetics of high temperature ceramic reactions 
such as diffusion, nucleation, grain growth, recrystalization, phase trans- 
formation, vitrification and sintering. Mr. Stoops 

MIC 611 Ceramic Process Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MIC 502 
Corequisite: ST 516 

Analysis of experimental and production data for ceramic processes. 
Quantitative evaluation of the effect of materials, materials preparation, 
heat distribution, composition, and other variables on properties. Sampling 
from production. Linear programming to compound glass and cement 
batches. Mr. Hackler 

MIC 621 The Vitreous State 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MIC 540 

An advanced study of the structure of binary and ternary silicate and 
borate glasses. Influence of structure on properties of vitreous systems. 

Mr. Hackler 

MIC 631, 632 Advanced Physical Ceramics I, II 3 (2-3) fs 

Corequisites : MIC 501, MIC 502 or MIM 521, MIM 522, EM 501, EM 502 
or PY 503, PY 552 

Lattice structures and lattice energies in crystalline ceramics; relation- 
ships with elastic, optical, and thermal properties. Effects of constitution 
and microstructure on lattice-sensitive properties. The defect crystalline 
state in ceramics : vacancies, color centers, dislocations, boundaries. Crystal 
growth. Plastic deformation processes, including creep and fatigue; the 
ductile-brittle transition. Structure-sensitive properties of crystalline, 
vitreous and composite ceramics; effects of constitution, microstructure, 
non-stoichiometry. Mr. Palmour 

MIC 635, 636 Electronic Ceramics 3 (3-0) summer 

Prerequisites: MA 441 and PY 407 or PY 414 or EE 531 

Lattice energy, dielectric and optical properties of insulators, ferro- 
electrics, magnetic oxides, electron distribution in insulators and semi- 
conductors; electronic properties of alkali halides. Mr. Stadelmaier 

MIC 695 Ceramic Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Reports and discussion of special topics in ceramic engineering and 
allied fields. Graduate Staff 

MIC 697 Special Studies in Ceramic Engineering 1 to 3 credits 

Special studies of advanced topics in ceramic engineering. Credit will 
vary with the topic. Graduate Staff 

MIC 699 Ceramic Research Credits by Arrangement 

An original and independent investigation in ceramic engineering. A 
report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. 

Graduate Staff 



62 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors : Edward Martin Schoenborn, Head, Richard Bright, James 
K. Ferrell, Kenneth Orion Beatty, Jr. 

Visiting Professor: Warren Lee McCabe 

Associate Professors: David Boyd Marsland, Frances Marian Richard- 
son, John Frank Seely 

Assistant Professor: Edward Paul Stahel 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Robin Pierce Gardner 

The Department of Chemical Engineering offers programs of ad- 
vanced study and research leading to the Master of Science and Doctor 
of Philosophy degrees. The Chemical Engineering faculty seeks to 
provide a close association between faculty and students, to promote 
a common interest in advanced professional study, and to encourage 
intensive investigation and top-level creative activity. 

Graduate work in chemical engineering is of increasing importance 
since it enables the student to attain a higher degree of specialized 
professional competence and at the same time to secure greater mas- 
tery of the sciences underlying the quantitative aspects of chemical 
technology. The demand for chemical engineers with advanced train- 
ing is greater now than at any time since the beginning of the chemi- 
cal industry. 

Students with one or more years of training beyond the baccalau- 
reate are especially needed for fundamental and applied research, 
process development and design, production, and even for manage- 
ment, technical service and sales. Consulting work and careers in 
teaching usually demand a period of advanced study well beyond the 
normal four-year undergraduate program. 

At present, major emphasis in the department is concerned with 
basic studies of unit operations such as fluid flow, heat transfer at 
high and low temperatures, mass transfer distillation, and solvent 
extraction, with thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, phase equalibria, 
plastics technology, process measurement and control and many other 
aspects of chemical technology. The varied interests of an exceptionally 
well-qualified staff provide guidance for advanced study in any phase 
of chemical engineering. Strong supporting programs are available 
in mathematics, statistics, physics, chemistry, nuclear engineering, 
metallurgy, the life sciences, textiles, and other fields of engineering. 

The Department of Chemical Engineering occupies the four-story 
east wing of the Riddick Engineering Laboratories building. Modern, 
well-equipped laboratories are provided with all necessary services for 
both teaching and research. A wide variety of special facilities such 
as analog and digital computers, X-ray equipment, spectrophotometers, 
electron microscope, electromechanical testing machine, electronic con- 
trollers and recorders are available for graduate research. 

In cooperation with the Department of Engineering Research, mem- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 63 

bers of the chemical engineering staff conduct a number of important 
research projects which are supported by industry, state, and federal 
agencies. Graduate students assisting on these projects not only ac- 
quire financial assistance but gain valuable research experience on 
problems of current interest. 

In addition to research assistantships, the department offers each 
year a limited number of graduate assistantships for part-time work 
in the department. These may be for teaching, laboratory preparation, 
or research, as the need arises. Appointments are for one academic 
year of nine months for half-time work and, at present, carry a 
stipend of $2,700 renewable upon evidence of satisfactory performance. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

CHE 421, 422 Reactor Energy Transfer I, II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 208 

Thermodynamics, heat transfer and fluid flow with emphasis on the 
problems and methods used in the design and analysis of nuclear reactors. 

CHE 425 Process Measurement and Control 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisite: CHE 312 

Required of seniors in chemical engineering. 

Theory and application of methods for measuring, recording, trans- 
mitting and controlling process variables. The techniques of analysis, 
beginning with process elements in automatic control and proceeding 
through systems analysis, are employed. Analog and digital computers are 
used in the study and solution of problems. 

CHE 427, CHE 428 Separation Processes I, II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: CHE 311 

Required of seniors in chemical engineering. 

A study of the principles underlying such unit operations as absorption, 
extraction, distillation, drying, filtration, etc., with emphasis on procedures 
and economic considerations. 

CHE 431 Chemical Engineering Laboratory I 2 (0-6) s 

Prerequisite: CHE 311 

Required of juniors in chemical engineering. 

Laboratory work on typical apparatus involving unit operations. Experi- 
ments are designed to augment the theory and data of lecture courses and 
to develop proficiency in the writing of technical reports. 

CHE 432, 433 Chemical Engineering Laboratory II, III 2 (0-6) fs 

Prerequisites: CHE 312, CHE 427 
Required of seniors in chemical engineering. 
A continuation of CHE 431. 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CHE 315 

Required of seniors in chemical engineering. 

A basic study of homogeneous and heterogeneous chemical reactions, 
and of catalysis. 

CHE 495 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

One semester required of seniors in chemical engineering. 

Professional aspects of chemical engineering; topics of current interest 
in chemical engineering. 

CHE 497 Chemical Engineering Projects 2 (0-6) fs 

Elective for seniors in chemical engineering. 



64 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Introduction to research through experimental, theoretical and literature 
studies of chemical engineering problems. Oral and written presentation 
of reports. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

CHE 511 Problem Analysis for Chemical Engineers 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CHE 428, MA 301 

The application of the methods of mathematical analysis to the formu- 
lation and solution of problems in transport phenomena, transient pheno- 
mena in unit operations, process dynamics, and thermodynamics. Study and 
use of analog computer solutions of these problems. Mr. Ferrell 

CHE 513 Thermodynamics I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CHE 315 or equivalent 

An intermediate course in thermodynamic principles and their application 
to chemical and phase equilibria. The course is largely from a macroscopic 
viewpoint but consideration will be given to some aspects of the statistical 
viewpoint. Mr. Beatty 

CHE 515 Transport Phenomena 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CHE 312 

A theoretical study of transport of momentum, energy, and matter with 
emphasis on the latter two. The diffusional operations, including coupled 
heat and mass transfer, are introduced in the light of the theory. 

Mr. Marsland 

CHE 517 Kinetics and Catalysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CHE 446 

An intensive study of homogeneous and heterogeneous kinetic reactions. 
Emphasis will be placed on fundamental approaches, experimental methods, 
and mathematical techniques in engineering analysis of chemical reaction 
systems. Mr. Stahel 

CHE 540 Electrochemical Engineering 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Physical chemistry 

The application of electrochemical principles to such topics as electrolysis, 
electroanalysis, electroplating, and metal refining. Mr. Schoenborn 

CHE 541 Cellulose Industries 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Organic chemistry 

Methods of manufacture and application of cellulose chemical conversion 
products. Emphasis placed on recent developments in the field of synthetic 
fibers, films, lacquers, and other cellulose compounds. Mr. Seely 

CHE 543 Technology of Plastics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Organic chemistry 

The properties, methods of manufacture, and applications of synthetic 

resins. Recent developments in the field are stressed. Mr. Seely 

CHE 551 Thermal Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 302 or ME 303, or CHE 311, or equivalent 

The design and operation of nuclear reactors and the utilization of the 
power from them involves major problems in nearly every phase of heat 
transfer, and many important problems in fluid flow. Possible solutions to 
these problems are severely affected by the influences of radiation on heat 
transfer media, hazards of handling radioactive substances, etc. The 
course considers the thermal problems of nuclear reactor design and the 
principles of fluid flow and heat transfer necessary to their solutions. The 
course is intended for engineers and science students with backgrounds 
in physics, mathematics, and elementary thermodynamics. Mr. Beatty 

CHE 597 Chemical Engineering Projects 1-3 credits fs 

Prerequisite or corequisite: CHE 412 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 65 

A laboratory study of some phase of chemical engineering or allied 
field. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

CHE 610 Heat Transfer 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CHE 515 

An advanced course dealing primarily with heat transfer between liquids 
and solids, optimum operating conditions and design of equipment, con- 
duction, heating and cooling of solids, radiant heat transmission. 

Mr. Beatty 

CHE 621 Mass-Transfer Operations 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CHE 515 

Application of transport theory and empirical devices to the analysis, 
synthesis and design of mass-transfer equipment. The operations of 
absorption, extraction, distillation, humidification, and drying will be 
considered. Mr. Marsland 

CHE 622 Chemical Reaction Engineering 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CHE 517 

An advanced study of ideal and real reactor systems. The approach 
employed is twofold: 1. Characterization of actual systems by empirical 
rate expressions coupled with fundamental analysis; 2. Simulation of 
coupled physical and chemical processes in a reactor by solution of various 
types of physical models. Mr. Stahel 

CHE 623 Fluid and Particle Dynamics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CHE 515 

The principles of fluid dynamics and their application to laminar and 
turbulent flow, flow in closed channels, flow in packed beds and porous 
media, particle technology, industrial rheology, and two-phase flow. 

Mr. Ferrell 

CHE 624 Process Dynamics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CHE 511 

A detailed study of the dynamic response of typical chemical process 
equipment including instrumentation and process control devices. Funda- 
mental concepts of automatic control of process variables such as tempera- 
ture, pressure flow, and liquid level. Mr. Ferrell 

CHE 625 Thermodynamics II 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CHE 513 

A consideration of various thermodynamic topics of special interest to 
chemical engineers. The effects of high pressures and high temperatures on 
equilibria, relationship of thermodynamics to rate process, thermodynamics 
of the steady state including coupled transfer process, and experimental 
methods in thermodynamics would be typical. Mr. Beatty 

CHE 631 Chemical Process Design 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CHE 428 

Design and selection of process equipment, through solution of compre- 
hensive problems involving unit operations, kinetics, thermodynamics, 
strength of materials and chemistry. Graduate Staff 

CHE 690 Readings in Chemical Engineering Credits by Arrangement fs 
A comprehensive survey of the literature in a specified area, and an 
exhaustive survey on a chosen topic within that area, under the direct 
guidance of the thesis advisor. This course has the goals of (a) mature 
selection of a research topic, and (b) preparation for a research proposal 
in fullest possible detail. Graduate Staff 

CHE 693 Advanced Topics in Chemical Engineering 1-3 credits fs 
A study of recent developments in chemical engineering theory and 



66 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

practice, such as ion exchange, crystallization, mixing, molecular distil- 
lation, hydrogenation, fluorination. The topic will vary from term to term. 

Graduate Staff 

CHE 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Literature investigations and reports of special topics in chemical engi- 
neering and allied fields. Graduate Staff 

CHE 699 Research Credits by Arrangement fs 

Independent investigation of an advanced chemical engineering problem. 
A report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. 

Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Ralph Clay Swann, Head, David Marshall Cates, George 
Osmore Doak, Leon David Freedman, Richard Henry Loeppert, 
Walter John Peterson, Willis Alton Reid, Cowin Cook Robinson, 
Henry Ames Rutherford, Paul Porter Sutton, Raymond Cyrus 
White 

Adjunct Professors: Vivian Thomas Stannett, Monroe Eliot Wall 

Associate Professors: Lawrence Hoffman Bowen, Carl Lee Bumgardner, 
Alonzo Freeman Coots, Forrest William Getzen, Chester E. Gleit, 
Louis Allman Jones, Samuel G. Levine, George Gilbert Long, 
Richard Coleman Pinkerton 

Assistant Professors: Halbert H. Carmichael, M. Keith DeArmond, 
Forrest Clyde Hentz, Jr., Marion L. Miles, Charles Glen More- 
land, William Preston Tucker, George Henry Wahl, Jr. 

The Department of Chemistry offers the degrees of Master of Sci- 
ence and Doctor of Philosophy. Students may major in analytical, 
inorganic, organic, or physical chemistry. 

A student entering into graduate work in chemistry should have a 
bachelor's degree in chemistry or its equivalent. Minimum course re- 
quirements include the equivalent of four basic year courses in gen- 
eral, organic, physical, and analytical chemistry, and semester courses 
in inorganic chemistry and qualitative organic analysis. At least one 
year of college physics and two years of mathematics, including dif- 
ferential equations, are also required. Students who fail to meet the 
requirements may in some cases be admitted on a provisional basis. 

Some areas of active research in which thesis work may be done 
include organic and inorganic syntheses, structure and properties 
of organometallic compounds and transition metal complexes, stereo- 
chemistry of natural and synthetic compounds, kinetics and mecha- 
nisms of reactions, radiochemistry, electrochemistry, tracer studies, 
microanalysis, polymer and fiber chemistry, and infrared and nuclear 
magnetic resonance spectroscopy. 

The department is well-equipped with standard instruments and 
apparatus for research and teaching. Many items of specialized equip- 
ment are available, including recording spectrophotometers covering 
the range from far infrared to ultraviolet, a Varian HA-100 nuclear 
magnetic resonance spectrometer, temperature-programmed and prep- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 67 

arative gas chromatographs, automatic fraction collectors, refrigerated 
centrifuges, an automatic C,H,N analyzer, microbalances, Mossbauer 
effect apparatus, and a hydrogen cryostat. The department has par- 
ticularly well-equipped spectrographic and radiochemical laboratories. 
Teaching and research assistantships and fellowships are available 
for qualified applicants. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry 3 (3-0) s 

Corequisite: CH 433 

A survey of the chemical elements based on atomic structure and the 
periodic system, also introducing newer concepts of structure and symme- 
try. A knowledge of basic physical chemical principles is prerequisite. 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I 4 (2-6) f 

Prerequisites: CH 431, CH 432 
Corequisite: CH 433 

An introduction to analytical chemistry, including both classical and 
modern techniques involving the distribution of a component between 
phases, for example, gravimetric methods, gas chromatography, and ad- 
sorption. 

CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II 4 (2-6) s 

Prerequisite: CH 411 

A continuation of Analytical Chemistry I, with emphasis upon modern 
approaches to acid-base chemistry, oxidation-reduction, potentiometric 
methods, and spectrophotometry. 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis 3 (1-6) fs 

Prerequisite: CH 223 

An introduction to the identification of organic compounds by means of 
physical properties (including infrared spectra), chemical classification 
tests, and preparation of derivatives. 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: CH 107, MA 202, PY 207 or PY 208 

CH 431 and 433 provide an intensive study of the states of matter, solu- 
tions, colloids, homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibrium, reaction kine- 
tics, electrolysis, conductance, oxidation reactions, and ionic equilibrium. 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory 1 (0-3) f 

Corerequisite : CH 431 

Laboratory course to accompany the lecture work in CH 431. 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: CH 431 

A continuation of CH 431. 

CH 434 Physical Chemistry II Laboratory 1 (0-3) s 

Corequisite: CH 433 

Laboratory course to accompany the lecture work in CH 433. 

CH 435 Physical Chemistry III 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

An intensive study of the structure of atoms and molecules, an introduc- 
tion to statistical mechanics, and selected topics in modern physical chemis- 
try. 

CH 441 Colloid Chemistry 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: CH 215, CH 220 



68 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Adsorption; preparation, properties, constitution, stability, and applica- 
tion of sols, gels, emulsions, foams, and aerosols; dialysis; Donnan mem- 
brane equilibrium. 

CH 490 Chemical Preparations 3 (1-6) fs 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

Lectures and laboratory work in preparative chemistry. Synthetic pro- 
cedures will be selected to illustrate advanced methods and techniques in 
both inorganic and organic chemistry. 

CH 491 Reading in Honors Chemistry 

2 to 6 Ci"edits by Arrangement fs 
Prerequisite : Three years of chemistry 

A reading course for exceptionally able students at the senior level. The 
students will do extensive reading in areas of advanced chemistry and will 
present written reports of their findings. 

CH 493 Chemical Literature 1 (1-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

A systematic introduction to the location and retrieval of information 
required for the solution of chemical problems. 

CH 499 Senior Research 1 to 3 Credits by Arrangement fs 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

An introduction to research. Independent investigation of a research 
problem under the supervision of a member of the chemistry faculty. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

CH 501 Inorganic Chemistry I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Modern inorganic chemistry from the point of view of the chemical bond. 
Chemical periodicity and its origins in atomic structure, the ionic bond 
and electronegativity, crystal structure and bonding in ionic solids, the 
metallic state, conduction and semi-conductors, and the preparation and 
properties of illustrative compounds. Mr. Long 

CH 503 Inorganic Chemistry II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 501 

The hydrogen molecule-ion and the theory of the covalent bond, molecular 
orbitals and hybridization, dipole moments and magnetic properties, the 
theory of acids and bases, non-aqueous solvents, coordination compounds, 
carbonyl and quasiaromatic compounds, and the chemistry of the transi- 
tion metals, lanthanides, and actinides. Mr. Long 

CH 511 Chemical Spectroscopy 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Theory, analytical applications, and interpretation of spectra as applied 
to chemical problems. Major emphasis will be placed upon ultraviolet, 
visible, and infrared spectra. Messrs. DeArmond, Long 

CH 513 Electroanalytical Chemistry 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CH 413 

Foundations of theoretical electrochemistry, potentiometric measure- 
ments and electrical resistance, diffusion and transport, theory of dilute 
solutions, polarography and amperometric measurements, surface effects 
and electrode kinetics, electrochemistry in non-aqueous systems. 

Mr. Pinkerton 

CH 521 Advanced Organic Chemistry I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Three years of chemistry including CH 223 

Resonance, reaction mechanisms, hydrocarbons, organic halides, alcohols, 
amines, and carbonyl compounds. Messrs. Doak, Wahl 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 69 

CH 523 Advanced Organic Chemistry II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 521 

Stereochemistry of organic compounds, including steroids and other 
natural products. Messrs. Doak, Miles 

CH 531 Chemical Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An extension of elementary principles to the treatment of ideal and real 
gases, ideal solutions, electrolytic solutions, galvanic cells, surface systems, 
and irreversible processes. An introduction to statistical thermodynamics 
and the estimation of thermodynamic functions from spectroscopic data. 

Mr. Sutton 

CH 533 Chemical Kinetics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An intensive survey of the basic principles of chemical kinetics with 
emphasis on experimental and mathematical techniques, elements of the 
kinetic theory, and theory of the transition state. Applications to gas re- 
actions, reactions in solution, and mechanism studies. 

Messrs. Bowen, Carmichael 

CH 535 Surface Phenomena 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An intensive survey of the topics of current interest in surface pheno- 
mena. Formulations of basic theories are presented together with illus- 
trations of their current applications. Mr. Getzen 

CH 537 Quantum Chemistry 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: MA 301, CH 433 or PY 407 

The elements of wave mechanics applied to stationary energy states and 
time dependent phenomena. Applications of quantum theory to chemistry, 
particularly chemical bonds. Mr. Coots 

CH 543 Radioisotope Principles and Techniques 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: CH 433, PY 207, MA 202 

A presentation of the basic principles of radioactivity, nuclear reactions, 
and radiochemistry essential to competence in the use of radioisotopes. 

Mr. Coots 

CH 545 Radiochemistry 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: CH 543, PY 410 

The applications of radioactivity to chemistry and of the applications of 
chemistry to the radioactive elements, particularly the trans-uranium ele- 
ments and fission products. Mr. Coots 

CH 562 (TC 562) Chemistry of High Polymers 3 (3-0) s 

Mechanisms and kinetics of polymerization; molecular weight descrip- 
tion; theory of polymer solutions. Mr. Cates 

Courses for Graduates Only 

CH 623 Valence and the Structure of Organic Molecules 3 (3-0) f 
Prerequisites: CH 223, CH 433 

Applications of molecular orbital theory, thermodynamics, and free 
energy relations to organic problems. Mr. Jones 

CH 625 Organic Reaction Mechanisms 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites : CH 223, CH 433 

A study of the effects of structure and substituents on the direction and 
rates of organic reactions. Mr. Bumgardner 



70 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



CH 627 Chemistry of Metal-Organic Compounds 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 521 

Preparation, properties, and reactions of compounds containing the 
carbon-metal bond, with a brief description of their uses. 

Messrs. Doak, Freedman 

CH 631 Chemical Thermodynamics II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 531 

Statistical interpretation of thermodynamics; use of partition functions; 
introduction to quantum statistics; application of statistical mechanics to 
chemical problems, including calculation of thermodynamic properties, 
equilibria, and rate processes. Messrs. Bowen, Sutton 

CH 659 (BCH 659) Natural Products 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 521 

Synthetic and degradative procedures and conformational analysis in 
naturally occurring compounds, with emphasis on lipids, steroids, and 
carbohydrates. Mr. Levine 

CH 691 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in chemistry 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems of 

interest to chemists are reviewed and discussed. Graduate Staff 

CH 693 Advanced Topics in Physical Chemistry 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: Two of the following: CH 531, CH 533, CH 535, CH 537 

An intensive treatment of selected topics of importance in current physi- 
cochemical research. Graduate Staff 

CH 695 Special Topics in Chemistry Maximum 3 fs 

Prerequisite: Permission of head of department 

Critical study of special problems in one of the branches of chemistry. 

Graduate Staff 

CH 699 Chemical Research Credits by Arrangement fs 

Prerequisite: Forty semester credits in chemistry 

Special problems that will furnish material for a thesis. A maximum of 
six semester credits is allowed toward a master's degree; there is no limi- 
tation on credits in the doctorate program. Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Donald Lee Dean, Head, Charles Raymond Bramer, Ralph 
Eigil Fadum, Carroll Lamb Mann, Jr., Charles Smallwood, Jr., 
Graduate Administrator, Mehmet Ensar Uyanik, Paul Zung-Teh 

ZlA 

Visiting Professor: Abdel-Aziz Ismail Kashef 

Associate Professors: Michael Amein, Paul Day Cribbins, Charles Page 
Fisher, Clinton Louis Heimbach, John William Horn, Donald 
McDonald, Wesley Grigg Mullen, Harvey Edward Wahls 

Assistant Professors: John Frederick Ely, William Sylvan Galler, 
Leonard Jay Langfelder 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers programs of study lead- 
ing to Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Graduate 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 71 

course work is available in the fields of sanitary engineering, soil 
mechanics and foundation engineering, structural engineering, and 
transportation engineering. Whereas the Master of Science program 
would normally include course work in only one of these specialty fields, 
a program of study leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree would 
encompass course work in a related combination of these fields. 

Laboratory facilities for sanitary engineering research work in- 
clude an hydraulics laboratory, a chemical laboratory, and a biological 
laboratory. 

For work in soil mechanics and foundation engineering, a fully- 
equipped laboratory with modern soil-testing equipment is available. 

Facilities for structural engineering research include a well-equipped 
physical testing laboratory, an air-controlled structural models lab- 
oratory, and a special laboratory for testing large models or full-scale 
structures. 

Transportation engineering facilities are a bituminous laboratory, 
an airphoto interpretation laboratory, a photogrammetry laboratory, 
and a traffic engineering laboratory provided with traffic control 
devices. 

In addition to these facilities, equipment for research is made avail- 
able by the Department of Engineering Research. 

Some unique opportunities for research are offered the graduate 
students in civil engineering by reason of the location of North Caro- 
lina State University in the state's capital city. There are a number 
of cooperative research endeavors with municipal and state govern- 
mental agencies that provide funds for research assistantships. 

The resources of the institution also provide unique opportunities 
for combining studies in civil engineering with studies in other re- 
lated fields. 

The broad nature of water resources problems has been recognized 
by the creation of a "Water Resources Research Institute" under the 
joint direction of the Deans of the Graduate School, the School of 
Engineering and the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Stu- 
dents in the major disciplines are urged to select one of the many 
aspects of the control, conservation and management of this resource 
as a topic for study and research. 

In recognition of the need by industry for personnel with training 
in water supply and the abatement of water pollution, the civil engi- 
neering department suggests that students in the many curricula 
leading to positions in industry (food processing, textile chemistry, 
pulp and paper technology, chemical engineering, zoology and others) 
consider courses of instruction in sanitary engineering for minor 
sequences for advanced degrees. Among the courses appropriate for 
such students are the following: CE 484, Water Resources Engineer- 
ing II; CE 571, Theory of Water and Sewage Treatment; CE 573, 
Analysis of Water and Sewage; CE 673, Industrial Water Supply and 
Waste Disposal; and CE 674, Stream Sanitation. 

There exists a growing need for the coordination of transportation 
facilities and land planning, and for individuals with competence in 



72 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

both fields. To fulfill this need, an advanced program leading to a post- 
baccalaureate degree in engineering, majoring in transportation engi- 
neering, and to the degree of Master of Regional Engineering is 
offered through the combined resources of the Department of Civil 
Engineering at North Carolina State University and the Department 
of City and Regional Planning at the University of North Carolina at 
Chapel Hill. Qualified students have the opportunity to schedule their 
courses to enable them to qualify for both advanced degrees. 

Information concerning the joint program may be obtained from 
the Department of Civil Engineering at North Carolina State in 
Raleigh or from the Department of City and Regional Planning at the 
University of North Carolina in Chapel Hill. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

CE 405, CE 406 Transportation Engineering I, II 4 (3-2) fs 

Prerequisites: CE 201 for CE 405; CE 342 for CE 406 
Required of seniors in civil engineering. 

An integrated approach to the planning, design and operation of trans- 
portation systems. Engineering and economic aspects of the basic transport 
modes, including highway, rail, water and air facilities, are investigated 
from the viewpoint of the civil engineer. 

CE 421 Structural Design I 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: CE 324, EM 301 

Required of seniors in civil engineering and civil engineering construction 

option. 

Basic design concepts. Analysis and design of tension, compression and 
flexural members in metal. Behavior and design of connections — riveted, 
bolted and welded. Term project in design of mill-building bent. 

CE 422 Structural Design II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: CE 332, CE 421, CE 425 
Required of seniors in civil engineering. 

Analysis and design, in reinforced concrete, of beams in flexure, diagonal 
tension, bond and anchorage; axially loaded columns, eccentrically loaded 
columns, footings, retaining walls, continuous beams and one-way slabs. 
Introduction to ultimate strength design. Term project in design of a 
multi-story building frame in reinforced concrete. 

CE 425 Structural Analysis II 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: CE 324, EM 301 
Required of seniors in civil engineering. 

Deflection of beams and trusses ; indeterminate stress analysis by moment 
area, slope deflection and moment distribution. 

CE 429 Structural Design III 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: CE 332, CE 421 

Required of seniors in civil engineering construction option. 

Analysis and design of reinforced concrete beams, columns, footings and 
retaining walls. Design of timber beams, columns and connections. Term 
project in planning and making structural design for the timber forming 
needed for a reinforced concrete building. 

CE 443 Foundations 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 421 

Required of seniors in civil engineering construction option. 

Identification and classification of soils; geological aspects of foundation 
engineering; methods of investigating subsoil conditions; control of water; 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 73 

types of foundations and conditions favoring their use; legal concepts of 
foundation engineering. 

CE 461 Project Planning and Control I 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: CE 362 

Required of seniors in civil engineering construction option. 

Analysis of construction plant layout requirements and performance 
characteristics of equipment. 

CE 462 Project Planning and Control II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CE 461 

Required of seniors in civil engineering construction option. 
Scheduling, analysis and control of construction projects. 

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Required of seniors in civil engineering construction option. 

Legal aspects of construction contract documents and specifications; 
owner-engineer-contractor relationships and responsibilities; bids and con- 
tract performance ; labor laws. 

CE 483 Water Resources Engineering I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CE 382 

Required of seniors in civil engineering. 

The hydrological cycle is studied with particular emphasis on those phases 
that are of engineering significance. The occurrence and distribution of 
water; rainfall, runoff, ground water. The development and control of 
water resources. 

CE 484 Water Resources Engineering II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 483 

Required of seniors in civil engineering. 

A synthesis of mechanics, chemistry and hydrology in the design of 
elements of water resources systems. Water supply, treatment and distri- 
bution. Waste water collection, treatment and disposal. Consideration of 
flood control and stream flow regulation. 

CE 485 Applied Hydraulics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

Required of seniors in civil engineering construction option. 

Elements of fluid mechanics, hydraulics and hydrology, with application 
to problems in construction engineering. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

CE 507 Airphoto Analysis I 3 (2-3) fs 
Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Engineering evaluation of aerial photographs, including analysis of 

soils and surface drainage characteristics. Mr. Wahls 

CE 508 Airphoto Analysis II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CE 507 

Engineering evaluation of aerial photographs for highway and airport 
projects. Mr. Wahls 

CE 514 Municipal Engineering Projects 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Special problems relating to public works, public utilities, urban planning 
and city engineering. Messrs. Horn, Smallwood 

CE 515 Transportation Operations 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CE 406 



74 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The analysis of traffic and transportation engineering operations. 

Messrs. Heimbaeh, Horn 

CE 516 Transportation Design 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CE 406 

The geometric elements of traffic and transportation engineering design. 

Messrs. Cribbins, Horn 

CE 517 Water Transportation 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CE 405 

The planning, design, construction and operation of waterways, ports, 
harbors and related facilities. Development of analytical techniques for 
evaluating the feasibility of piers, ports and multipurpose river basin proj- 
ects. The design of marine structures and civil works that are significant 
in civil engineering, including locks, dams, harbors, ports and contractive 
and protective works. Mr. Cribbins 

CE 524 Analysis and Design of Masonry Structures 3 (3-0) f 

Corequisite: CE 425 

Analysis and design of arches, culverts, dams, foundations and retaining 
walls. Mr. Bramer 

CE 525, CE 526 Advanced Structural Analysis I, II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

Analysis of rigid frames and continuous structures; treatment of re- 
dundant members and secondary stresses. Messrs. Dean, Ely 

CE 527 Numerical Methods in Structural Analysis 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

Newmark's numerical integration procedure and its applications; matrix 
operations, relaxation and iteration, finite difference method. Force and 
displacement methods, string polygon method. High-speed computation. 

Mr. McDonald 

CE 531 Experimental Stress Analysis 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

Principles and methods of experimental analysis; dimensional analysis; 
applications to full-scale structures. Mr. Bramer 

CE 534 Plastic Analysis and Design 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 421 

Analysis of steel structure behavior beyond the elastic limit; concept of 
design for ultimate load and the use of load factors. Analysis and design 
of component parts of frames. Methods of predicting strength and defor- 
mation behavior of structures loaded in the plastic range. Bracing and 
connecting requirements for frame. Mr. Bramer 

CE 535 Ultimate Strength Theory and Design 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CE 422 

Ultimate strength theories of axially loaded column, flexure, combined 
flexure and axial load, shear. Critical review of important research and 
their relationship with the development of modern design codes for rein- 
forced concrete. Mr. Zia 

CE 536 Theory and Design of Prestressed Concrete 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 422 

The principles of prestressed concrete. Materials. Methods of prestress- 
ing. Loss of prestress. Design of beams for bending, shear and bond. Ulti- 
mate strength. Deflection. Composite beams. Continuous beams. Special 
topics. Design projects. Mr. Zia 

CE 544 Foundation Engineering 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: CE 342 

Subsoil investigations; excavations; design of sheeting and bracing sys- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 75 

terns; control of water; footing, grillage and pile foundations; caisson and 
cofferdam methods of construction; legal aspects of foundation engineering. 

Messrs. Kashef, Langfelder 

CE 547 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Physical and mechanical properties of soils governing their use for engi- 
neering purposes; stress relations and applications to a variety of funda- 
mental problems. Mr. Wahls 

CE 548 Engineering Properties of Soils I 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: CE 342 

The study of soil properties that are significant in earthwork engineer- 
ing, including properties of soil solids, basic clay mineral concepts, classi- 
fication, identification, plasticity, permeability, capillarity and stabiliza- 
tion. Laboratory work includes classification, permeability and compaction 
tests. Messrs. Kashef, Langfelder 

CE 549 Engineering Properties of Soils II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: CE 548 

Continuation of CE 548, including the study of compressibility, stress- 
strain relations and shear strength theories for soil. Laboratory work 
includes consolidation and shear strength tests. Mr. Langfelder 

CH 570 See MB 570, Sanitary Microbiology. 3 (2-3) fs 

CE 571 Theory of Water and Sewage Treatment 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Study of the physical and chemical principles underlying water and 
sewage treatment processes; diffusion of gases, solubility, equilibrium and 
ionization, anaerobic and aerobic stabilization processes, sludge condition- 
ing and disposal. Mr. Galler 

CE 572 Unit Operations and Processes in Sanitary 

Engineering 3 (1-6) s 

Prerequisite: CE 571 

Processes and operations in sanitary engineering; sedimentation, aera- 
tion, filtration, adsorption, coagulation, softening, sludge digestion, aerobic 
treatment of sewage. Mr. Smallwood 

CE 573 Analysis of Water and Sewage 3 (1-6) f 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Chemical and physical analysis of water and sewage and interpretation 
of results. Messrs. Galler, Smallwood 

CE 574 Radioactive Waste Disposal 3 (2-3) fs 

Prerequisite: PY 407 

Unit operations and processes employed in treatment and disposal of 
radioactive wastes. Mr. Smallwood 

CE 580 Flow in Open Channels 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: CE 483 

The theory and applications of flow in open channels, including dimen- 
sional analysis, momentum-energy principle, gradually varied flow, high- 
velocity flow, energy dissipators, spillways, waves, channel transitions and 
model studies. Mr. Amein 

CE 591, 592 Civil Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Discussions and reports of subjects in civil engineering and allied fields. 

Graduate Staff 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 1 to 6 arranged fs 

Special projects in some phase of civil engineering. Graduate Staff 



76 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates Only 

CE 601 Transportation Planning 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 515 

The planning, administration, economics and financing of various trans- 
portation engineering facilities. Mr. Cribbins 

CE 602 Advanced Transportation Design 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: CE 516 

Design of major traffic and transportation engineering projects. 

Mr. Heimbach 

CE 603 Airport Planning and Design 3 (2-3) f 

Corequisite: CE 515 

The analysis, planning and design of air transportation facilities. 

Messrs. Heimbach, Horn 

CE 604 Urban Transportation Planning 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CE 515 

Thoroughfare planning as related to land usage and urban master- 
planning. Messrs. Heimbach, Horn 

CE 623 Theory and Design of Arches 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CE 422, CE 526 

General theory of elastic arches. Boundary conditions and their effect 
on behavior of the arch. Single span, multiple span arches on elastic piers, 
influence lines of various functions under moving loads, economical layout 
of arches, design criteria for steel and concrete arches. Mr. Uyanik 

CE 624 Analysis and Design of Structural Shells 

and Folded Plates 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CE 623, EM 511 

Roof structures consisting of surfaces of revolution, both single and com- 
pound curved. Membrane stresses, bending stresses at boundaries. Domes 
and cylindrical shells. Approximate and exact analyses. Design criteria. 
Folded plane structures of concrete plates and steel frames. 

Messrs. Dean, Uyanik 

CE 625, 626 Advanced Structural Design I, II 3 (2-3) fs 

Prerequisite: CE 422 
Corequisites : CE 525, CE 526 

Complete structural designs of a variety of projects; principles of limit 
and prestress design. Mr. Uyanik 

CE 627 Design of Blast Resistant Structures 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CE 526, EM 555 

Sources, intensities, and methods of transmission of dynamic loads. 
Behavior of structures and structural elements subjected to dynamic forces. 
Design criteria and factor of safety. Design of surface and underground 
structures for nuclear blasts. Mr. McDonald 

CE 641, 642 Advanced Soil Mechanics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Theories of soil mechanics; failure conditions; mechanical interaction 
between solids and water, and problems in elasticity pertaining to earth- 
work engineering soil dynamics. Mr. Wahls 

CE 643 Hydraulics of Ground Water 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Principles of ground water hydraulics; theory of flow through ideal- 
ized porous media; the flow net solution; seepage and well problems. 

Mr. Kashef 

CE 671 Advanced Water Supply and Sewerage 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: CE 484 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 77 

Problems relating to the design of water supply and sewerage works. 

Mr. Smallwood 

CE 672 Advanced Water and Sewage Treatment 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: CE 484 

Problems relating to the treatment of water and sewage. 

Mr. Smallwood 

CE 673 Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal 3 (3-0) fs 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Water requirements of industry and the disposal of industrial wastes. 

Mr. Galler 

CE 674 Stream Sanitation 3 (3-0) fs 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Biological, chemical and hydrological factors that affect stream sanita- 
tion and stream use. Messrs. Galler, Smallwood 

CE 698 Special Topics in Civil Engineering 1 to 3 arranged fs 

The study of special advanced topics of particular interest in various 
areas of civil engineering. Graduate Staff 

CE 699 Civil Engineering Research Credits by Arrangement fs 

Independent investigation of an advanced civil engineering problem; a 
report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. 

Graduate Staff 



DEPARTMENT OF CROP SCIENCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Paul H. Harvey, Head, Charles A. Brim, Douglas Scales 
Chamblee, James Ferris Chaplin, Dan Ulrich Gerstel, Walton 
Carlyle Gregory, Guy Langston Jones, Kenneth Raymond Keller, 
Glenn Charles Klingman, Roy Lee Loworn, Thurston Jefferson 
Mann, Philip Arthur Miller, Robert Parker Moore, Donald Ed- 
win Moreland, Lyle L. Phiixips, Donald Loraine Thompson, Joseph 
Arthur Weybrew 

Professor Emeritus: Gordon Kennedy Middleton 

Associate Professors: Carl Thomas Blake, Will Allen Cope, Donald 
Allen Emery, William Best Gilbert, Harry Douglas Gross, Joshua 
Alexander Lee, William Mason Lewis, Jackson R. Mauney, David 
Harry Timothy, Arch Douglas Worsham 

Assistant Professors: Thaddeus Hillery Busbice, William Thomas Fike, 
George Richard Gwynn, Darrell Alvin Miller, Charles Franklin 
Murphy, Howard Gordon Small, Jerome Bernard Weber, Earl 
Allen Wernsman 

The Department of Crop Science offers instruction leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the fields of 
plant breeding, crop production, forage crops ecology, weed control, 
and plant chemistry. For students who wish general training, the 
Master of Agriculture degree is offered. 

Excellent facilities for graduate training are available. Each stu- 
dent is assigned office and laboratory space. Many special facilities 
such as preparation rooms for plant and soil samples, cold storage 
facilities for plant material, air-conditioned rooms for studying the 
physical properties of cotton fiber and tobacco leaf, and soil and plant 



78 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

analytical service laboratories are available. Greenhouse space and 
growth control chambers are provided for projects which require 
these facilities. Sixteen farms are owned and operated by the state 
for research investigations. These farms are located throughout North 
Carolina, and include a wide variety of soil and climatic conditions 
needed for experiments in plant breeding, crop management, forage 
ecology, and weed control. 

Strong supporting departments greatly increase opportunities for 
broad and thorough training. Included among those departments in 
which graduate students in crop science work cooperatively or obtain 
instruction are botany, chemistry, genetics, horticultural science, 
mathematics, plant pathology, entomology, soil science, and sta- 
tistics. 

In North Carolina, a state which derives 80 percent of its agricul- 
tural income from farm crops, the opportunities for the well-trained 
agronomist are exceedingly great. Recipients of advanced degrees in 
crop science at North Carolina State are found in positions of leader- 
ship in research and education throughout the nation and the world. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

The application of genetic principles to the improvement of economic 
plants, including discussions of the methods employed in the development 
and the perpetuation of desirable clones, varieties, and hybrids. 

Mr. Emery 

CS 414 Weeds and Their Control 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or equivalent 

Principles involved in cultural and chemical weed control. Discussions on 
chemistry of herbicides and the effects of the chemicals on the plant. 
Identification of common weeds and their seeds is given. Mr. Klingman 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

CS 511 Tobacco Technology 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisites: CS 311, BO 421 or equivalent 

A study of special problems concerned with the tobacco crop. The latest 
research problems and findings dealing with this important cash crop will 
be discussed. Staff 

CS 512 Grassland Dynamics 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisites: BO 421, ZO 421 or equivalent 

A discussion of forage production practices of national and international 
importance. An attempt will be made to relate the seemingly divergent 
practices to fundamentals of physiology and ecology. The dynamic relation- 
ship among soil, plant, animal and man, as it affects production practices 
and research, will be emphasized. (Offered in 1966-67 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Gross 

CS 541 (GN 541, HS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: GN 512, ST 511 recommended 

An advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles 
and concepts of inheritance. Messrs. Haynes, Timothy 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 79 

CS 542 (GN 542, HS 542) Plant Breeding Field 

Procedures 2 (0-4) summer 

Prerequisite: CS 541 or GN 541 or HS 541 

Laboratory and field study of the application of the various plant breed- 
ing techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants. 

Mr. Harvey 

CS 591 Special Problems Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

Special problems in various phases of crop science. Problems may be 
selected or will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent 
and current research. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only * 

CS 611 Forage Crop Ecology 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisite: BO 442 

A study of the effect of environmental factors on the growth of forage 
crops. Attention will be given to methods of research in forage ecology. 

Mr. Chamolee 

CS 612 Special Topics in Weed Control 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisites or Corequisites : CS 414, CH 223, BO 588 

Detailed examination of current concepts and literature of weed control. 
The chemistry, physiology, ecology, taxonomy, microbiology, equipment, 
and techniques used in weed control research will be discussed. 

Graduate Staff 

CS 613 (GN 613, HS 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CS 541 or equivalent, GN 513, ST 512 (A course in quan- 
titative genetics is recommended.) 

A study of theoretical bases for plant breeding procedures with special 
emphasis on the relationship between type and source of genetic variability, 
mode of reproduction and effectiveness of different selection procedures. 
The latest experimental approaches to plant breeding will be discussed as 
well as standard procedures. Mr. Miller 

CS 690 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite : Graduate standing 

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree, however, 
additional credits toward the doctorate are allowed. 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems of 
interest to agronomists reviewed and discussed. Graduate Staff 

CS 699 Research Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite : Graduate standing 

A maximum of two credits is allowed towards the master's degree, but no 
restrictions toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Charles Edwin Bishop, Head, George Lafayette Capel, 
Arthur James Coutu, Herman Brooks James, Richard Adams King, 
James Gray Maddox, Bernard Martin Olsen, Walter Henry Pierce, 
Ernst Warner Swanson, George Stanford Tolley, William Doug- 
las Toussaint, Coordinator of Graduate Programs, James Claude 
Williamson, Jr. 



* Students are expected to consult the instructor before registration. 



80 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Associate Professors: Louis Arnold Dow, Leigh Hugh Hammond, Cleon 
Wallace Harrell, William Ray Henry, Dale Max Hoover, Loren 
Albert Ihnen, Paul Reynolds Johnson, Edgar Walton Jones, 
Charles Ray Pugh, James Arthur Seagraves, Richard Lee Sim- 
mons, Thomas Dudley Wallace 

Assistant Professors: Joe Senter Chappell, Magdi Mohamed El-Kam- 
mash, Ernest Caleb Pasour, Jr., Ralph James Peeler, Jr., George 
Anthony Spiva, Jr., Carl Byron Turner, Donald Albert West 

Visiting Assistant Professor: Gene Arthur Mathia 

U.S.D.A. Agricultural Economist: Joseph Gwyn Sutherland 

The Department of Economics offers programs of study leading 
to the Master of Economics, the Master of Science in Agricultural 
Economics and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The curriculum 
includes courses in economic theory, history of economic thought 
and fields of specialization, including econometrics, marketing, 
agricultural economics, international trade, economic development 
and business management analysis. Special attention is given in the 
curriculum to the development of quantitative analysis skills in 
economics and to an understanding of economic factors and public 
policies as they affect regional, national and international develop- 
ment. 

Collateral fields of study include statistics, history, politics, so- 
ciology, psychology, education and other related fields. 

The increasing emphasis being placed on economic growth and 
development in the South, the nation and throughout the world has 
resulted in an increased demand for well-trained workers in eco- 
nomics. Graduates of the department with a Master of Economics 
or a Master of Science degree have opportunities to work in industry, 
for federal and state agencies and to teach, particularly in the 
rapidly-expanding community college or junior college systems. 

Doctor of Philosophy graduates have opportunities for employ- 
ment as teachers and research workers in universities throughout 
the nation. Many also find excellent opportunities in various agen- 
cies of federal and state government where they are involved in 
research and educational work. International development agencies 
employ some graduates, and others find employment as research 
workers with commercial firms. 

The department is located on the first floor of Harrelson Hall and 
the second floor of Patterson Hall. Graduate students on assistant- 
ships or fellowships are provided with office space and equipment, 
and other graduate students are provided office space when it is 
available. The department has a modern and well-equipped depart- 
mental library, including all the major professional journals. Re- 
search reports from federal and state governmental agencies and 
from universities throughout the United States also are kept on file. 

Computational facilities are ideal for students whose research 
problems involve extensive analysis of data, as well as for those 
students who want to learn to do their own programming. The de- 
partment has a well-trained clerical staff and has one-half interest 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 81 

in an IBM 1620 computer which is available to students. Early in 
1966, the full computer resources of the new tri-university center 
at the Research Triangle will be available. The basic facility will be 
an IBM 360, Model 75 system, with extended facilities on each cam- 
pus including North Carolina State University. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

EC 403 Family Economics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

This course is concerned with the study of economic principles relevant 
to the use of family resources in achieving family goals. Primary emphasis 
is placed on decision making as the central problem of family economics. 
Special attention is given to the resources controlled by the family and the 
factors affecting the use of these resources. Specific applications of these 
principles to problems in family management will be studied. Staff 

EC 407 Business Law I 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Basic courses in economics 

A course dealing with elementary legal concepts, contracts, agency, 
negotiable instruments, sales of personal property, chattel mortgages, part- 
nerships, corporations, suretyship and bailments, insurance. 

Mr. Dixon, Miss Hunt 

EC 408 Business Law II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: EC 407 

Deals with real property, mortgages on urban and farm lands, landlord 
and tenant, requirements for valid deed, insurance law, wills, suretyship 
and conditional sales. Mr. Dixon 

EC 409 Introduction to Production Cost 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: EC 312 

An introduction to accounting problems peculiar to manufacturing, fabri- 
cation, and construction-type enterprises. Cost determination and allocation 
of costs for materials, labor, and overhead to the various units of product. 
Estimating and cost control in the production and manufacturing process. 
Special emphasis to be placed on managerial analysis and interpretation 
of cost data. Staff 

EC 410 Industry Studies 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

An analysis of organization, market structure, and competitive behavior 
in specific industries using the tools of the economist as a guide to perti- 
nent factors and their significance. The course will be organized along the 
lines of intensive but broadly-relevant case-studies. Staff 

EC 411 Marketing Methods 3 (3-0) fs 
Prerequisite: Basic courses in economics 

Marketing institutions and their functions and agencies; retailing; mar- 
ket analysis; problems in marketing. Staff 

EC 413 Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, EC 301 

An analysis of the effect of modern industrial structure on competitive 
behavior and performance, in the light of contemporary price theory and 
the theory of workable competition. A critical evaluation of the legislative 
content, judicial interpretation, and economic effects of the antitrust laws. 

Mr. Erickson 

EC 414 Tax Accounting 3 (2-2) fs 

Prerequisite: EC 312 

An analysis of the federal tax laws relating to the individual and busi- 



82 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ness. Determining and reporting income. Payroll taxes and methods of 
reporting them. Actual practice in the preparation of income tax returns. 

Mr. Fails 

EC 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: EC 303 

Examination of the source of the productivity and value of farm inputs; 
a critical analysis of, and practice in the use of, farm appraisal procedures 
currently used for land and buildings; review of the sources of, and repay- 
ment practices used in short and intermediate credit in agriculture; con- 
sideration of the forces operating in the whole economy with an examina- 
tion of the implications of these changes for both the lender and borrower 
in agriculture. Mr. Neuman 

EC 417 Introduction to Economic Dynamics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: EC 301, EC 302 

The course has a twofold purpose: 1) to acquaint the student with the 
procedures and problems involved in the formulation and application of 
theories and models in economics, and 2) to investigate some existing 
theories and models, drawn from various parts of economics, which possess 
dynamic properties. Mr. El-Kammash 

EC 420 Corporation Finance 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

Financial instruments and capital structure; procuring funds; managing 
working capital; managing corporate capitalization; financial institutions 
and their work. Mr. Ufen 

EC 425 Industrial Management 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Principles and techniques of modern scientific management; relation of 
finance, marketing, industrial relations, accounting, and statistics to pro- 
duction; production planning and control; analysis of economic, political 
and social influences on production. Mr. Wood 

EC 426 Personnel Management 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

The scientific management of manpower, from the viewpoint of the su- 
pervisor and the personnel specialist. A study of personnel policy and a 
review of the scientific techniques regarding the specific problems of em- 
ployment, training, promotion, transfer, health and safety, employee ser- 
vices, and joint relations. Mr. Wood 

EC 430 Agricultural Price Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EC 212 

Principles of price formation; the role of prices in the determination of 
economic activity; the interaction of cash and future prices for agricul- 
tural commodities; methods of price analysis, construction of index num- 
bers, analysis of time series data including the estimation of trend and 
seasonal variations in prices. Mr. Schrimper 

EC 431 Labor Problems 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

An economic approach to labor problems including wages, hours, work- 
ing conditions, insecurity, substandard workers, minority groups, social 
security, and public policy relative to these problems. Mr. Fearn 

EC 432 Industrial Relations 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Collective bargaining. Analysis of basic labor law and its interpretation 
by the courts and governmental agencies. An examination of specific terms 
of labor contracts and their implications for labor and management. An 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 83 

examination of labor objectives and tactics and management objectives and 
tactics. Problems of operating under the labor contract. Mr. Bartley 

EC 440 Economics of Growth 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

An examination of the institutional background required for national 
economic development. The conditions apparent for past growth of nations 
are compared with conditions obtained in presently retarded nations. Con- 
clusions are drawn from this comparison to provide an introduction to 
theoretical models of growth. Mr. Olsen 

EC 441 Agricultural Development in Foreign Countries 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisite: EC 212, EC 202 or EC 205 

Identification of agricultural problems in underdeveloped countries; a 
review of economic criteria for analyzing the problems of developing agri- 
culture and the techniques of analysis for solving such problems. Case 
studies of development programs in various countries will be discussed. 

Staff 

EC 442 Evolution of Economic Ideas 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Basic courses in economics 

An analysis of the development of economic thought and method during 
the past two centuries. Economics considered as a cumulative body of 
knowledge, in a context of emerging technology, changing institutions, 
pressing new problems, and the growth of science. Mr. Turner 

EC 446 Economic Forecasting 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205, EC 302 recommended but not required 
An examination of the basic principles and techniques of economic fore- 
casting with strong emphasis upon the economic models upon which fore- 
casting is based. Mr. El-Kammash 

EC 448 International Economics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

A study of international economics, including trade, investment, monetary 
relations, and certain aspects of economic development. Emphasis upon 
analytical and policy approaches, although some institutional material is 
included. Staff 

EC 450 Economic Decision Processes 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212 

An analysis of processes for decision making by individuals and groups. 
Linear programming, probability, and game theory in the light of a general 
theory of decision. Mr. Harrell 

EC 490, 491 Senior Seminars in Economics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructors 

The terminal courses in undergraduate study of economics. The student 
is assisted in summarizing his training, and in improving his capacity to 
recognize problems and to select logically consistent means of solving the 
problems. This is done on a small-group and individual basis. Staff 

EC 492 Seminar in Contemporary Economic Problems in 

Agriculture 1 (0-2) s 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

Analysis of economic problems of current interest in agriculture. Credit 
for this course will involve a scientific appraisal of a selected problem and 
alternative solutions. Mr. Bishop 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

EC 501 Intermediate Economic Theory 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: EC 301, EC 212 or equivalent 



84 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

An intensive analysis of the determination of prices and of market be- 
havior, including demand, cost and production, pricing under competitive 
conditions, and pricing under monopoly and other imperfectly competitive 
conditions. Mr. Dow 

EC 502 Money, Income, and Employment 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: EC 302 or EC 501, or equivalent 

A study of the methods and concepts of national income analysis with 
particular reference to the role of monetary policy in maintaining full em- 
ployment without inflation. Mr. Wilson 

EC 510 (PS 510) Public Finance 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

A survey of the theories and practices of governmental taxing, spending, 
and borrowing, including intergovernmental relationships and administra- 
tive practices and problems. Mr. Wilson 

EC 512 Economic Analysis of Agricultural Factor 

Markets 3 (3.0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 212 or equivalent 

An examination of the roles of land, labor and capital as factors of 
production in a modern agricultural economy, including major changes in 
the roles of these factors in recent years; analysis of changes in the supply 
and demand for the factors; a review of the structure and efficiency of 
markets for the factors, including relevance of the institutional and atti- 
tudinal setting in each type of market and an investigation of the nature 
of the demand-supply equilibration; a consideration of public policies re- 
lating to the use of the factors of production in agriculture in relation to 
theories of economic growth, with particular attention to land, credit, edu- 
cation and research programs affecting the factors of production used in 
agriculture in developing economies. Mr. Tolley 

EC 521 Procurement, Processing and Distribution of 

Agricultural Products 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EC 311 or equivalent 

A study of marketing firms as producers of marketing services and their 
role in the pricing process; the influence of government policies on their 
behavior of marketing firms; methods for increasing the efficiency of mar- 
keting agricultural products. Mr. King 

EC 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 303 or equivalent 

The application of economic principles in the solution of production 
problems on typical farms in the state; methods and techniques of economic 
analysis of the farm business; application of research findings to produc- 
tion decisions; development of area agricultural programs. Mr. Coutu 

EC 525 Management Policy and Decision Making 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in economics and related courses and permis- 
sion of instructor 

A review and consideration of modern management processes used in 
making top-level policies and decisions. An evaluation of economic, social 
and institutional pressures, and of the economic and non-economic motiva- 
tions, which impinge upon the individual and the organization. The problem 
of coordinating the objectives and the mechanics of management is ex- 
amined. Mr. Erickson 

EC 531 Management of Industrial Relations 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in economics and related courses, permission 
of instructor 

A seminar course designed to round out the technical student's program. 
Includes a survey of the labor movement organization and structure of 
unions, labor law and public policy, the union contract, the bargaining pro- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 85 

cess, and current trends and tendencies in the field of collective bargaining. 

Graduate Staff 

EC 533 Agricultural Policy 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 212 or equivalent 

A review of the agricultural policy and action programs of the federal 
government in their economic and political setting; analysis of objectives, 
principal means, and observable results under short-term and long-term 
viewpoints, and under the criteria of resource use and income distribution 
within agriculture, and between agriculture and the rest of the economy; 
appraisal of alternative policy proposals; the effects of commodity support 
programs of domestic and foreign consumption, and some of the inter- 
national aspects of United States agricultural policy; the attempts at 
world market regulation, and the role of international organizations, agree- 
ments, and programs. Mr. Hoover 

EC 541 Origins of the United States' Economy 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Senior or graduate standing, EC 302, HI 261 or HI 333, 
or equivalent 

A seminar on growth and development of American economic institu- 
tions. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between the growth of the 
economy of the United States and theories of economic development. 

Mr. Olsen 

EC 550 Mathematical Models in Economics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212, EC 450 recom- 
mended but not required 

An introductory study of economic models emphasizing their formal 
properties. The theory of individual economic units is presented as a special 
case in the theory of inductive behavior. Mathematical discussions of the 
theory of the consumer, the theory of the firm, and welfare economics will 
show the relevance of such topics as constrained maxima and minima, set 
theory, partially and simply ordered systems, probability theory, and game 
theory to economics. Mr. Harrell 

EC 551 Agricultural Production Economics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EC 212 or equivalent 

An economic analysis of agricultural production, including production 
functions, cost functions, programming and decision-making principles; 
and the applications of these principles to farm and regional resource allo- 
cation, and to the distribution of income to and within agriculture. 

Mr. Toussaint 

EC 552 Econometrics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212, ST 361 

An analysis of methods for economic inference. Multi-equation economic 
models; their specification, identification, and estimation. 

Messrs. El-Kammash, Schrimper 

EC 555 Linear Programming 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212, MA 405 

Recent developments in the theory of production, allocation, and organi- 
zation. Optimal combination of integrated productive processes within the 
firm. Applications in the economics of industry and of agriculture. 

Mr. Harrell 
EC 561 Consumption, Distribution, and Prices in 

Agriculture 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 212 or equivalent 

Basis for family decisions concerning consumption of goods and services 
and supply of productive factors; forces determining prices and incomes; 
interrelationships between economic decisions of the household and the 
firm. Mr. "West 



86 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EC 590, 591 Seminar in Special Economic Topics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

Topics presented by a visiting professor or special lecturer. This course 
will be offered from time to time as distinguished visiting scholars are 
available. Graduate Staff 

EC 592 Topical Problems in Agricultural Economics Maximum 6 fs 
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

An examination of current problems in the field of agricultural economics 
with emphasis on the use of theory to define and facilitate the considera- 
tion of alternative solutions. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only- 
EC 601 Advanced Economic Theory 3 (3-0) fs 
Prerequisite: EC 501 or equivalent 

A rigorous examination of contemporary microeconomic theory. 

Graduate Staff 

EC 602 Monetary and Employment Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 502 or equivalent 

The course consists of an analysis of the forces determining the level of 
income and employment; a review of some of the theories of economic 
fluctuations; and a critical examination of a selected macroeconomic system. 

Mr. Tolley 

EC 603 History of Economic Thought 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EC 442 or EC 501, or equivalent 

A systematic analysis of the development and cumulation of economic 
thought, designed in part to provide a sharper focus and more adequate 
perspective for the understanding of contemporary economics. 

Mr. Turner 

EC 611 Agricultural Economic Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 112, EC 551 or equivalent 

An economic analysis of agricultural products and inputs. Includes analy- 
sis of price-determining forces and factors influencing distribution of in- 
come within agriculture and between agriculture and the rest of the 
economy. Production, cost and demand functions are stressed, along with 
programming and decision-making principles and their application to deci- 
sions at the firm level and to regional resource allocation. Mr. Ihnen 

EC 612 International Trade in Relation to Agriculture 3 (3-0) f 
Prerequisites or Corequisites : EC 602, EC 611 

The principles of international and interregional trade; structures of 
trade relationships between countries engaged in the import or export 
of agricultural products; attempts at stabilizing trade and financial trans- 
actions. Mr. Johnson 

EC 631 Economic and Social Foundations of 

Agricultural Policy 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EC 501 or equivalent 

The study of logical and empirical problems of inquiry into public 
policies and programs that affect agriculture; analysis of policy-making 
processes, interdependencies among economic, political and social objectives 
and action; the study of forces which shape economic institutions and 
goals and of the logic, beliefs and values on which policies and programs 
that affect agriculture are founded. Graduate Staff 

EC 632 Welfare Effects of Agricultural Policies 

and Programs 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 611 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 87 

Description of the conditions denning optimal resource allocation; appli- 
cation of the conditions for maximum welfare in appraisal of economic 
policies and programs affecting resource allocation, income distribution, 
and economic development of agriculture. Mr. Bishop 

EC 640 Theory of Economic Growth 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: EC 440 or EC 502, or equivalent 

Several theoretical models of economic growth are compared and ana- 
lyzed. Contemporary developments in the theory of national economic 
growth are studied and evaluated for consistency with older theories. 

Mr. Olsen 
EC 641 Economics of Production, Supply and Market 

Interdependency 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites or Corequisites: EC 611, MA 211 or equivalent 

An advanced study in the logic of, and empirical inquiry into, producer 
behavior and choice among combinations of factors and kinds and quanti- 
ties of output; aggregative consequences of individuals' and firms' deci- 
sions in terms of product supply and factor demand; factor markets and 
income distribution; general interdependency among economic variables. 

Graduate Staff 

EC 642 Economics of Consumption, Demand and Market 

Interdependency 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EC 611, ST 513 or equivalent 

An advanced study in the theory of, and research related to, household 
behavior; aggregative consequences of household decisions concerning fac- 
tor supply and product demand; pricing and income distribution; economic 
equilibrium. Mr. King 

EC 648 Theory of International Trade 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC 448 or EC 501, or equivalent 

A consideration, on a seminar basis, of the specialized body of economic 
theory dealing with the international movement of goods, services, capital, 
and payments. Also, a theoretically-oriented consideration of policy. 

Mr. Swanson 

EC 650 Economic Decision Theory 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent, EC 550 or EC 555 

Study of general theories of choice. Structure of decision problems; the 
role of information; formulation of objectives. Current research problems. 

Mr. Harrell 

EC 651 (ST 651) Econometric Methods I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ST 422, ST 502, EC 611 or equivalent 

The role and uses of statistical inference in economic research; measure- 
ment problems and their solutions arising from the statistical model and 
the nature of the data; limitations and interpretation of results of economic 
measurement from statistical techniques. Topics include the problems of 
specification, aggregation, identification, multicolinearity and autocorre- 
lation. Attention also is given to expectations models and simultaneous 
stochastic equations. 

Mr. Wallace 

EC 652 (ST 652) Econometric Methods II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EC-ST 651 

Survey of current literature on estimation and inference in simultaneous 
stochastic equations systems. Techniques for combining cross section and 
time series data including covariance, error correlated and error component 
models. Lag models and inference in dynamic systems. Production functions, 
productivity measurement and hypotheses about economic growth. Complete 
and incomplete prior information in regression analysis. Nonlinear 
estimation in economic models. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate years.) 

Graduate Staff 



88 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EC 655 Topics in Mathematical Economics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent, EC 550 or EC 555 

A seminar and research course devoted to recent literature and develop- 
ments in mathematical economics. Mr. Harrell 

EC 665 Economic Behavior of the Organization 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent, permission of instructor 

This seminar will apply methods and findings derived from the behavioral 
sciences to the economic behavior of the organization, particularly the 
business firm. Among the approaches which may be utilized are organization 
theory, information theory, reference group theory, and decision theory. 

Mr. Swanson 

EC 671 Analysis of Economic Development in Agriculture 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisite: EC 641 

A theoretical and empirical study of the processes of economic growth; 
the problems of underdeveloped countries; the role of agriculture in a 
developing economy; an examination of policies and programs needed for 
effective economic development. Mr. Maddox 

EC 699 Research in Economics Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Individual research in economics, under staff supervision and direction. 

Graduate Staff 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

GRADUATE FACULTY 
Dean: James Bryant Kirkland 
Associate Professors : Harry G. Beard, Norman M. Chansky 

The School of Education offers graduate programs leading to the 
master's degree for students majoring in Agricultural Education, 
Industrial Arts Education, Vocational, Industrial and Technical Edu- 
cation, Mathematics Education, Occupational Information and Guid- 
ance, Industrial Psychology, Adult Education, and Science Education. 
Graduate students in education may pursue programs leading to the 
degree of Master of Science or Master of Education. 

The Master of Science degree is regarded as a research degree 
and as preparation for further graduate study. Programs leading to 
the Master of Science degree are planned to include a major (twenty 
credit hours) in some specialized area of education and a minor 
(ten or more credit hours) in some other field such as psychology 
or agricultural economics. If two minors are chosen, a minimum of 
six credits will be required in each. 

A reading knowledge of one modern foreign language is required 
and a thesis representing an original investigation in the major 
field must be prepared. 

The Master of Education degree is designed to meet the needs 
of students preparing to teach in secondary schools and community 
colleges and to assume leadership positions in adult education pro- 
grams. The program of study for the professional degree allows a 
wider latitude in the choice of course work outside the major than is 
allowed by the Master of Science program. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 89 

A problem may be substituted for a thesis if, in the opinion of 
the student's advisory committee, this alternative contributes maxi- 
mally to the student's objective. Knowledge of a foreign language is 
not required for the Master of Education degree. 

The School of Education is located in Tompkins Hall where 
laboratories and research facilities are provided for graduate study. 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are 
available for qualified graduate students. National Defense Educa- 
tion Act loans are also available for graduate students needing 
financial aid. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ED 505 Public Area Schools 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate status 

Junior and community colleges, technical institutes, vocational schools, 
and branches of universities: Their development, status and prospects; 
policy and policy-making, clientele, purposes, evaluation programs, person- 
nel, organization, administration, financing, facilities, research and devel- 
opment functions. Graduate staff 

ED 506 Education of Exceptional Children 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisite: Six hours in education or psychology 

Discussion of principles and techniques of teaching the exceptional child 
with major interest on the mentally handicapped and slow learner. Practice 
will be given in curiculum instruction for groups of children, individual 
techniques for dealing with retarded children in the average classroom. 
Opportunity for individual work with an exceptional child will be provided. 

Mr. Corter 

ED 507 Analysis of Reading Abilities 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Six hours in education or psychology 

A study of tests and techniques in determining specific abilities; a study 
of reading retardation and factors underlying reading difficulties. 

Mr. Rust 

ED 508 Improvement of Reading Abilities 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Six hours of education or psychology 

A study of methods used in developing specific reading skills or in over- 
coming certain reading difficulties; a study of methods used in developing 
pupil vocabularies and work analysis skills; a study of how to control 
vocabulary burden of reading material. Mr. Rust 

ED 552 Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 3 (3-0) summer 
Prerequisites: Twelve credits in education and permission of instructor 

This course is organized to help elementary teachers and principals under- 
stand how tools and materials and industrial processes may be used to 
vitalize and supplement the elementary school children's experiences. 
Practical children's projects along with the building of classroom equip- 
ment. Graduate Staff 

ED 563 Effective Teaching 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education including student teaching 

Analysis of the teaching-learning process; assumptions that underlie 
course approaches; identifying problems of importance; problem solution 
for effective learning; relationship of learning and doing; responsibility 
for learning; evaluation of teaching and learning; making specific plans 
for effective teaching. Mr. Scarborough 

ED 595 See IA 595, Industrial Arts Workshop. 



90 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ED 614 Modern Principles and Practices in 

Secondary Education 2 (2-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education 

Foundations of modern programs of secondary education purposes, 
curriculum, organization, administration, and the place and importance 

of the high school in the community in relation to contemporary social 
force. Graduate Staff 

ED 615 Introduction to Educational Research 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: PSY 535 or equivalent 

An introductory course for students preparing for an advanced degree. 
The purposes are: to assist the student in understanding the meaning 
and purpose of educational research and the research approach to problems; 
to develop students' ability to identify educational problems, and to plan 
and carry out research to solve these problems; to aid in the preparation 
of the research report. Special attention is given to tools and methods of 
research. Consideration is also given to the educator as a consumer of 
research. Mr. Chansky 

ED 665 Supervising Student Teaching 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education 

A study of the program of student teaching in teacher education. 
Special consideration will be given the role of the supervising teacher 
including the following areas: planning for effective student teaching, 
observation and orientation, school community study, analysis of situation, 
evaluating student teachers and coordination with North Carolina State. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 699 Research Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisites: Fifteen credits and permission of advisor 

Individual research on a specific problem of concern to the student. 

Graduate Staff 



DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: George Burnham Hoadley, Head, William John Barclay, 
Arthur Raymond Eckels, William Damon Stevenson, Jr., Gradu- 
ate Administrator, Frederick Joseph Tischer 

Visiting Professor : MAKOTO Itoh 

Adjunct Professors : Gerhard K. Megla, P. Gene Smith 

Associate Professors: Norman Robert Bell, Robert Walter Lade, Ed- 
ward George Manning, Wilbur Carroll Peterson 

Adjunct Associate Professor : Erich Christian 

Adjunct Assistant Professor : Larry King Monteith 

The Department of Electrical Engineering offers the Master of 
Electrical Engineering, Master of Science, and the Doctor of Philos- 
ophy degrees. Graduate work in electrical engineering at the first- 
year or master's level is limited to one or two areas of specialization. 
In the more advanced study for the doctorate a comprehensive 
understanding of all fields of electrical engineering is required, and 
specialization appears in the research problem undertaken. 

Advanced courses of a general and fundamental nature, such as 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 91 

electrical network synthesis and electromagnetic waves, are re- 
quired for those who plan to carry their advanced studies to the 
level of the doctorate. Minor sequences of study in advanced mathe- 
matics or physics are planned to fit the needs of individual students. 
The laboratories of the department are equipped for research in 
electromagnetics, in electronic circuits, in automatic controls, and 
in solid-state devices. Active research is in progress, especially in 
the solid-state area where laboratory equipment makes possible the 
construction of a wide variety of solid-state devices. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

EE 401 Advanced Circuits and Fields 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisites: EE 202, MA 301 

Required of Seniors in electrical engineering. 

Transient analysis of electric circuits by the Laplace transform method, 
the study of transient and sinusoidal steady-state response in terms of 
poles and zeros of network functions. 

EE 402 Advanced Circuits and Fields II 3 (2-2) fs 

Prerequisites: EE 302, MA 301 

Required of seniors in electrical engineering. 

A study of classical electric and magnetic field theory and its application 
to problems of electrical engineering. Consideration of electrostatics, 
radiation, and guided waves. 

EE 430 Essentials of Electrical Engineering 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: EE 301 or EE 332 

Not available to undergraduates in electrical engineering. 

Essential theory of electric circuits, including electron tubes, solid-state 
devices, transformers, and rotating machines as needed to supply the 
electrical background for instrumentation and control theory. Intended 
primarily for graduate students who do not have an electrical engineering 
undergraduate degree. 

EE 431 Electronic Engineering 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: EE 314 

Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering. 

Comprehensive coverage of circuits and equipment using electronic 
devices; variable frequency effects; amplifiers, oscillators, modulators, 
detectors, wave-shaping circuits, generators of non-linear waveforms; basic 
pulse techniques; principles of electronic analogue computers. Emphasis 
on quantitative analysis and engineering design. 

EE 432 Communication Engineering 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: EE 431 

Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering. 

Application of electronic circuits and equipment to radio and wire com- 
munication systems. Elements of complete systems, wave propagation, 
antennas, transmitters, receivers, television, radar, electronic navigation 
systems, noise, special applications. 

EE 433 Electric Power Engineering 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: EE 305 

Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering. 

A study of industrial power supply and power factor correction; direct 
and alternating current motor characteristics, starting methods, dynamic 
braking and speed control; motor applications, and industrial control 
apparatus. 



92 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EE 434 Power System Analysis 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: EE 305 

Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering. 

Analysis of problems encountered in the long-distance transmission of 
electric power. Line parameters by the method of geometric mean distances. 
Circle diagrams, symmetrical components, and fault calculations. Elementary 
concepts of power system stability. Applications of digital computers to 
power system problems. 

EE 435 Elements of Control 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: EE 314 and EE 305, or EE 430 
Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering. 

Introductory theory of open and closed loop control. Functions and 
performance requirements of typical control systems and system com- 
ponents. Dynamic analysis of error detectors, amplifiers, motors, demodul- 
ators, analogue components and switching devices. Component transfer 
characteristics and block diagram representation. 

EE 438 Instrumentation in Nuclear Technology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: Either EE 430 or EE 301, EE 314, MA 301 
Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering. 

Required course in nuclear engineering, instrumentation option. Radiation 
detectors, pulse amplifiers, pulse shapers, amplitude discriminators, count- 
ers, coincidence circuits. 

EE 440 Fundamentals of Digital Systems 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EE 314 or EE 430 

Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering. 

The basic theory of digital computation and control. Introduction to 
number systems, data handling, relay algebra, switching logic, memory 
circuits, the application of electronic devices to switching circuits and the 
design of computer control circuits. 

EE 491 Electrical Engineering Senior Seminar 1 (0-2) f 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Required of seniors in electrical engineering. 

Weekly meetings for the delivery and discussion of student papers on 
topics of current interest in electrical engineering. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

EE 503 Linear Network Theory 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EE 314, MA 301, B average in EE and MA 

Analysis of linear networks, with emphasis on the system functions of 
the network in the frequency domain and response in the time domain. 

Mr. Stevenson 

EE 504 Introduction to Network Synthesis 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EE 503 

A development of the methods of network synthesis of one-port and two- 
port passive structures based on partial fraction techniques. 

Mr. Stevenson 

EE 506 Dynamical Analogies 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EE 202 or EE 331; EM 301; MA 301; B average in EE, 
EM, and MA 

A study of dynamic systems in various branches of engineering and 
science with emphasis on the similarities that exist among such integrated 
groups of devices. Analogous elements and quantities in these fields as 
determined from equations basic to each. Analytical formulation of system 
problems in acoustical, electrical, mechanical, and related fields and their 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 93 

solution by analog methods. Use of electronic analog computers for the 
solution of system problems. Mr. Eckels 

EE 507 Electromagnetics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EE 303, EE 314, MA 301, B average in EE and MA 

Basic principles of electromagnetic field theory in vector analysis formu- 
lation, including static electric and magnetic fields, Maxwell's equations 
and applications to guided waves. Graduate Staff 

EE 511 Electronic Circuits 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EE 314 or EE 430, B average in EE and MA 

Solid-state and vacuum electronic devices in amplifiers, feedback systems, 
oscillators, modulators, switching and wave-shaping circuits. Generation 
of nonlinear waveforms; electronic instruments; circuits basic to electronic 
computers. Use of complex frequency concepts to obtain generalized 
response. Communication, power, and industrial applications. Synthesis of 
circuits to satisfy system requirements. Mr. Barclay 

EE 512 Communication Theory 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EE 431 or EE 511, B average in EE and MA 

The frequency and time domain, modulation, random signal theory, 
autocorrelation, basic information theory, noise, communication systems. 

Mr. Barclay 

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EE 401, EE 435 

Departmental elective for seniors in electrical engineering. 

Study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical quantities 
such as voltage, speed, and mechanical position. Theory of regulating 
systems and servo-mechanisms. Steady state and transient responses. 
Evaluation of stability. Transfer function loci and root locus plots. 
Analysis using differential equation and operational methods. System 
compensation and introduction to design. Mr. Peterson 

EE 517 Control Laboratory 1 (0-3) s 

Corequisite: EE 516 

Laboratory study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical 
quantities such as voltage, speed, and mechanical position. Characteristics 
of regulating systems and servo-mechanisms. The laboratory work is 
intended to contribute to an understanding of the theory developed in 
EE 516, Feedback Control Systems. Mr. Peterson 

EE 520 Fundamentals of Logic Systems 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EE 314 or EE 430, B average in EE and MA 

A study of switching algebra, logic circuitry, systematic minimization, 
block diagrams, logic systems in computers, diode and transistor logic, 
symmetric functions, iterative networks, cascaded systems, sequential 
circuits, and pulsed operation. Mr. Bell 

EE 521 Digital Computer Technology and Design 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

A study of the internal organization and structure of digital systems 
including toggle circuits, gates and pulse circuitry. Analysis and synthesis 
of the major components of computers, including the logic section, counters, 
registers, storage devices, input-output, and control. Mr. Bell 

EE 531, 532 Introduction to Solid-State Material Science 3(3-0) fs 
Prerequisites: PY 407, MA 301 
Corequisite: ME 301 

Elementary quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics, and Boltzmann 
transport theory are first presented as basic tools. The study of direct and 



94 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

reciprocal Bravais lattices and of distributions of modes of lattice vibrations 
establishes the environment of electrons whose behavior in crystalline 
solids is then developed by presentations of free electron theory and the 
band theory. Behaviors of electrons and holes in both perfect and imperfect 
crystals are developed from basic classical and quantum mechanical 
principles. Mr. Matthews 

EE 533 Transistor Circuits 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 314, B average in EE and MA 

A study of the application of transistors to linear and switching circuitry. 
The electrical response of such systems is considered in the light of certain 
physical characteristics of the transistor, in addition to the piecewise 
linear model. Device characteristics, temperature stability, cascaded 
amplifiers, and elementary switching circuits are treated. Mr. Manning 

EE 591, 592 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: B average in technical subjects 

A two-semester sequence to develop new courses and to allow qualified 
students to explore unusual areas. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

EE 611, 612 Electric Network Synthesis 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: EE 504 

A study of modern network theory, with the emphasis on synthesis of 
both passive and active networks based on the work of Brune, Bode, 
Guillemin, Bott and Duffin, Darlington, Foster, Linville, Piloty, and many 
others. Both the realization problem and the approximation problem will 
be treated. Messrs. Christian, Hoadley 

EE 613, 614 Advanced Feedback Control 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: EE 516 

An advanced study of feedback systems for the control of physical 
variables. Follower systems and regulators. Mathematical and graphical 
description of systems. Frequency response and root locus methods for 
compensation and design. Stability theory and performance criteria. The 
state variable concept. Continuous and discrete systems. Analysis of non- 
linear systems. Mr. Peterson 

EE 615 Electromagnetic Waves 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: EE 507 

Maxwell's equations applied to a study of the propagation of energy by 
electromagnetic waves. Vector and scalar retarded potentials, propagation 
in free space and material media, guided electromagnetic waves, common 
waveguides, skin effects, resonant cavities. Microwave network theory 
applied to measurement problems. Messrs. Barclay, Tischer 

EE 616 Microwave Electronics 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

Frequency limitations of conventional electron tubes. Microwave power 
generation and control by interaction of electromagnetic fields with charged 
particles and molecular energy levels, and by non-linear reactances. Appli- 
cations in klystrons, magnetrons, traveling-wave tubes, masers, and 
reactance amplifiers. Measurement problems and techniques in microwave 
region. Mr. Barclay 

EE 617 Pulse, Switching, and Timing Circuits 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EE 503, EE 512 

Tube and transistor circuit techniques for the production, shaping, and 
control of nonsinusoidal wave forms. Fundamental circuits needed in pulse 
information systems, instrumentation, and computers. Mr. Barclay 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 95 

EE 618 Antennas and Radiation 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

Electromagnetic wave theory applied to radiating elements. Radiation 
from a small current element and multi-poles. Arbitrary radiation fields. 
Radiation characteristics, gain, beamwidth, sidelobe levels of antennas. 
The reciprocity theorem, scattering, effective aperture, and antenna tem- 
perature will be treated related to receiving type antennas. Mr. Tischer 

EE 619 Guided Waves and Resonators 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

A study related to guided waves and resonators with emphasis on micro- 
waves and millimeter waves. The effect of boundaries on wave propagation 
and the means of guiding waves will be discussed from a general view- 
point beginning with electromagnetic waves. The analogies with other 
types of waves such as acoustic and plasma waves will be considered. Non- 
conventional waveguide concepts. General relationships for resonators 
and for their incorporation in communication systems will be derived. 

Messrs. Barclay, Tischer 

EE 623 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Materials 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EE 532 
Corequisite: PY 501 

A study of the electronic properties of solids. Consideration of the 
motion of electrons in periodic potentials leads directly to the study of 
the band theory and its consequences on the electrical and magnetic 
properties of materials. Beginning with the Boltzmann transport equations 
a phenomenological description of charge-carrier flow is developed in 
terms of an effective mass tensor. Hot electron transport, radiative transi- 
tion mechanisms and high field effects will be treated in some depth. 

Mr. Monteith 

EE 624 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Devices 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EE 532 

A study in detail of the terminal properties of a large class of solid- 
state devices. Boundary relationships at solid-state interfaces will be 
considered in considerable depth along with the determination of added 
carrier profiles in neutral and non-neutral bulk regions. The role of 
deep-lying traps on device performance will be treated as an introduction 
to a class of space-charge-limited devices. The present technology of 
device fabrication will be discussed and demonstrated. Mr. Lade 

EE 641 Advanced Digital Computer Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

A study of the circuits and components of modern digital computers, 
including basic logic systems, codes, advanced systems of circuit logic, 
vacuum tube, transistor, and magnetic components. Memory devices, 
counters, converters, adders, accumulators, inputs, outputs, and computer 
control systems will be analyzed. Mr. Bell 

EE 642 Automata and Adaptive Systems 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

The study of neural nets in natural systems, artificial nerve nets, pattern- 
recognition devices, artificial intelligence, goal-directed behavior, self- 
repairinsr machines, the logic of automata, and adaptive Boolean logic. 

Mr. Bell 

EE 643 Advanced Electrical Measurements 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: EE 503, EE 431 

A critical analysis of circuits used in electrical measurements, with 
special attention to such topics as balance convergence, effects of strays, 
sensitivity, the use of feedback in electronic devices, automatic measuring 
systems, and digital measuring systems. Mr. Hoadley 



96 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EE 645, 646 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: EE 615 or PY 503; MA 512 

A comprehensive study of electromagnetic theory with emphasis on field 
theory applications. Charges in both uniform and accelerated motion, field 
equivalence principles, anisotropic media, ferrite media, variational methods 
for waveguide discontinuities, periodic structures including Floquet's 
theorem, integral transform and function-theoretical techniques, solid-state 
theory applied to quantum electronic devices. Mr. Itoh 

EE 651 Statistical Communication Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EE 401 or EE 503; EE 512 or MA 541 

Generalized waveform analysis including Fourier Transforms, correlation 
functions and other statistical descriptions of stationary random processes; 
manipulation of signal descriptions as affected by linear time-invarient 
networks; derivation of the optimum impulse response and transfer function 
of the general linear operator; optimum filter synthesis by the use of 
ortho-normal functions; problems to illustrate the applications of the 
theory. Mr. Smith 

EE 653 Fundamentals of Space Communications 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

An analytical study of communications related to space operations with 
emphasis on electromagnetics and antennas. Wave propagation along the 
transmission path in non-uniform and non-isotropic media. Ionospheric 
propagation and plasma sheath effects. Antenna characteristics for space 
operations on ground and on vehicles. Large surface radiators, phased 
arrays, and low noise structures. Vehicle-born antennas. Problems of signal 
transmission. Communications by lasers. Mr. Tischer 

EE 691, 692 Special Studies in Electrical Engineering 3 (3-0) fs 

This course provides an opportunity for small groups of advanced 
graduate students to study, under the direction of qualified members of 
the professional staff, advanced topics in their special fields of interest. 

Graduate Staff 

EE 695 Electrical Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in electrical engineering 

A series of papers and conferences participated in by the instructional 
staff, invited guests, and students who are candidates for advanced degrees. 

Mr. Eckels 

EE 699 Electrical Engineering Research Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in electrical engineering and permission 
of advisor 

Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING MECHANICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Patrick Hill McDonald, Jr., Head, Robert Alden Douglas, 
Adolphus Mitchell 

Associate Professors: Maurice Hill Clayton, John Auert Edwards, 
Clarence Joseph Maday, Graduate Administrator, Daniel Shou-ling 
Wang 

Assistant Professors: William Louis Bingham, John Frederick Ely, 
Edward Dewitt Gurley, Vernon Emerson Holt, Manohar Singh, 
James Baird Walker 

The Department of Engineering Mechanics offers graduate pro- 
grams leading to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 97 

degrees. The faculty of the department offers a broad range of 
graduate courses both for its own students seeking advanced de- 
grees and for inclusion in the graduate programs of students in 
allied areas of engineering and in the physical and mathematical 
sciences. 

Graduate studies in engineering mechanics embrace several broad 
areas including fluid mechanics, solid mechanics, continuum me- 
chanics, dynamics, and structural mechanics. Each of these areas is 
of considerable importance in current research, to the extent that 
professional demands in these areas by space-related industry and 
governmental agencies is second only to those for the electronics 
specialties. Professional interests of the faculty are represented by 
courses devoted to the elastic and plastic behavior of solids, viscous 
and compressible fluid flow, the generalized behavior of matter 
when described as a continuum, and in sequences devoted to the 
theory of periodic and aperiodic vibrations and to space mechanics. 

Courses for individual programs may be chosen rather broadly 
from the listings indicated, and special attention is directed to the 
reservoir of courses appropriate to mechanics studies, selected from 
closely allied engineering specialties. Beginning graduate students 
ordinarily will choose a program to encompass several of the major 
areas, thus establishing a broad base for subsequent studies at the 
advanced graduate level, usually concentrated about one particular 
area of research. 

Graduate research in mechanics in any of the major areas out- 
lined may follow the lines of either analytical or experimental 
investigations. The development of new research techniques for 
both types of endeavor is of prime concern to the field of mechanics 
and the laboratory complex of engineering mechanics includes a 
number of research laboratories. One of these is equipped for 
dynamic studies in viscoelasticity, one for research in fracture 
mechanics, and another for static and dynamic studies in stress 
concentration. Whether a student is inclined toward analytical or 
toward experimental investigations, he ordinarily will gain expe- 
rience in both types of endeavor prior to his independent research 
activity. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

EM 501, 502 Continuum Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 303, ME 301, MA 405 

The concepts of stress and strain are presented in generalized tensor 
form. Emphasis is placed on the discussion and relative comparison of the 
analytical models for elastic, plastic, fluid, viscoelastic, granular, and 
porous media. The underlying thermodynamic principles are presented, the 
associated boundary value problems are formulated and selected examples 
are used to illustrate the theory. Mr. Gurley 

EM 503 Theory of Linear Elasticity 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EM 301 
Corequisite : MA 511 or MA 401 

The fundamental equations governing the behavior of an elastic solid 
are developed in various curvilinear coordinate systems. Plane problems, 



98 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

as well as the St. Venant Problem of Bending, Torsion & Extension of 
bars are covered. Displacement fields, stress fields, Airy & complex stress 
functions are among the methods used to obtain solutions. Mr. Ely 

EM 504 Mechanics of Ideal Fluids 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 513 

Basic equations of ideal fluid flow; potential and stream functions; vortex 
dynamics; body forces due to flow fields, methods of singularities in two- 
dimensional flows; analytical determination of potential functions; con- 
formal transformations; free-streamline flows. 

Messrs. Amein, Edwards, Holt 

EM 505 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 532 

Equations of motion of a viscous fluid (Navier-Stokes Equations); 
general properties of the Navier-Stokes equations; some exact solutions of 
the Navier-Stokes equations; boundary layer equations; some approximate 
methods of solution of the boundary layer equations; laminar boundary 
layers in axi-symmetric and three-dimensional flows; unsteady laminar 
boundary layers. Messrs. Amein, Edwards, Holt 

EM 506 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EM 304, ME 302 
Corequisite: MA 532 

Introduction to compressible fluid flow; isentropic, one-dimensional flow; 
Rayleigh and Fanno line flows; generalized one-dimensional flow; normal 
shock waves; introduction to multi-dimensional, compressible flow. 

Mr. Edwards 

EM 507 Systems Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 303, MA 511 

A course in the design of engineering systems in which mechanics 
dominates. Mr. P. H. McDonald 

EM 508 Systems Synthesis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EM 507 

A course in the design of engineering systems in which mechanics 
dominates. Mr. P. H. McDonald 

EM 509 Space Mechanics I 3 (3-0 )f 

Prerequisites: EM 302, EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 511 

The application of mechanics to the analysis and design of orbits and 
trajectories. Trajectory computation and optimization; space maneuvers; 
re-entry trajectories; interplanetary guidance. Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

EM 510 Space Mechanics II 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EM 509, MA 511 

Continuation of EM 509. The analysis and design of guidance systems. 
Basic sensing devices; the characteristics of an inertial space; the theory 
of stabilized platforms; terrestrial inertial guidance. 

Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

EM 511 Theory of Plates and Shells 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 441 

Bending theory of thin plates; geometry of surfaces and stresses in 
shells. Various methods of analysis are discussed and illustrated by 
problems of practical interest. Messrs. D. McDonald, Wang 

EM 521 Properties of Solids 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MIM 201 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 99 

Atomic and molecular principles are applied toward an introductory 
understanding of macroscopic material properties. The concept of the 
grand canonical ensemble average of atomic behavior is employed to unify 
the characterization and interrelationships of material properties. Finally, 
phenomenological behaviors and coupled effects are described within the 
continuum concept. Mr. Holt 

EM 551 Advanced Strength of Materials 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Stresses and strains at a point; rosette analysis; stress theories, stress 
concentration and fatigue; plasticity; inelastic, composite and curved 
beams; prestress energy methods; shear deflections; buckling problems and 
column design; and membrane stresses in shells. Mr. Smith 

EM 552 Elastic Stability 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: MA 301, MA 405, EM 551 

A study of elastic and plastic stability. The stability criterion as a 
determinant. The energy method and the theorem of stationary potential 
energy. The solution of buckling problems by finite differences and the 
calculus of variations. The application of successive approximations to 
stability problems. Optimization applied to problems of aeroelastic and 
civil engineering structures. Mr. Gurley 

EM 555, 556 Dynamics I, II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 405 

The dynamics of particles and rigid bodies by the use of formulations 
of the laws of mechanics due to Newton, Euler, Lagrange, and Hamilton. 
Accelerated reference frames, constraints, Euler's angles, the spinning top, 
the gyroscope, precession, stability, phase space, and nonlinear oscillatory 
motion. Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

Courses for Graduates Only 

EM 601, 602 Unifying Concepts in Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: PY 601 

Generalized treatment of the fundamental equations and boundary value 
problems of continuous and non-continuous media. Use is made of con- 
temporary developments in irreversible thermodynamics, statistical mech- 
anics, and electro-dynamics to provide a unified foundation for the develop- 
ment of principles governing the dynamic and thermodynamic behavior of 
elastic, plastic and visco-elastic solids, viscous fluids and rheological media. 

Messrs. P. H. McDonald, Walker 

EM 603 Theory of Elasticity II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EM 503 
Corequisite: MA 513 

An extension of EM 503 to include the Cauchy Integral methods for 
plane problems, three dimensional problems, variational methods, and the 
use of numerical methods. Mr. Ely 

EM 604 Theory of Plasticity 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EM 503 

Analytical models are developed to represent the behavior of deformable 
solids in the plastic regime. Conditions of yielding and fracture which 
initiate and terminate plastic behavior are studied, with the special stress- 
strain relationships necessary in plasticity. The hyperbolic equations of slip- 
line fields characteristic of plane strain theory are developed. 

Mr. Singh 

EM 611 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EM 506 

Continuation of EM 506; linearized theory of two-dimensional flow; 
method of characteristics for two-dimensional supersonic flow; oblique 



100 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

shock waves; unsteady one-dimensional flow; shock-wave boundary layer 
interactions; transonic flow. Mr. Edwards 

EM 612 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: EM 505 

Continuation of EM 505; phenomenological theories of turbulence; 
turbulent flow in ducts and pipes; turbulent boundary layer with and 
without pressure gradient; compressible boundary layer; boundary layer 
control; free viscous flow. Messrs. Amein, Edwards 

EM 641 Optical Mechanics 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: EM 402 or ME 516 

Concepts of crystal optics applied to continua deformed statically or 
dynamically by mechanical or thermal loading; optical interference and 
its use as a measuring technique of absolute and relative retardations in 
various types of interferometers; relative retardation measurements; 
deformation measurements with diffraction gratings; Moire (mechanical) 
interference measurements. Mr. Bingham 

EM 695 Experimental Methods in Mechanics 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

A study of specialized experimental techniques utilized in contemporary 
research in the areas of mechanics. 

Messrs. Bingham, Douglas, Edwards, P. H. McDonald 

EM 697 Seminars in Mechanics 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and permission of advisor 

The discussion and development of theory relating to contemporary 
research in the frontier areas of mechanics. Messrs. Gurley, Maday 

EM 698 Special Topics in Mechanics Credits by Arrangement 

The study, by small groups of graduate students under the direction of 
members of the faculty, of topics of particular interest in various advanced 
phases of mechanics. Graduate Staff 

EM 699 Research in Mechanics Credits by Arrangement 

Individual research in the field of mechanics. Graduate Staff 



DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Edward Holman Smith, Head, Charles Henry Brett, Frank 
Edwin Guthrie, Walter Joseph Mistric, Jr., Robert Lamar Rabb, 
Clyde Fuhriman Smith, David Allan Young, Jr. 

Professor Emeritus: Theodore Bertis Mitchell 

Associate Professors: Richard Charles Axtell, William Vernon Camp- 
bell, Walter Carl Dauterman, Maurice High Farrier, Ernest 
Hodgson, Alexander Russell Main, Herbert Henry Neunzig, 
Thomas Jackson Sheets, Robert Takachi Yamamoto 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Edgar William Clark 

The Department of Entomology offers graduate training leading 
to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The 
major areas for specialization are physiology, toxicology, ecology, 
behavior, nutrition, taxonomy, economic entomology, and medical 
and veterinary entomology. 

The department is particularly well qualified to provide intensive 
training in areas requiring support by allied disciplines. The de- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 101 

partment is a participant in the program of the Institute of Bio- 
logical Sciences (see page 17) and the departmental staff includes 
members of the faculty of physiology and biochemistry. 

The extensive program of research, supported by federal granting 
agencies, industry and the University, provides opportunities for 
graduate training through actual participation in research. 

Opportunities exist for training in both applied and fundamental 
phases of entomology. The applied phases are strongly influenced 
by the state's agriculture, in which tobacco, cotton, peanuts, live- 
stock and forestry are important components. A cooperative ar- 
rangement with the School of Forestry provides for majors in 
forestry entomology. 

Training in fundamental phases centers around programs such 
as the synthesis of lipids, comparative biochemistry, enzymology, 
toxicology, sensory behavior, and nutrition. The program in medical 
and veterinary entomology provides the opportunity for training in 
minor subjects at the School of Public Health at the University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

The research program is supported by a complex of modern de- 
partmental facilities, including seven recently completed biotron 
units, four laboratories for biochemical research, together with 
supporting greenhouses and rearing rooms. The extensive facilities 
of the Nuclear Reactor Project are also available for support of 
departmental projects. Other on-campus research facilities are avail- 
able, as well as some others in the Research Triangle area. 

The student is given wide latitude in the selection of his major 
and minor subjects from the varied programs offered. Stress is placed 
on development of independent thought, broad training in funda- 
mentals and mastery of investigative techniques. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

ENT 401 Literature of Biology 1 (1-0) f 

Prerequisite: Enrollment as upper-classman, undergraduate or graduate 

A general course intended to acquaint students with literature problems 
of the scientist, mechanics of the library book classifications, bibliographies, 
abstract journals, taxonomic indexes, and preparation of scientific papers 
in agriculture, forestry, biology, and their subdivisions. Mr. Farrier 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ENT 502 Fundamentals of Entomology A 5 (2-6) f 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of biology, ENT 301 or ENT 312, 
or equivalent 

An intensive treatment of the general external morphology of insects 
and a survey of the adults and immatures of the orders and principal 
families of insects with attention to their biology. 

Messrs. Neunzig, Rabb, Young 

ENT 503 Fundamentals of Entomology B 5 (3-6) s 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of biology, nine hours of chemistry, ENT 301 
or equivalent 

Structure and morphological variations of organ systems in insects 



102 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

including considerations of their histology and function. Sensory physiology 
and behavior will then lead into the basic elements of insect ecology. 

Messrs. Campbell, Hodgson, Rabb, Young 

ENT 504 Insect Morphology 3 (1-4) f 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 

Concerned with external morphology, primary and comparative phases, 
with emphasis on knowledge and techniques which can be applied to specific 
problems. (Offered 1967-68 and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Young 

ENT 511 Systematic Entomology 3 (1-4) f 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 or equivalent 

A somewhat detailed survey of the orders and families of insects, 
designed to acquaint the student with those groups and develop in the 
student some ability in the use of keys, descriptions, etc. (Offered 1966-67 
and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Young 

ENT 531 Insect Ecology 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 or ENT 503 or equivalent 

The environmental relations of insects, including insect development, 
habits, distribution and abundance. (Offered 1967-68 and fall of alternate 
years.) Mr. Rabb 

ENT 541 Immature Insects 2 (1-3) f 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 or equivalent 

An advanced study of the immature stages of selected orders of insects 
with emphasis on generic and specific taxa. Primary consideration is 
given to the larval stage, but a brief treatment of eggs and pupae is 
also included. (Offered 1966-67 and fall of alternate years.) 

Mr. Neunzig 

ENT 551 Fundamentals of Insect Control 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: ENT 312 or equivalent, twelve hours of chemistry, twelve 
hours of biology 

The course is divided into two phases. The first deals with the basic 
causes of insect problems, an evaluation of the biological and economic 
aspects of insect attack, and the fundamental methods employed in insect 
control. The second part deals with the critical chemical, physical, and 
biological properties of compounds used for insect control. The material 
presented in the course is directed toward obtaining fundamental know- 
ledge of the scientific principles underlying modern methods of protection 
of food, clothing, shelter, and health from arthropods. Mr. Guthrie 

ENT 552 Applied Entomology 3 (1-4) s 

Prerequisites: ENT 502, ENT 503, ENT 551 

A course dealing with the organization of the field of applied entomology, 
the significance of other disciplines, research and extension methods, the 
concept of integrated control, and the solution of economic problems. 
(Offered 1965-66 and spring of alternate years.) Mr. Mistric 

ENT 572 Forest Entomology 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 

A study of the methods of identification of forest pests, the factors 
governing their abundance, habits and control. (Offered 1965-66 and spring 
of alternate years.) Mr. Farrier 

ENT 582 (ZO 582) Medical and Veterinary Entomology 3 (2-3) s 
Prerequisites: ENT 301 or ENT 312 and ZO 581 or equivalent 

A study of the morphology, taxonomy, biology and control of the 
arthropod parasites and disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology 
and behavior of vectors in relation to disease transmission and control will 
be emphasized. (Offered 1965-66 and spring of alternate years.) 

Mr. Axtell 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 103 

ENT 590 Special Problems Credits by Arrangement fs 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and permission of instructor 

Original research on special problems in entomology not related to a 
thesis problem, but designed to provide experience and training in research. 

Graduate Staff 

ENT 592 Acarology 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 or ZO 201 

A systematic survey of the mites and ticks with emphasis on identifica- 
tion, biology and control of the more common and economic forms attack- 
ing material, plants and animals including man. (Offered 1966-67 and 
spring of alternate years.) Mr. Farrier 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ENT 602 Principles of Taxonomy 3 (1-4) s 

Prerequisite: ENT 511 

A course introducing the methods and tools used in animal taxonomy, 
designed to promote a better understanding of taxonomic literature, and 
provide a foundation for taxonomic research. (Offered 1966-67 and spring 
of alternate years.) Mr. Young 

ENT 611 Biochemistry of Insects 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 551 or equivalent 

The biochemistry of insects will be considered with primary emphasis 
on intermediate metabolism. Aspects in which insects show specialization 
will be treated in greater detail. The comparative treatment used necessi- 
tates some consideration of other animal groups. (Offered 1966-67 and 
fall of alternate years.) Mr. Hodgson 

ENT 622 Insect Toxicology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: ENT 551, CH 551 or equivalent 

The relation of chemical structure to insect toxicity, the mode of action 
of toxicants used to kill insects, the metabolism of insecticides in plant 
and animal systems, the selectivity within the cholinesterase inhibitors and 
other selective mechanisms, and the analysis of insecticide residues will 
be discussed. (Offered 1965-66 and spring of alternate years.) 

Messrs. Dauterman, Guthrie 

ENT 690 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in entomology or closely allied fields 

Discussion of entomological topics selected and assigned by seminar 
chairman. Graduate Staff 

ENT 699 Research Credits by Arrangement fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in entomology or closely allied fields 

Original research in connection with thesis problem in entomology. 

Graduate Staff 



DEPARTMENT OF EXPERIMENTAL STATISTICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: David Dickenson Mason, Head, Richard Loree Anderson, 
Graduate Administrator, Robert George Douglas Steel, Associate 
Graduate Administrator, Columbus Clark Cockerham, Arnold Her- 
bert Edward Grandage, Robert John Hader, Don William Hayne, 
Henry Laurence Lucas, Jr., Francis Edward McVay, Robert James 
Monroe, Charles Harry Proctor, Jackson Ashcraft Rigney, Ralph 
Winston Stacy, Hubertus Robert van der Vaart, Oscar Wesler 



104 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Visiting Professor: Melvin W. Carter 

Professor Emeritus: Gertrude Mary Cox 

Adjunct Professors: Alva Leroy Finkner, Walter Anton Hendricks, 
Daniel Goodman Horvitz 

Associate Professors: Harvey Joseph Gold, William Jackson Hall, 
Laurence Jay Herbst, John Clement Koop, John Oren Rawlings, 
Thomas Dudley Wallace 

Adjunct Associate Professors: Sidney Addelman, William Alexander 
Glenn 

Assistant Professors : Bibhuti Bhushan Bhattacharyya, Laurence Alan 
Nelson, Jerry Adolph Warren 

The Department of Experimental Statistics offers work leading 
to the Master of Science, Master of Experimental Statistics (non- 
thesis), and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. This department has a 
working arrangement with the Department of Biostatistics in the 
University of North Carolina's School of Public Health at Chapel 
Hill, whereby graduate students can major in experimental statis- 
tics and minor in the Division of Health Affairs. The Department 
of Experimental Statistics maintains a close liaison with the De- 
partment of (Mathematical) Statistics at Chapel Hill in order to 
strengthen the offerings in statistical theory. (See University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill courses listed below.) Introductory 
courses in the three departments are coordinated so that it is easy 
for a beginning statistics graduate student to transfer from one 
institution of the consolidated university to another. The three 
departments are affiliated with the Institute of Statistics (see page 
17). Some doctoral theses in experimental statistics are directed by 
members of the graduate faculty of the two statistics departments 
at Chapel Hill. 

Members of the department conduct research in biomathematics, 
non-linear systems, time series and spectral analysis, operations 
research, probability and stochastic processes, non-parametric in- 
ference, the development of statistical theory and techniques of 
design and analysis for surveys and experiments, and the develop- 
ment of physical and biological stochastic models. At least one staff 
member consults with researchers in each of the following fields 
and conducts his own research on statistical problems which are 
encountered: the various agricultural sciences, quantitative gene- 
tics, wildlife science (game and fish), industrial development and 
engineering, physical sciences, and social sciences and economics. 

A graduate student who majors in experimental statistics may 
specialize in any one of these fields, with his minor in the associated 
departments, or with a strong mathematical background he may 
prefer to minor in mathematics or mathematical statistics. For the 
graduate student who wishes to minor in statistics, the department 
has developed a curriculum tailored to his needs. Many employers 
are offering added inducements for research personnel who have 
such a minor. The department cooperates with other graduate 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 105 

departments in order to provide the type of courses needed for their 
students and to provide a staff to participate in their graduate 
programs. 

A program of training in biomathematics at the doctoral and 
postdoctoral levels recently has been initiated in the Department of 
Experimental Statistics. This program requires that the student 
become well-grounded in four areas — mathematics, statistics, physi- 
cal science, and some phase of biology. Fellowships and assistant- 
ships are available for doctoral students and several fellowships 
for post-doctorals. Mathematical biology and related areas are now 
developing rapidly and there is much opportunity for properly 
trained people. 

The department is also cooperating with eight other departments 
at Raleigh and Chapel Hill in the development of a strong minor 
program in Operations Research at both the master's and doctoral 
levels. Details regarding the Operations Research graduate pro- 
gram are presented on page 169. 

In addition to its consulting services, the department provides 
computer programming and other assistance to the Agricultural 
Experiment Station staff in close cooperation with the campus Com- 
puting Center. This work is currently augmented by a computer 
facility grant from the National Institutes of Health. The depart- 
ment also provides a desk calculator computing service for sets of 
data not economical to program for the digital computer. It fur- 
nishes several federal agencies, other states, and private concerns 
with research and consulting services on a contract basis. This 
work supplies live problems on which graduate students may ac- 
quire experience and maturity. 

The Department of Experimental Statistics is located in a new 
building convenient to classroom and central library facilities. 
Ample space for graduate students is provided adjacent to faculty 
offices. A well-equipped desk computing laboratory is conveniently 
located in the graduate student area. 

The Computing Center is in the process of being equipped with a 
Systems 360-Model 30 computer which will serve primarily as a 
tele-communications unit to the Triangle Universities Computation 
Center Systems 360-Model 75, a very large and fast computer. A 
smaller remote processing unit will be located in the statistics 
building, convenient for use in computer programming courses and 
student research. 

The department has approximately twenty graduate fellowships 
and assistantships at stipends adjusted to the previous training and 
experience of the recipients. Included among these have been indus- 
trial fellowships, National Science Foundation traineeships, Na- 
tional Aeronautics and Space Agency fellowships, National Insti- 
tutes of Health fellowships in biomathematics, and National 
Defense Education Act fellowships in econometrics jointly with the 
Department of Economics. Students who have a major in an applied 
field and who have a minimum of one year of calculus, or students 



106 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

who have a major in statistics or mathematics are encouraged to 
apply for these fellowships and assistantships. Students who have 
no advanced calculus or matrix algebra are advised to make ar- 
rangements to take these courses in the summer prior to entrance 
in the graduate program. If a graduate assistant has a satisfactory 
course record, he can complete the requirements for the master's 
degree in two years (in less time if he takes courses during the 
summer). A graduate assistant with a master's degree in statistics 
can complete the requirements for the doctorate in two years. Grad- 
uate fellows may be able to complete the requirements in somewhat 
less time. 

Most fields of research, development, production, and distribution 
are seeking persons trained in statistical theory and methods. The 
demand is equally strong from universities, agricultural and engi- 
neering experimental stations, national defense agencies, other fed- 
eral agencies, and a wide variety of industrial concerns. There is a 
need for experimental statisticians with the master's degree as well 
as for those with the doctorate. 

North Carolina State University is represented on the Committee 
on Statistics of the Southern Regional Education Board. This com- 
mittee sponsors a continuing series of graduate summer sessions. 
In 1966, the host institution is tentatively scheduled to be the Uni- 
versity of Georgia. Each of the sponsoring institutions will accept 
the credits earned by students in the summer session as residence 
credit. The courses are arranged to provide consecutive work in 
successive summers. Information regarding these courses may be 
obtained from the Department of Experimental Statistics or the 
Dean of the Graduate School. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

ST 421, 422 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Elementary mathematical statistics primarily for students not intending 
to take further work in theoretical statistics. Includes introduction to 
probability, common theoretical distributions, moments, moment generating 
functions, sampling distributions, (F, t, chi-square), elementary estimation, 
hypothesis testing concepts, decision theory concepts, and elements of 
general linear model theory. Staff 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ST 501, 502 Basic Statistical Analysis 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or equivalent or graduate standing 

Basic concepts of statistics; random variables, distributions, statistical 
measures, estimation, tests of significance, analysis of variance, elementary 
design and sampling, factorial experiments, multiple regression, analysis 
of discrete data, and other topics. Intended primarily for statistics majors 
and Ph.D. minors and not intended as a service course for other depart- 
ments. Mr. Steel 

ST 511 Experimental Statistics for Biological 

Sciences I 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 107 

Basic concepts of statistical models and use of samples; variation, 
statistical measures, distributions, tests of significance, analysis of variance 
and elementary experimental design, regression and correlation, chi-square. 

Messrs. Monroe, Rawlings 

ST 512 Experimental Statistics for Biological 

Sciences II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: ST 511 or equivalent 

Covariance, multiple regression, concepts of experimental design, factor- 
ial experiments, individual degrees of freedom, confounded factorial and 
split plot designs, and incomplete block designs. 

Messrs. Monroe, Nelson 

ST 513 Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing 

Basic concepts in collection and analysis of data. Variability of sample 
data, distributions, confidence limits, cbi-square, t-test, analysis of variance, 
regression, correlation, analytic and descriptive surveys, experimental 
designs. Mr. McVay 

ST 514 Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ST 513 or equivalent 

Extension of basic statistical concepts to social experiments and surveys; 
sampling from finite populations and estimating using unrestricted, 
stratified, systematic, and multistage selections; analysis of variance 
continued; multiple regression; covariance; experimental designs. 

Mr. Proctor 

ST 515, 516 Experimental Statistics for Engineers 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: ST 361 or graduate standing 

General statistical concepts and techniques useful to research workers in 
engineering, textiles, wood technology, etc. Probability, distributions, 
measurement of precision, simple and multiple regression, tests of signifi- 
cance, analysis of variance, enumeration data, sensitivity data, life testing 
experiments and experimental design. Mr. Hader 

ST 541 See MA 541, Theory of Probability I. 3 (3-0) f 

ST 542 See MA 542, Theory of Probability II. 3 (3-0) s 

ST 551 Basic Statistical Inference 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: ST 541 (MA 541) 
Corequisite: MA 405 

Frequency distributions and moments; sampling distributions; intro- 
ductory theory of point and interval estimation; tests of hypotheses. 

Mr. Grandage 

ST 552 Basic Theory of Least Squares and Variance 

Components 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisites: ST 551, MA 405 

Theory of least squares; multiple regression; analysis of variance and 
covariance; experimental design models; factorial experiments; variance 
component models. Mr. Anderson 

ST 571 (BS 571, MA 571) Biomathematics I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 301, MA 405 or equivalent 

Linear time-invariant operators and their Laplace transforms, with a 
discussion of homogeneous and non-homogeneous linear differential 
equations and their analysis in time domain and frequency domain; 
applications to the study of input and output in biological systems; 
systems of linear and non-linear differential equations and their per- 
turbation equations, especially with reference to the study of population 
dynamics and growth processes, stability of biological systems, and 
tracer kinetics. Mr. van der Vaart 



108 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ST 572 (BS 572, MA 572) Biomathematics II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ST 571, ST 541 (MA 541) or equivalent 

Continuation of topics in ST 571. The general framework for mathe- 
matization of biological problems; deterministic and stochastic models; 
birth and death processes with applications to physiology and population 
dynamics; desirable features of mathematical models in biology. 

Mr. van der Vaart 

ST 591 Special Problems 1-3 Credits by Arrangement fs 

Development of techniques for specialized cases, particularly in con- 
nection with thesis and practical consulting problems. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 111 Methods of Mathematical Statistics I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Advanced calculus 

Introductory treatment of special mathematical techniques of particular 
importance in probability and statistics, including topics from combinatorial 
mathematics, Fourier and Laplace transforms, contour integration, special 
inequalities and finite differences. Messrs. Leadbetter, Smith 

U.N.C. ST 131 Elementary Probability 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Advanced calculus 

Fundamentals of probability theory and distribution theory essential for 
the study of mathematical statistics, including: axiomatic treatment of 
probability models, combinatorial probability, conditional probability and 
independence, random variables, distribution and density functions, moments 
and generating functions, combined random variables. 

Mr. Kuebler 

U.N.C. ST 132 Intermediate Probability 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 131 or ST 134 

Laws of large numbers, characteristic functions, and central limit 
theorems. Elements of stochastic processes and their applications, including 
random walks, Markov chains, recurrent events, Brownian motion, and 
elementary queueing theory. Mr. Smith 

U.N.C. ST 134 Statistical Theory I 5 (4-2) f 

Prerequisite: Advanced calculus 

U.N.C. ST 131 plus regression and correlation theory, convergence and 
approximation, common distributions, functions of random samples, multi- 
normal theory, and random normal sampling. Mr. Johnson 

U.N.C. ST 135 Statistical Theory II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 131 or ST 134 

Fundamentals of statistical inference and statistical decision theory, 
including: the decision and inference problem, sufficient statistics, point 
estimation (unbiasedness, Bayes and minimax methods, maximum likelihood 
and large sample theory), hypothesis testing, interval estimation, chi- 
square tests, and introduction to nonparametric, Bayesian, and sequential 
methods. Linear estimation, analysis of variance and regression are largely 
excluded. Mr. Johnson 

U.N.C. ST 150 Analysis of Variance with Application 

to Experimental Designs 3 (3-0) s 

Corequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 

Linear estimation. Non-estimability. The best linear estimate and its 
variance. The Gauss-Markov theorem. Sums of squares. Analysis of 
variance and the generalized t and F tests. Unified mathematical theory 
of the intrablock analysis of incomplete block designs. Applications to 
balanced, lattice, partially balanced and Latin square designs. 

Messrs. Bose, Chakravarti 

U.N.C. ST 170 Order Statistics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 or equivalent 

Distribution theory of order statistics. Moments, exact and approximate. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 109 

Estimation of location and scale parameters, censored data. Life-testing 
and scale parameters, censored data. Life-testing and reliability. Short- 
cut procedures, quality control. Tests for outliers and slippage. Multiple 
decision procedures based on order statistics. Asymptotic and extreme- 
value theory. Mr. David 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ST 606 (MA 606) Mathematical Programming II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: IE 505 (MA 505) 

This course is intended for those who desire to study linear and non- 
linear programming from an advanced mathematical point of view. Special 
attention will be paid to the theoretical and computational aspects of 
current research problems in the field of mathematical programming, 
including linear programming and game theory, theory of graphs, discrete 
linear programming, linear programming under uncertainty and non-linear 
programming. Mr. Bhattacharyya 

ST 611, 612 Intermediate Statistical Theory 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: ST 551, MA 512, MA 405 

This course will provide the additional theory, above that of ST 551, 
needed for many advanced theory courses. Many of the topics of ST 551 
will be developed more rigorously, with more attention paid to mathe- 
matical aspects. Advanced probability theory; limit theorems, distribution 
theory, multinormal distributions. Statistical decision theory, theory of 
estimation, confidence regions, theory of tests of hypothoses, sequential 
tests, non-parametric methods. Mr. Bhattacharyya 

ST 613 Time Series Analysis I 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ST 552 

Statistical analysis of realizations of second order stationary random 
processes, and mathematical specifications of the underlying processes, with 
emphasis throughout on the spectrum. Discussions of applications are given 
to illustrate the theory and methods. Topics include second order stationary 
parent sequences, correlation analysis, autoregressive series, moving 
averages, hidden periodicities models, spectral analysis, estimation of the 
correlogram and the coefficients of autoregressive schemes, the periodo- 
gram, estimation of the spectral density; serial correlation theory, goodness- 
of-fit tests. Mr. Herbst 

ST 614 Time Series Analysis II 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ST 613, ST 542 (MA 542) 

Cross-covariance analysis of two time series, cross-spectral analysis of 
two time series, estimation of co-spectral density, quadrature-spectral den- 
sity, coherence and phase, interpretations and applications of coherence 
analysis, detection and estimation of periodicities in variances of time 
series, spectral representation theory for second order stationary processes, 
further discussion of spectral estimation. Mr. Herbst 

ST 617, 618 (MA 617, 618) Measure Theory and 

Advanced Probability 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 541 or equivalent 

Modern measure and integration theory in abstract spaces, probability 
measures, random variables and expectations, conditional probability and 
conditional expectations, distribution functions, characteristic functions, 
modes of convergence, weak and strong laws of large numbers, central 
limit theorems and other limit laws, introduction to stochastic processes. 

Mr. Wesler 

ST 619 (MA 619) Topics in Advanced Probability 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ST 617, ST 618 (MA 617, MA 618) 

Characteristic functions, infinitely divisible and stable laws, factoriza- 
tions of probability distributions, law of iterated logarithm, random walks, 



110 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

fluctuation theory, martingales, ergodic theory, Markov processes, the 
Poisson process, further topics in stochastic processes, applications. 

Mr. Wesler 

ST 621 Statistics in Animal Science 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Sources and magnitudes of errors in experiments with animals, experi- 
mental designs and methods of analysis adapted to specific types of ani- 
mal research, relative efficiency of alternate designs, amount of data re- 
quired for specified accuracy, student reports on selected topics. (Offered 
1967-68 and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Lucas 

ST 622 See ANS 622, Principles of Biological Assays. 3 (2-2) s 

ST 623 Statistics in Plant Science 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Principles and techniques of planning, establishing, and executing 
field and greenhouse experiments. Size, shape and orientation of plots; 
border effects; selection of experimental material; estimation of size of 
experiments for specified accuracy; scoring and subjective tests; sub- 
sampling plots and yields for laboratory analysis. Mr. Mason 

ST 626 (GN 626) Statistical Concepts in Genetics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: GN 512 
Corequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Factors bearing on rates of change in population means and variances, 
with special reference to cultivated plants and domestic animals; selection, 
inbreeding, magnitude and nature of genotypic and non-genotypic variabil- 
ity; experimental and statistical approaches in the analysis of quantita- 
tive inheritance. Mr. Cockerham 

ST 631 Theory of Sampling Applied to Survey Design 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ST 422; ST 502 or equivalent 

Principles for interpretation and design of sample surveys. Biases, vari- 
ances and costs of estimators. Comparisons among simple random sample, 
ratio estimation, stratification, varying probabilities of selection, multi- 
stage, systematic and cluster sampling, double sampling. Response errors. 

Mr. Proctor 

ST 641 See RS 641, Statistics in Sociology. 3 (3-0) s 

ST 651 See EC 651, Econometric Methods I. 3 (3-0) f 

ST 652 See EC 652, Econometric Methods II. 3 (3-0) s 

ST 671 Advanced Topics in Least Squares and 

Variance Components 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

Use of non-balanced designs to estimate variance components; compari- 
son of estimators; problems with finite populations. Least squares pro- 
cedures for non-standard conditions; unequal variances, correlated errors, 
non-additivity, measurement errors, non-normality. Functional relationships. 
Factorial experiments with continuous factor levels; incomplete blocks. 

Mr. Anderson 

ST 672 Special Advanced Topics in Statistical Analysis 3 (3-0) f 
Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

Enumeration data; covariance; non-linear models; discriminant functions 
and other multivariate techniques. Mr. Monroe 

ST 674 Advanced Topics in Construction and Analysis 

of Experimental Designs 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

Inter-block analysis of incomplete blocks designs, partially balanced 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 111 

designs, confounding, data collected at several places and times, multiple 
factor designs, change-over trials, analysis of groups of means. 

Mr. Addelman 

ST 691 Advanced Special Problems 1-3 Credits by Arrangement fs 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent, ST 552 

Any new advance in the field of statistics which can be presented in 
lecture series as unique opportunities arise, including theory of sampling 
applied to survey design and analysis of linear models. 

Graduate Staff, Visiting Professors 

ST 694 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree, but any 
number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 

ST 699 Research Credits by Arrangement f s 

A maximum of nine credits is allowed toward the Master of Science de- 
gree; no limitation on credits toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 

U.N.C. ST 200 Applied Multivariate Analysis I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 

Relations between multiple regression, analysis of variance, multivariate 
analysis and factor analysis. Tests with discriminant functions. The gen- 
eralized Student ratio. Use of roots of determinantal equations. Classifi- 
cation problems. Distance and group constellations. (Offered 1966-67 and 
fall of alternate years.) Mr. Nicholson 

U. N. C. ST 202 Methods of Operations Research 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 

Linear programming, theory of games, techniques for analyzing waiting 
lines and queues. Applied probability, recent developments, applications of 
results to specific problems. Case studies. Messrs. Nicholson, Smith 

U.N.C. ST 212 Methods of Mathematical Statistics II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Advanced calculus 

Measure and integration theory, with special reference to random vari- 
ables, distribution functions, probability measures, and including Fubini's 
Theorem, the Radon-Nikodym Theorem, conditional probability, conditional 
expectation, and modes of convergence. 

Messrs. Hall, Leadbetter, Smith 

U.N.C. ST 220 Theory of Estimation and Hypothesis Testing 4 (4-0) f 
Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 135, ST 212 

Bayes procedures for estimation and testing. Minimax procedures. 
Sufficient statistics. Optimal unbiased estimators. Most powerful similar 
tests. Admissibility. Invariance. Confidence sets. Large sample theory. 

Messrs. Hall, Hoeffding 

U.N.C. ST 221 Sequential Analysis 2 (2-0) f 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 135 

Hypothesis testing and estimation when the sample size depends on the 
observations. Sequential probability ratio tests. Sequential design of ex- 
periments. Stochastic approximation. Messrs. Hoeffding, Johnson 

U.N.C. ST 222 Nonparametric Inference 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 135, ST 212 

Estimation and testing when the functional form of the population dis- 
tribution is unknown. Rank and sign tests. Tests based on permutations of 
observations. Power of nonparametric tests. Optimum nonparametric tests 
and estimators. Nonparametric confidence intervals and tolerance limits. 

Messrs. David, Hoeffding 

U.N.C. ST 231 Advanced Probability 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 212 

Advanced theoretic course, including: random variables and expecta- 



112 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

tions, distributions and characteristic functions, infinitely divisible distri- 
butions, central limit theorems, laws of large numbers, and stable laws. 
(Offered 1966-67 and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Smith 

U.N.C. ST 232 General Theory of Statistical. Decision 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 135, ST 212 

Selected topics in the general theory of statistical decisions, based on the 
work of Abraham Wald. (Offered 1966-67 and spring of alternate years.) 

Mr. Hoeffding 

U.N.C. ST 235 Stochastic Processes 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, ST 212 

Advanced theoretic course, including: separability of a process, processes 
with orthogonal random variables, Markov processes, martinga^s, and 
processes with independent increments. (Offered 1967-68 and spring of 
alternate years.) Mr. Smith 

U.N.C. ST 251 Combinatorial Problems of the Design 

of Experiments 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 150 

Application of Galois fields and two dimensional finite geometries to the 
construction of complete sets of orthogonal Latin squares. Finite hyper- 
space geometries and balanced incomplete block designs obtainable from 
them. Factorial designs. Theory of confounding. Construction and analysis 
of symmetrical factorial designs with confounding. Construction and analy- 
sis of symmetrical fractionally replicated designs. Mr. Bose 

U.N.C. ST 252 Information Theory 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 132 
Corequisite: U.N.C. ST 212 

Transmission of information. Entropy. Simple message ensembles. Dis- 
crete sources. Transmission channels. Channel encoding and decoding. En- 
coding for binary symmetric channels. Encoding for discrete constant 
channels. (Offered 1967-68 and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Bose 

U.N.C. ST 253 Error Correcting Codes 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 251 

Linear codes and their error correction capabilities. Some important 
linear codes. Linear switching circuits. Cyclic codes, Bose-Chaudhuri 
codes. Codes for burst error correction. Recurrent codes. Codes for check- 
ing arithmetic operations. (Offered 1967-68 and spring of alternate years.) 

Mr. Bose 

U.N.C. ST 254 Special Topics in Design of Experiments I 3 (3-0) f 
Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 150 

Response surface designs. Conditions for rotatability. Construction and 
analysis of rotatable designs of the second and third order. Interblock 
analysis. General analysis of covariance. Missing plot techniques. (Offered 
1966-67 and fall of alternate years.) Mr. Bose 

U.N.C. ST 255 Special Topics in the Design 

of Experiments II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 251 

Combinatorial properties and construction of balanced, group divisible 
and partially balanced designs. Impossibility proofs. Orthogonal Latin 
squares of non-prime power orders. Orthogonal arrays. Asymmetrical 
fractionally replicated designs. (Offered 1966-67 and spring of alternate 
years.) Mr. Bose 

U.N.C. ST 260 Multivariate Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 135, Matrices 

Characterization and properties of a multivariate normal distribution, 
random samples from this distribution. Tests and confidence intervals re- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 113 

lated to the hypotheses of equality of two or more dispersion matrices 
against various types of alternatives. Multivariate analysis of variance, 
covariance and regression, under a linear model with fixed effects against 
Association between subsets of a multivariate normal set including several 
kinds of independence. Factor analysis. Staff 

U.N.C. ST 261 Advanced Multivariate Analysis 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 260 

Distribution problems connected with the tests and confidence intervals 
discussed in U.N.C. ST 260. The properties, in terms of statistical infer- 
ence, of the tests and confidence intervals against different classes of 
alternatives. Advanced multivariate analysis of variance under a linear 
model with random or mixed-type effects against various kinds of alter- 
natives. Multivariate designs for problems of MANOVA and for patterned 
dispersion matrices. Problems of classification. Some applications. Staff 

U.N.C. ST 262 MULTIFACTOR MULTIRESPONSE EXPERIMENTS 

with Responses not Necessarily Normal 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 150 
Corequisite: U.N.C. ST 260 

Unstructured and structured factors. Unstructured and structured re- 
sponses based on a single or a product multinomial or hypergeometric 
distribution. Hypotheses against alternatives, analogous to those discussed 
in U.N.C. ST 260 for the multivariate normal case. Large sample tests 
and the associated confidence intervals. One or more structured responses 
based on a continuous c.d.f., and the appropriate hypotheses against 
alternatives in this situation. Exact and asymptotic tests. Staff 

U.N.C. ST 263 Advanced Multifactor Multiresponse Experi- 
ments with Responses not Necessarily 
Normal 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 262 

Properties, in terms of statistical inference, of the tests and confidence 
intervals discussed in U.N.C. ST 262. Generalization of univariate or multi- 
variate analysis of variance to the case of normal error and random effects 
not necessarily normal. Design and analysis of factorial experiments with 
one or more normal response-types, treated as a problem in structured 
hypothesis. Relation to the classical design and analysis of factorial ex- 
periments and to those based on the response surface approach. Staff 

U.N.C. ST 300, 301 Seminar in Statistical Literature 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 Mr. Johnson 

U.N.C. ST 310, 311 Seminar in Theoretical Statistics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 Staff 

U.N.C. ST 321, 322 Special Problems 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Staff 

U.N.C. ST 331, 332 Advanced Research 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF FOOD SCIENCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: William Milner Roberts, Head, Leonard William Aurand, 
Thomas Nelson Blumer, John Lincoln Etchells, Maurice William 
Hoover, Ivan Dunlavy Jones, Marvin Luther Speck, Frederick 
Gail Warren 

Associate Professors: Thomas Alexander Bell, Daniel Fromm, Victor 
Alan Jones, Albert Ernest Purcell, Fred Russell Tarver, Jr. 



114 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Assistant Professors: Robert J. Bingham, Francis Fredrick Busta, 
William Younts Cobb, Raghunath Singh Dahiya, Henry Pridgen 
Fleming, Harold Everette Swaisgood, William Alexander Brown 
Thomson, William Wood Walters, Jr. 

The Department of Food Science was established at North Caro- 
lina State in 1961 to integrate the various scientific disciplines basic 
to the preparation, processing, packaging, and distribution of foods. 
Programs of graduate study leading to the Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered. In order to pursue gradu- 
ate study in the field of food science, the student must possess 
adequate information in the fundamentals of the area in which he 
expects to specialize. The student's undergraduate education should 
have prepared him in mathematics, chemistry, biological and physi- 
cal sciences, as well as in the humanities and language skills. 

In the area of food chemistry, the student can conduct research 
and study in peroxidation of lipids in foods, flavor and color chemis- 
try, protein denaturation, and various problems of biophysical chem- 
istry. 

Engineering aspects of food science are offered in the principles 
of automation and industrial engineering in food plant operations. 

The field of food products technology is concerned with the devel- 
opment of new foods and the improved quality of existing foods. 

Food microbiology is designed to offer study and research in the 
fundamental principles of microbiology involved in promoting 
growth of microorganisms essential to the manufacture of various 
foods, and the control of unwanted microorganisms in foods. 

The department's physical facilities include research laboratories 
equipped for chemistry, engineering and microbiology, and processing 
facilities and equipment for dairy, fruit, vegetable, poultry, peanut, 
seafood and meat products. 

The Department of Food Science maintains close liaison with the 
faculties of supporting departments. Depending on the area chosen 
by the student for his major interest, he will have strong support 
for his minor from faculties in chemistry, economics, engineering, 
genetics, microbiology, and statistics. 

A graduate program in food science and sanitation is offered by 
the Department of Food Science and the-T>epartment of Environ- 
mental Sciences and Engineering of the University of North Caro- 
lina at Chapel Hill. This program is designed to provide an enrich- 
ment in environmental health to graduate students majoring in food 
science at Raleigh; similarly, it provides an enrichment in food 
science to graduate students majoring in environmental sciences 
and engineering at Chapel Hill. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

FS 400 Foods and Nutrition 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 220 

A study of the health of an individual as related to food and the ability 
of his body to use food. Evaluation of normal diets and factors that pro- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 115 

mote optimal nutrition throughout life, and the application of biochemistry 
to utilization of foods. 

FS 401 Market Milk and Related Products 3 (2-3) f 

Principles of processing, distribution and quality of fluid milk and re- 
lated products. 

FS 403 Ice Cream and Related Frozen Dairy Foods 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: FS 401 

Choice, preparation and processing of ingredients and freezing of ice 
cream and other frozen desserts. 

FS 404 (PO 404) Poultry Products 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: CH 101, BS 100 

Selection, processing, grading and packaging poultry meat and eggs. 
Factors involved in preservation of poultry meat and eggs. 

FS 410 Food Products Evaluation 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ST 361 or equivalent 

A comprehensive study of problems encountered in new food product de- 
velopment with consumer acceptance. A study of the nature of sensory 
responses with emphasis on taste, smell and appearance (color) as related 
to foods; design and methodology of small and large consumer panel test- 
ing; and the application of appropriate mathematical procedures to food 
acceptance testing and methodology. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

FS 502 Food Chemistry 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

The basic composition, structure and properties of food, and the chemis- 
try of changes occurring during processing and utilization of food. Inter- 
pretation and integration of widely published data in the food field with 
basic principles of chemistry. Mr. Aurand 

FS 503 Food Analysis 3 (1-6) s 

Prerequisites: CH 215, CH 351, FS 502 

A study of the principles, methods and techniques necessary for quan- 
titative physical and chemical analyses of food and food products. Results 
of analysis will be studied and evaluated in terms of quality standards and 
governing regulations. Mr. Swaisgood 

FS 505 (MB 505) Food Microbiology 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: MB 401, MB 402 

The relationship of habitat to the occurrence of microorganisms on 
foods; environmental factors affecting the growth of various micro- 
organisms in foods; microbiological action in relation to food spoilage 
and food manufacture; physical, chemical and biological destruction of 
microorganisms in foods; methods for microbiological examination of 
food-stuffs; and public health and sanitation bacteriology. 

Messrs. Busta, Speck 

FS 506 (MB 506) Advanced Food Microbiology 3 (0-9) s 

Prerequisite: FS 505 or equivalent 

Ecology and physiology of microorganisms important in the manufacture 
and deterioration of various classes of foods; the identification of repre- 
sentative species of such microorganisms isolated from natural environ- 
ments; principles of nutrition, symbiosis and bacteriophage activity in 
culture maintenance for food production. 

Messrs. Busta, Speck 

FS 521, 522 Technology of Fruit and Vegetable Products 3 (2-3) fs 
Prerequisites: MB 401, MB 402 



116 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Comprehensive treatment of principles and methods of preservation of 
fruits and vegetables, including studies of commercial plant operations, 
and visits to food processing plants. Mr. Hoover 

FS 590 Food Science Seminar 1 (1-0) s 

Prerequisites: Senior or graduate standing and permission of instructor 
A review and discussion of scientific articles, progress reports in re- 
search and special problems of interest. Graduate Staff 

FS 591 Special Problems in Food Science 1 to 3 f s 

Prerequisites: Senior or graduate standing and permission of instructor 
Analysis of scientific, engineering and economic problems of current 
interest in foods. The scientific appraisal and solution of a selected prob- 
lem. The problems are designed to provide training and experience in 
research. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

FS 690 Seminar in Food Science 1 (1-0) fs 

Preparation and presentation of scientific papers, progress reports of 
research and special topics of interest in foods. Graduate Staff 

FS 691 Special Research Problems in 

Food Science Credits by Arrangement 

Directed research in a specialized phase of food science designed to pro- 
vide experience in research methodology and philosophy. 

Graduate Staff 

FS 699 Research in Food Science Credits by Arrangement 

Original research preparatory to the thesis for the Master of Science or 
Doctor of Philosophy degree. Graduate Staff 

SCHOOL OF FORESTRY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Richard J. Preston, Jr., Dean, Roy M. Carter, Charles B. 
Davey, John W. Duffield, Eric L. Ellwood, Benjamin A. Jayne, 
Joe O. Lammi, T. Ewald Maki, Alfred J. Stamm, Bruce J. Zobel 

Visiting Professor: David W. French 

Adjunct Professors: Louis John Metz, Stanley Kendrick Suddarth 

Associate Professors: Aldos C. Barefoot, Jr., Arthur W. Cooper, 
Ellis B. Cowling, Maurice H. Farrier, James W. Hardin, Clarence 
A. Hart, Charles S. Hodges, Jr., Thomas O. Perry, LeRoy C. Saylor 

Assistant Professor: Gene NAMKOONG 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Elmer George Kuhlman 

The School of Forestry, through its departments of Forest Man- 
agement and Wood Science and Technology, offers graduate work 
leading to the master's and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Two 
types of master's programs are available to the graduate student. 

The professional degrees of Master of Forestry and Master of 
Wood Technology are offered for students interested in advanced 
applications of fundamental principles to the specialized fields of 
forestry. The course program emphasizes professional specialization. 
There is no language requirement and the thesis requirement is 
optional. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 117 

The degree of Master of Science is offered for the student who 
contemplates a career in research, in teaching, or both. The course 
of study for this degree provides for a comprehensive knowledge 
of forest management or wood technology and furnishes the train- 
ing essential for successful research in these fields. Training is 
broadly-based and emphasizes fundamental science. There is both 
a thesis and language requirement. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is available to forestry students 
of high intellectual capacity who can demonstrate the ability to 
undertake original research and scholarly work at the highest levels. 

Candidates for the master's degree fall under one of the following 
categories : 

1. Students with a bachelor's degree in forestry from a school of 
recognized standing. These students may secure the master's degree 
in one year. 

2. Students with a bachelor's degree, other than in forestry, from 
a college, university, or scientific school of high standing. These 
students may secure the master's degree in two academic years 
provided they have the requirements in botany, chemistry, and 
mathematics required in the freshman and sophomore years of the 
curricula. Candidates for the degree of Master of Forestry or Mas- 
ter of Science in forest management who do not hold an under- 
graduate degree in forestry must start their program with the 
summer camp. 

3. Students not possessing a bachelor's degree may earn, through 
proper selection of courses, a Bachelor of Science degree in one of 
the forestry curricula at the end of the fourth year and a master's 
degree in forestry or wood technology at the end of the fifth year. 

Study and training in forestry, the profession of managing forest 
lands and using the products of these lands, prepares young people 
for careers in the forests, in the wood-using industry, in business, 
government, and education. 

Nearly 60 percent of the southeastern region of the United States 
is in forest lands that produce 38 percent of the nation's lumber 
and 56 percent of the pulpwood. The economy and well-being of the 
South depend greatly on efficient utilization of forest products. 

New wood-using industries have moved into the southeast on an 
unprecedented scale and existing industries employ more than 
650,000 persons and have an annual output in excess of $6,000,- 
000,000. These industries, together with government agencies, de- 
mand a large number of technically trained men with a wide variety 
of specialized training. 

Forestry provides wide and diversified employment opportunities 
that can be grouped under the headings of management and utiliza- 
tion. Forest management generally leads to outdoor jobs concerned 
with operating public or private forest properties. Utilization jobs 
usually lead to private industry concerned with manufacturing 
processes or merchandising. 

Examples of specific types of employment include: 



118 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Management — forest managers, forest or park rangers, forest 
wildlife managers, watershed managers, forest recreationists, forest 
soils specialists, forest entomologists or pathologists, extension 
foresters, consulting foresters, municipal foresters, research work- 
ers. 

Utilization — plywood technologists, logging engineers, mill man- 
agers, gluing technologists, pulp technologists, finishing supervisors, 
preservation technologists, merchandisers, production specialists, 
research workers, teachers, wood chemists, quality control managers, 
technical salesmen, wood technologists. 

Graduate preparation is essential for specialists, who are needed 
in many fields. Training through the master's degree is almost a 
requirement for men entering college teaching and public or indus- 
trial research. State and federal agencies as well as forest industries 
are employing research investigators at unprecedented levels. The 
demand for men with advanced degrees in forestry has far exceeded 
the supply for many years. 

The School of Forestry is now housed in three modernly equipped 
buildings on the west side of the campus. An additional $1,500,000 
facility has been authorized and is under development. Two special- 
ized buildings house regional programs: 

The Brandon P. Hodges Wood Products Laboratory is one of the 

largest and most completely equipped laboratories for training and 
research in wood technology. This structure houses machining, glu- 
ing, finishing, preserving, testing and research laboratories, as well 
as a sawmill, dry kiln and veneer lathe. 

The Reuben B. Robertson Pulp and Paper Laboratory is unique 
to the South. The building contains wood preparation, chemistry, 
pulping, testing and coloring laboratories as well as digesters and 
a small paper machine. 

The School of Forestry with five research and demonstration for- 
ests containing more than 80,000 acres has excellent facilities for 
field instruction. The Hofmann forest on the coastal plain and the 
Hill, Schenck, Hope Valley and Goodwin forests in the Piedmont 
provide a wide variety of forest types. The permanent Slocum sum- 
mer camp for sophomores in forest management is located on the 
Hill forest. 

Research in the School of Forestry is organized as a department 
of forestry research in the Agricultural Experiment Station. The 
faculty of the school includes thirty-six teaching and research sci- 
entists. The research program has developed into impressive pro- 
portions, currently operating on an annual budget in excess of 
$500,000. This program, developed on a broad base, is designed to 
meet the immediate and future needs of forest owners and wood- 
using industries. A substantial part of the program is in the area 
of basic research — seeking new knowledge and endeavoring to 
achieve breakthroughs which will open the way for new products, 
techniques and markets. Basic research is a major university re- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 119 

sponsibility. Applied research also has an important role in the 
research program — providing answers to today's problems and a 
base for immediate improvement and efficiency. 

The research program is divided into two major areas closely 
interrelated: (1) forest production, protection, and recreation in the 
Department of Forest Management, and (2) the processing and 
utilization of wood and fiber for products such as lumber, veneer, 
manufactured wood products including furniture, pulp and paper, 
and wood chemicals, all in the Department of Wood Science and 
Technology. 

A number of research assistantships are available. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

FOR 403 Paper Process Analysis 3 (0-6) f 

Manufacture of several types of papers with particular attention to stock 
preparation, sizing, filling and coloring. The finished products are tested 
physically and chemically and evaluated from the standpoint of quality 
and in comparison with the commercial products they are intended to 
duplicate. 

FOR 404 Management Analysis 3 (1-6) s 

Application of management, logging, silvicultural and utilization prac- 
tices on assigned areas. Each student must make a forest survey of an 
individual area and submit a report. 

FOR 405 Forest Inventory 3 (1-6) s 

Timber estimating and data compilation. 

FOR 411, 412 Pulp and Paper Unit Processes 3 (3-0) fs 

Principles of operation, construction and design of process equipment in 
the pulp and paper industry. 

FOR 413 Paper Properties and Additives 4 (1-9) f 

Physical, chemical and microscopical examination of experimental and 
commercial papers and evaluation of the results in terms of the utility 
of the product tested. 

FOR 422 Forest Products 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: FOR 202, CH 220 

The source and method of obtaining derived and manufactured forest 
products other than lumber. 

FOR 423 Logging and Milling 3 (2-3) f 

Timber harvesting and transportation methods, equipment and costs; 
safety and supervision; manufacturing methods; log and lumber grades. 

FOR 432 Merchandising Forest Products 2 (2-0) f 

Principles and practices in the distribution and marketing of the prod- 
ucts obtained from wood; organization and operation of retail, concentra- 
tion and wholesale outlets. 

FOR 434 Wood Operations I 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: FOR 301, FOR 302 

Organization of manufacturing plants producing wood products includ- 
ing company organization, plant layout, production planning and control. 
Analysis of typical manufacturing operations in terms of process equip- 
ment, size and product specification. The organization and operation of 
wood products markets. 



120 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR 435 Wood Operations II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 301, FOR 302 

The application of the techniques of operations analysis to management 
decision making in the wood products field. Choice of products to manu- 
facture. Allocation of production resources. Development of product dis- 
tribution systems. 

FOR 441 Design of Wood Structures 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: EM 211 

Strength and related properties of commercial woods; standard A.S.T.M. 
strength tests; toughness; timber fastenings; design of columns; simple, 
laminated and box beams; trusses and arches. 

FOR 444 Introduction to Quality Control 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ST 361 

A study of methods used to control quality of manufactured wood prod- 
ucts. Control charts for variable and attributes. Acceptance sampling 
techniques. 

FOR 451 Forest Recreation Policy and Management 2 (2-0) f 

Analysis of outdoor recreation policies in the United States and their 
significance to forest land management; evaluation of the recreation po- 
tential of forests and other wild lands; examination of the relationships 
between federal, state, and local government and private enterprise in 
providing outdoor recreation opportunities. 

FOR 461 Paper Converting 1 (1-0) s 

A survey of the principal processes by which paper and paper board 
are fabricated into the utilitarian products of everyday use. 

FOR 462 Artificial Forestation 2 (1-3) s 

Production collection, extraction, and storage of forest tree seeds; 
nursery practice; field methods of planting. 

FOR 463 Plant Inspections 1 (0-3) s 

One week inspection trips covering representative manufactures of pulp 
paper and papermaking equipment. 

FOR 471 Pulping Process Analysis 4 (1-9) f 

Preparation and evaluation of the several types of wood pulp. The 
influence of the various pulping and bleaching variables on pulp quality 
are studied experimentally and these data evaluated critically. 

FOR 481 Pulping Processes and Products 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 202, CH 220 

Wood pulp manufacturing processes and equipment; wall insulation and 
container board products; manufacture of roofing felts; pulp products 
manufacturing; resin and specialty products, lignin and wood sugar 
products. 
FOR 482 Pulp and Paper Mill Management 2 (2-0) s 

A survey of the economics of the pulp and paper industry is followed by 
a study of the work of the several departments of a paper mill organiza- 
tion and the functions of the executives who administer them. 

FOR 491, 492 Senior Problems Credits by Arrangement 

Problems selected with faculty approval in the areas of management 
or technology. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

FOR 511 Silviculture 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 361, BO 421 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 121 

The principles and application of intermediate and reproductive methods 
of cutting; controlled burning, silvicides, and other methods of hardwood 
control. The application of silvicultural methods in the forests of the 
United States. Mr. Duffield 

FOR 512 Forest Economics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: FOR 372, EC 201 

Economics and social value of forests; supply of, and demands for forest 
products; land use; forestry as a private and a public enterprise; economics 
of the forest industries. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 513 Tropical Woods 2 (1-3) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 203, FOR 301 

Structure, identification, properties, characteristics and use of tropical 

woods, especially those used in plywood and furniture. Mr. Barefoot 

FOR 521, 522 Chemistry of Wood and Wood Products 3 (2-3) fs 

Prerequisites: FOR 202, CH 215, CH 426, PY 212 

Fundamental chemistry and physics of wood and wood components; pulp- 
ing principles; electrical and thermal properties. Mr. Stamm 

FOR 531, 532 Forest Management 3 (2-3) fs 

Prerequisite: FOR 372 
Corequisite: FOR 511 

Management of timber lands for economic returns; the normal forest 
taken as the ideal; the application of regulation methods to the forest. 

Mr. Bryant 

FOR 533 Advanced Wood Structure and Identification 2 (1-3) f 

Prerequisite: FOR 202 

Advanced microscopic identification of the commercial woods of the 
United States and some tropical woods; microscopic anatomical features 
and laboratory techniques. Mr. Barefoot 

FOR 553 Forest Photogrammetry 2 (1-3) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 372, FOR 531 

Interpretation of aerial photographs, determination of density of timber 
stands and area mapping. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 571 Advanced Forest Mensuration 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisites: ST 311, FOR 372 

Study of cyclical variation in growth of individual trees and stands; 
analysis of stand structures in even-aged versus all-age stands; general 
concepts of growing stock levels on yields; evaluation of growth prediction 
methods. 

FOR 572 Forest Policy 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: EC 201, FOR 219 
Corequisite: FOR 531 

Analysis of the forest policies of the United States and selected foreign 
countries; criteria for their evaluation; appraisal of current policies and 
alternatives. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 591 Forestry Problems Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Assigned or selected problems in the fields of silviculture, logging, lum- 
ber manufacturing, pulp technology, or forest management. 

Graduate Staff 

FOR 599 Methods of Research in Forestry Credits by Arrangement 
Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Research procedures, problem outlines, presentation of results; consid- 
eration of selected studies by forest research organizations; sample plot 
technique. Graduate Staff 



122 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates Only 

FOR 603 Technology of Wood Adhesives 3 (3-0) f or s 

Prerequisites: CH 425, CH 426, FOR 433 

The fundamentals of adhesives as applied to wood-to-wood and wood-to- 
metal bonding. Technology of adhesives. Preparation and use of organic 
adhesives. Testing of adhesives and evaluation of quality of adhesives 
and bonded joints. Mr. Hart 

FOR 604 Timber Physics 3 (3-0) f or s 

Prerequisite: FOR 441 

Density, specific gravity and moisture content variation affecting physical 
properties; physics of drying at high and low temperatures; thermal, 
sound, light and electrical properties of wood. Messrs. Ellwood, Hart 

FOR 605 Design and Control of Wood Processes 3 (3-0) f or s 

Prerequisite: FOR 604 

Design and operational control of equipment for processing wood. 

Mr. Ellwood 

FOR 606 Wood Process Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: FOR 512, FOR 604 

Analysis of wood process through the solution of comprehensive prob- 
lems involving the physics of temperature and moisture relations. 

Mr. Ellwood 

FOR 607 Advanced Quality Control 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: FOR 606, ST 515 

Advanced statistical quality control as applied to wood processing. 

Mr. Hart 
FOR 611 Forest Genetics 3 (3-0) f or s 

Prerequisites: GN 411 and permission of instructor 

Application of genetic principles to silviculture, management and pulp 
utilization. Emphasis is on variations in wild populations, on the bases for 
selection and desirable qualities and on fundamentals of controlled breed- 
ing. Messrs. Saylor, Zobel 

FOR 691 Graduate Seminar 1 (1-0) f or s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in forestry or closely allied fields 

Presentation and discussion of progress reports on research, special 
problems and outstanding publications in forestry and related fields. 

Graduate Staff 
FOR 692 Advanced Forest Management 

Problems Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Directed studies in forest management. Graduate Staff 

FOR 693 Advanced Wood Technology 

Problems Credits by Arrangement 

Selected problems in the field of wood technology. Graduate Staff 

FOR 699 Problems in Research Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Specific forestry problems that will furnish material for a thesis. 

Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF GENETICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Thurston Jefferson Mann, Head, Carey Hoyt Bostian, 
Daniel Swartwood Grosch, Warren Durwood Hanson, Ken-ichi 
Kojima, Dale Frederick Matzinger, Robert Harry Moll, Harold 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 123 

Frank Robinson, Benjamin Warfield Smith, Stanley George 

Stephens 
Associate Professors : Lawrence Eugene Mettler, LeRoy Charles Saylor, 

Anastasios Christos Triantaphyllou 
Assistant Professors : Charles Sandford Levings, III, Gene Namkoong, 

Robert Hilton Schaible, Charles William Stuber 

Associate Members of the Genetics Faculty 
Professors : Jay Lawrence Apple, Ernest Oscar Beal, Charles Aloysius 
Brim, James Ferris Chaplin, Fred Derward Cochran, Columbus 
Clark Cockerham, John W. Duffield, Dan Ulrich Gerstel, Edward 
Walker Glazener, Walton Carlyle Gregory, Paul Henry Harvey, 
Frank Lloyd Haynes, Jr., Teddy Theodore Hebert, Guy Langston 
Jones, Kenneth Raymond Keller, James Edward Legates, Philip 
Arthur Miller, Richard Robert Nelson, Lyle Llewellyn Phillips, 
Daniel Townsend Pope, Hamilton Arlo Stewart, Donald Loraine 
Thompson, Nash Nicks Winstead, Bruce John Zobel 
Associate Prof essors : Frank Bradley Armstrong, William Lowery Blow, 
Will Allen Cope, Emmett Urcey Dillard, Donald Allen Emery, 
Gene John Galletta, James Walker Hardin, Joshua A. Lee, 
Thomas O. Perry, Nathaniel T. Powell, John O. Rawlings, Odis 
Wayne Robison, David H. Timothy 
Assistant Professors : Eugene J. Eisen, George Richard Gwynn, Charles 
F. Murphy, Earl A. Wernsman 

Graduate study under direction of the genetics faculty may en- 
able the student to qualify for the Master of Science or the Doctor 
of Philosophy degrees. A candidate for the master's degree must 
acquire a thorough understanding of genetics and its relation to 
other biological disciplines and must present a thesis based upon 
his own research. In addition to a comprehensive knowledge of his 
field, a candidate for the doctorate must demonstrate his capacity 
for independent investigation and scholarship in genetics. 

At North Carolina State University there are no sharp divisions 
along departmental lines between theoretical and applied aspects of 
genetics research. The members and associate members of the gene- 
tics faculty are located in ten different departments of the Schools of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences, Forestry, and Physical Sciences and 
Applied Mathematics. They are studying an extremely wide range 
of genetic problems and are utilizing not only the "classic" labora- 
tory material (Drosophila, Habrobracon, maize, and mice) but 
also farm animals and agricultural and horticultural plants of the 
region. A student has, therefore, a wide choice of research problems 
in any of the following fields: cytology and cytogenetics, microbial 
and biochemical genetics, physiological and irradiation genetics, 
forest genetics, population genetics, and the application of quanti- 
tative genetics to breeding methodology. 

The offices and laboratories of the department are located in 
Gardner Hall with greenhouse facilities adjacent to the building. 
A genetics garden for use in the intensive research with plants and 
teaching functions is located three miles from the departmental 
offices. The departmental staff and the associate faculty members 
in Animal Science, Biochemistry, Botany, Crop Science, Horticultural 
Science, Microbiology, Poultry Science, Plant Pathology, Experimental 



124 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Statistics, and Forest Management are most fortunate in being able 
to draw upon the extensive facilities of the North Carolina Agricul- 
tural Experiment Station. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

An introductory course. The physical and chemical basis of inheritance; 
genes as functional and structural units of heredity and development; 
qualitative and quantitative aspects of genetic variation. Mr. Schaible 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1 (0-2) fs 
Prerequisite or corequisite: GN 411 

Experiments and demonstrations to provide an opportunity to gain 
practical experience in crossing and classifying a variety of genetic ma- 
terials including two generations of Drosophila. Mr. Schaible 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

GN 503 See ANS 503, Genetic Improvement of Livestock. 3 (2-3) f 

GN 512 Genetics 4 (3-2) f 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

Intended for students desiring more thorough and detailed training in 
fundamental genetics with some attention to physiological aspects. Stu- 
dents conduct individual laboratory problems. Mr. Grosch 

GN 513 Cytogenetics I 4 (3-2) f 

Prerequisite: GN 512 or equivalent 

The chromosomes as vehicles of heredity. Mitosis and meiosis as bases 
of genetic stability and recombination. Structural and numerical aber- 
rations and their effect upon the breeding systems of plants and animals. 
Interspecific hybrids and polyploids. Lectures and laboratory. 

Messrs. Galletta, Gerstel 

GN 520 See PO 520, Poultry Breeding. 3 (3-0) f 

GN 532 (ZO 532) Biological Effects of Radiations 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ZO 103 or equivalent 

Qualitative and quantitative effects of radiations (other than the visible 
spectrum) on biological systems, to include both morphological and phy- 
siological aspects in a consideration of genetics, cytology, histology, and 
morphogenesis. Mr. Grosch 

GN 540 (ZO 540) Evolution 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

The facts and theories of evolution in plants and animals. The causes 

and consequences of organic diversity. (Offered 1966-67 and alternate 
years.) Mr. Smith 

GN 541 See CS 541, HS 541, Plant Breeding Methods. 3 (3-0) f 

GN 542 See CS 542, HS 542, Plant Breeding Field 

Procedures. 2 (0-4) summer 

GN 550 Experimental Evolution 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: GN 512, GN 513 or equivalent 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 125 

Experimental evolution deals primarily with micro-evolutionary pro- 
cesses examined at the inter- and intra-specific population level. A review 
of the results from experimental population studies and analyses of na- 
tural populations concerning variation patterns and adaptation, natural 
selection, polymorphism, introgression, population breeding structure, iso- 
lating mechanism, etc., is made and interpreted in relation to Neo-Dar- 
winian concepts of the origin of species. Mr. Mettler 

GN 561 Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3 (3-0) f 

The course will include the development of the fields of biochemical and 
microbial genetics and will emphasize both the techniques and concepts 
utilized in current research. Mr. Armstrong 

Courses for Graduates Only 

GN 603 See ANS 603, Population Genetics in Animal 

Improvement. 3 (3-0) f 

GN 607 (PP 607) Genetics of Fungi 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: GN 512 or equivalent, permission of instructor 

Review of major contributions in fungus genetics with emphasis on 
principles and theories that have evolved in recent development. (Offered 
1966-67 and alternate years.) Mr. Nelson 

GN 611 See FOR 611, Forest Genetics. 3 (3-0) s 

GN 613 See CS 613, Plant Breeding Theory. 3 (3-0) s 

GN 626 See ST 626, Statistical Concepts in Genetics. 3 (3-0) s 

GN 631 Mathematical Genetics 3(3-0) f 

Prerequisites: GN 512; ST 511 or equivalent 

History of mathematical biology, role of mathematical concepts in the 
development of genetic science, theory of genetic recombination, dynamics 
of genetic population. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Kojima 

GN 633 Physiological Genetics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: GN 512 

Recent advances in physiological genetics. Attention will be directed to 
literature on the nature and action of genes, and to the interaction of 
heredity and environment in the expression of the characteristics of higher 
organisms. Mr. Grosch 

GN 641 Colloquim in Genetics 2 (2-0) fs 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, permission of instructor 

Informal group discussion of prepared topics assigned by instructor. 

Graduate Staff 

GN 691 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

GN 695 Special Problems in Genetics 1-3 credits fs 

Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing, permission of instructor 
Special topics designed for additional experience and research training. 

Graduate Staff 

GN 699 Research Credits by Arrangement 

A maximum of six credits is allowed for the master's degree; by arrange- 
ment for the doctorate. 

Original research related to the student's thesis problem. 

Graduate Staff 



126 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information 
see Department of Mineral Industries, page 159.) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

MIG 415 Mineral Exploration and Evaluation 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: MIG 440, MIG 452 

Application of the principles of geology, geophysics, and geochemistry 
to the discovery and evaluation of mineral deposits. Design of mineral 
exploration and development programs based on knowledge of the unique 
thermodynamic, geochemical, and tectonic features that control mineral 
formation and concentrations in well known mining districts, especially 
those yielding ferrous, base, and precious metals. Review of economic and 
technological factors governing the value of mineral deposits. 

MIG 440 Endogenic Materials and Processes 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisites: MIG 120 or MIG 220, MIG 331 

Minerals, rocks and mineral deposits that are formed at high tempera- 
tures and pressures by crystallization or solidification of molten magma, or 
by solid state recrystallization of older rocks. Application of principles of 
thermodynamics and of phase-rule chemistry, and the results of modern 
high pressure-temperature laboratory research on the stability fields of 
crystalline phases, to an understanding of igneous and metamorphic rocks. 
Identification, classification, occurrence, origin, and economic value of the 
principal igneous and metamorphic rocks. 

MIG 452 Exogenic Materials and Processes 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisites: MIG 120 or MIG 220, MIG 331 

Identification, classification, geologic occurrence, origin, and economic 
value of minerals, rocks, and mineral deposits formed by physical, chemi- 
cal, and biological processes at low temperatures and pressures at and 
near the earth's surface. Hydrodynamics of sediment transport and deposi- 
tion, settling velocities and size sorting, chemical and biochemical precipi- 
tation from aqueous solutions, principles of division of stratified terranes 
into natural units, correlation of strata, identification of depositional en- 
vironments, and facies analysis. 

MIG 461 Engineering Geology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MIG 120 or MIG 220 

The application of geologic principles to engineering practice; analysis 
of geological factors and processes affecting specific engineering projects. 

MIG 462 Geological Surveying 3 (1-6) s 

Prerequisites: MIG 351, MIG 440, MIG 452 
Required of seniors in geological engineering. 

Methods of field observation and use of geologic surveying instruments 
in surface and underground work; representation of geologic features by 
maps, sections and diagrams. Lectures, laboratories, and field work. 

MIG 465 Geological Field Procedures 6 summer 

Prerequisite: MIG 351 or special permission 

A six week summer field course. Practical field procedures and instru- 
ments commonly used to procure geologic data for evaluating mineral de- 
posits, solving engineering problems involving earth materials, and draw- 
ing scientific conclusions. Observation of geologic phenomena in their na- 
tural setting. Large and intermediate scale geologic mapping of surface 
features and large scale mapping underground in mine workings. 

MIG 472 Elements of Mining Engineering 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: MIG 120 and junior standing in geological engineering 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 127 

Introduction to mining; surface and underground methods of develop- 
ment and production; explosives, drilling and blasting; ore loading, trans- 
port, and hoisting; drainage and ventilation; mine surveying and sampling; 
fire assaying; mining law, organization, administration, and safety. Lec- 
tures, laboratory and field inspections. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

MIG 522 Petroleum Geology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MIG 452 

Properties, origin and modes of occurrence of petroleum and natural gas. 
Geologic and economic features of the principal oil and gas fields, mainly 
in the United States. Mr. Leith 

MIG 552 Exploratory Geophysics 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: MIG 351, PY 202 

Fundamental principles underlying all geophysical methods; procedure 
and instruments involved in gravitational, magnetic, seismic, electrical, and 
other methods of studying geological structures and conditions. Spontane- 
ous potential, resistivity, radioactivity, temperature, and other geophysi- 
cal logging methods. Study of applications and interpretations of results. 

Mr. Leith 

MIG 563 Applied Sedimentology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MIG 452 

Advanced treatment of the geological aspects of erosion and sediment 
transport and deposition, especially as related to engineering works, and 
to land and water utilization. Analysis of physical, mineralogical, and 
some chemical properties of sediments and sedimentary rocks; interpreta- 
tation of these properties in terms of depositional basins and environ- 
ments. Mr. Leith 

MIG 565 Hydrogeology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MIG 452 

Occurrence and sources of surface and subsurface water. Relationship 
of surface water to subsurface water. Rock properties affecting infiltra- 
tion, movement, lateral and vertical distribution, and quality of ground 
water. Determination of permeability, capacity, specific yield, and other 
hydraulic characteristics of aquifers. Principles of well field design. Legal 
aspects of water supplies. Mr. Welby 

MIG 567 Geochemistry 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 231 or CH 433 

The quantitative distribution of elements in the earth's crust, the hydro- 
sphere, and the atmosphere. Application of the laws of chemical equilibrium 
and resultant chemical reactions to natural earth systems. Geochemical 
applications of Eh-pH diagrams. Geochemical cycles. Isotope geochemistry. 

Mr. Brown 

MIG 571, 572 Mining and Mineral Dressing 3 (2-3) fs 

Prerequisite: MIG 472 

Principles of the mineral industry; mining laws, prospecting, sampling, 
development, drilling, blasting, handling, ventilation and safety; adminis- 
tration, surveying, assaying; preparation, beneficiation and marketing. 

Graduate Staff 

MIG 581 Geomorphology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MIG 452 

A svstematic study of land forms and their relations to processes and 
stages of development and adjustment to underlying structure. Lectures, 
map interpretations, and field trips. Mr. Welby 



128 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MIG 593 Advanced Topics in Geological Engineering 1 to 6 f s 

Prerequisite: Permission of staff 

Special study of some advanced phases of geological engineering. 

Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

MIG 611, 612 Advanced Economic Geology 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: MIG 440, MIG 452 

Detailed study of the origin and occurrence of specific mineral deposits. 

Mr. Brown 

MIG 632 Microscopic Determination of Opaque Minerals 3 (0-6) s 
Prerequisite: MIG 331 

Identification of metallic, opaque minerals in polished sections by physi- 
cal properties, etch reactions and microchemical tests. Laboratories. 

Mr. Brown 

MIG 642 Advanced Petrography 3 (1-4) s 

Prerequisites: MIG 331, MIG 440 

Application of the petrographic microscope to the systematic study of 
the composition and origin of rocks; emphasis on igneous and metamorphic 
rocks. Mr. Parker 

MIG 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Scientific articles, progress reports and special problems of interest to 
geologists and geological and mining engineers discussed. 

Graduate Staff 

MIG 699 Geological Research Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

Lectures, reading assignments, and reports; special work in geology to 
meet the needs and interests of the students. Thesis problems. 

Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Ralph Weller Greenlaw, Head, Marvin L. Brown, Jr., 

Stuart Noblin 
Associate Professors: Burton Floyd Beers, Murray Scott Downs 

No graduate degrees are offered in history at North Carolina 
State University. Graduate programs leading to advanced degrees 
in this field are offered at the University of North Carolina at 
Chapel Hill. The courses listed below are eligible for graduate credit 
when they form a part of an approved graduate program in other 
departments, and work in history may serve as a minor field. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

HI 401 Russian History 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department 

This course presents the major trends in Russian social, political, eco- 
nomic, and cultural history, with emphasis on the nineteenth and twentieth 
centuries. USSR policy is studied in relation to the full sweep of Russian 
history. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 129 

HI 404 Asia and the West 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department 

A history of Asia from 1800 to the present with emphasis on Asian 
nationalism and conflict with the imperial powers. 

HI 407 France Since the Revolution 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department 

An examination of the major trends in French history since the down- 
fall of Napoleon I. Cultural, economic, social, and intellectual threads are 
stressed as well as the political. The ways in which France has been a 
seedbed for new movements in Europe are particularly noted. 

HI 412 Recent United States History 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department 

A study of the main currents in American political, economic, social, 
and diplomatic history of the twentieth century. 

HI 422 History of Science 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department 

A study of the evolution of science from antiquity to the present with 
particular attention given to the impact of scientific thought upon selected 
aspects of western civilization. The course provides a broad perspective 
of scientific progress and shows the interrelationship of science and major 
historical developments. 

HI 424 American Intellectual History 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department 

An investigation of the convictions and ideals that have had conse- 
quences in American history. Ideas about society, economies, religion, 
education, politics, and government are included in order to explain how 
Americans have viewed their experience in the New World. Emphasis is 
placed on the interrelationship between the expression of these ideas and 
their historic context. 

HI 427 European Intellectual History Since 1800 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department 

Covering the period since the French Revolution this course examines 
major trends in European thought influencing the course of history. Special 
attention is given to the development of the social sciences. The growth of 
a distinct intellectual class and the role of its ideas in European political 
and social life is emphasized. 

HI 462 (ED 462) History of Education 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of history or permission of department 

The course traces the development of educational institutions and prac- 
tices and analyzes the ideas and influence of educational innovators and 
critics. Approximately equal time is given to each of the following areas: 
the Greeks to the Reformation, Modern Europe, and the United States. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

HI 534 (RS 534) Agricultural Organizations and 

Movements 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three credits in American history, American government, 
sociology or a related social science 

A history of agricultural organizations and movements in the United 
States and Canada principally since 1865, emphasizing the Grange, the 
Farmers' Alliance, the Populist revolt, the Farmers' Union, the Farm 
Bureau, the Equity societies, the Nonpartisan League, cooperative mar- 
keting, government programs, and present problems. Mr. Noblin 



130 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

DEPARTMENT OF HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Fred Derward Cochran, Head, Walter Elmer Ballinger, 
Frank Lloyd Haynes, Jr., John Mitchell Jenkins, Jr., Clarence 
Leslie McCombs, Daniel Townsend Pope 

Associate Professors : Thomas Franklin Cannon, Gene John Galletta, 
Leaton John Kushman, Roy Axel Larson, Conrad Henry Miller 

The Department of Horticultural Science offers the Master of 
Science degree and the professional degree, Master of Horticulture. 
Evidence of high scholastic achievement in the basic biological 
sciences is particularly desirable for students who expect to study 
for the Master of Science degree in horticulture. 

The department has excellent greenhouses, laboratories, cold 
storages, and access to adequate field plots for graduate training in 
crop production, plant propagation, nutrition and physiology, bio- 
chemistry, morphology, plant breeding, cytology, and post-harvest 
physiology. The greenhouse range covers over 30,000 square feet 
and has twenty-one sections, each containing individual tempera- 
ture and light control equipment. Laboratory facilities include four 
analytical laboratories, two cytological and anatomical laboratories, 
one soil testing laboratory for greenhouse control, one radio-isotope 
laboratory, and one landscape and floral design laboratory. Post- 
harvest facilities include, additionally, fourteen controlled tempera- 
ture storage rooms and grading, washing and packaging equipment. 
These combined facilities provide a wide variety of opportunities 
in basic and technical research in the horticultural field. An ex- 
tensive and varied assortment of plant materials is available for 
use in graduate programs. 

The wide variations in climate and soils in North Carolina, from 
the coast to the mountains, make possible the study of plant respon- 
ses under these varied conditions. Land and facilities for horticul- 
tural research are available on ten of the outlying stations located 
throughout North Carolina. 

The opportunities for employment after advanced training include 
teaching and research in state and privately endowed educational 
institutions; research and regulatory positions with the United 
States Department of Agriculture, both foreign and domestic; ex- 
tension specialists and county agents; research, production and pro- 
motional work with food, chemical, and seed concerns; orchard, 
nursery and greenhouse supervisors; and inspectors and quality 
control technologists. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

HS 411 Nursery Management 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

The principles and practices involved in the production, management 
and marketing of field-grown and container-grown nursery plants. Field 
trips will be taken. (Offered 1966-67 and fall of alternate years.) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 131 

HS 421 Fruit Production 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of identification, adaptation, and methods of production and 
marketing of the principal tree and small fruits. Modern practices as re- 
lated to selection of sites, nutritional requirements, management prac- 
tices, and marketing procedures will be discussed. 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of the origin, importance, distribution, botanical relationships, 
and principles of production and marketing of the major vegetable crops. 

HS 441 Floriculture I 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

The scope and importance of the commercial flower industry; the basic 
principles and practices involved in the production and marketing of 
flowers grown in the greenhouse and in the field. (Offered 1967-68 and fall 
of alternate years.) 

HS 442 Floriculture II 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

Principles and methods of production of commercial flower crops in 
the greenhouse and in the field, including fertilization, moisture, tempera- 
ture, and light relationships, insect and disease control, and marketing 
of cut flowers and pot plants. (Offered 1965-66 and spring of alternate 
years.) 

HS 471 Arboriculture 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of the principles and practices in the care and maintenance of 
ornamental trees and shrubs, such as pruning, fertilization, control of in- 
sects and diseases, and tree surgery. Field trips will be taken. (Offered 
1966-67 and spring of alternate years.) 

HS 481 Breeding of Horticultural Plants 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

The application of genetics and other biological sciences to the improve- 
ment of horticultural crops. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

HS 541 (GN 541, CS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: GN 512, ST 511 recommended 

An advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles 
and concepts of inheritance. Messrs. Haynes, Timothy 

HS 542 (GN 542, CS 542) Plant Breeding Field 

Procedures 2 (0-4) summer 

Prerequisite: HS 541 (CS 541, GN 541) 

Laboratory and field study of the application of various plant breeding 
techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants. 

Graduate Staff 

HS 552 Growth of Horticultural Plants 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of the effect of nutrient-elements, water, light, temperature and 
growth substances on growth and development of horticultural plants. 

Messrs. Fish, Miller 

HS 562 Post-Harvest Physiology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of chemical and physiological changes that occur during hand- 



132 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ling, transportation, and storage which affect the quality of horticultural 
crops. Consideration will be given to pre- and post-harvest conditions 
which influence these changes. Messrs. Ballinger, McCombs 

HS 599 Research Principles Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

Investigation of a problem in horticulture under the direction of the 
instructor. The students obtain practice in experimental techniques and 
procedures, critical review of literature and scientific writing. The prob- 
lem may last one or two semesters. Credits will be determined by the 
nature of the problem, not to exceed a total of four hours. 

Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

HS 613 See CS 613, Plant Breeding Theory. 3 (3-0) s 

HS 621 Methods and Evaluation of Horticultural 

Research 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Principles and methods of research in the field of horticulture and their 
application to the solution of current problems. Critical study and evalua- 
tion of scientific publications. Compilation, organization, and presentation 
of data. Mr. Cochran 

HS 691 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Required of all horticultural science graduate students. 

Presentation of scientific articles and special lectures. Students will be 
required to present one or more papers. Graduate Staff 

HS 699 Research Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in horticulture, permission of advisory 
committee chairman 

A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the Master of Science degree; 
no limitation on credits in doctoral program. 

Original research on specific problems in fruit, vegetable, and ornamental 
crops. Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Associate Professors : Talmage Brian Young, Head, Carl Albert Moeller 
Visiting Professor: Elbert W. Tischendorf 
Professor Emeritus: Ivan Hostetler 

The Department of Industrial Arts offers graduate work leading 
to the Master of Science degree and the Master of Education degree. 
Industrial arts majors may select one or two minors in such fields 
as guidance, psychology, sociology, or school administration. 

Graduate level professional and laboratory courses are provided to 
assure a well-rounded program of graduate studies. 

Teaching and graduate assistantships are available each year for 
experienced teachers interested in pursuing graduate work. Loans are 
also available through the National Defense Education Act. 

Holders of master's degrees in Industrial Arts Education are much 
in demand for supervisory and teaching positions in the public schools 
and colleges. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 133 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

IA 510 Design for Industrial Arts Teachers 3 (2-2) summer 

Prerequisites: Six hours of drawing, I A 205 or equivalent 

A study of new developments in the field of design with emphasis on the 
relationship of material and form in the selection and designing of indus- 
trial arts projects. Graduate Staff 

I A 560 (ED 560) New Developments in Industrial Arts 

Education 3 (3-0) summer 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education and teaching experience 

This course is a study of the new developments in industrial arts educa- 
tion. It is designed to assist teachers and administrators in developing 
new concepts and new content based on the changes in technology. They 
will be required to re-evaluate their programs in the light of these new 
concepts and the new content. Graduate Staff 

IA 590 Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, permission of instructor 

Courses based on individual problems and designed to give advanced 
majors in industrial arts education the opportunity to broaden or intensify 
their knowledge and abilities through investigation and research in the 
various fields of industrial arts, such as metals, plastics, ceramics, or 
electricity-electronics. Graduate Staff 

IA 592 Special Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: One term of student teaching or equivalent 

The purpose of these courses is to broaden the subject matter experi- 
ences in the areas of industrial arts. Problems involving curriculum, in- 
vestigation or research in one or more industrial arts areas will be required. 

Graduate Staff 

IA 595 (ED 595) Industrial Arts Workshop 3 (3-0) summer 

Prerequisite: One or more years of teaching experience 

A course for experienced teachers, administrators and supervisors of 
industrial arts. The primary purpose will be to develop sound principles 
and practices for initiating, conducting and evaluating programs in this 
field. Enrollees will pool their knowledge and practical experiences and will 
do intensive research work on individual and group problems. 

Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ED 630 Philosophy of Industrial Arts 2(2-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education 

Required of all graduate students in industrial arts education. 

Current and historical developments in industrial arts; philosophical con- 
cepts, functions, scope, criteria for the selection and evaluation of learning 
experiences, laboratory organization, student personnel program, community 
relationships, teacher qualifications, and problems confronting the indus- 
trial arts profession. Graduate Staff 

ED 635 Administration and Supervision in 

Industrial Arts 2 (2-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education 

A study of the problems and techniques of administration and super- 
vision in the improvement of industrial arts in the public schools. Selection 
of teachers and their improvements in service, and methods of evaluating 
industrial arts programs. Mr. Young 

ED 692 Seminar in Industrial Arts Education 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Reviews and reports on special topics of interest to students in industrial 
arts education. Graduate Staff 



134 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Durwin M. Hanson, Head, Joseph T. Nerden 
Associate Professor: Thomas S. Baldwin 

The Department of Industrial Education offers graduate work 
leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Master of Education. 
The rapid development of industrial and technical education in North 
Carolina and throughout the nation provides many opportunities for 
teachers and administrators who have earned advanced degrees. 

The facilities at North Carolina State University afford an excellent 
program of supporting courses at the graduate level in the related 
fields of science, mathematics, guidance, psychology, sociology, eco- 
nomics, statistics, and engineering. The prerequisite for graduate 
work in industrial education is a proficiency in the undergraduate 
courses required for the bachelor's degree in industrial education, or 
a substantial equivalent. 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are avail- 
able for qualified graduate students. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisites: Six credits in education, permission of instructor 

Methods in organizing and conducting local surveys and evaluation of 
findings in planning a program of vocational education. 

Messrs. Hanson, Nerden 

ED 525 Trade Analysis and Course Construction 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304 

Principles and practices in analyzing occupations for the purpose of 
determining teaching content. Practice in the principles underlying indus- 
trial course organization based on occupational analysis covering instruc- 
tion in skills and technology and including course outlines, job sequences, 
the development of instructional materials and schedules. Mr. Hanson 

ED 527 Philosophy of Industrial and Technical Education 
Prerequisite: ED 422, ED 440 

A presentation of the historical development of industrial and technical 
education; the types of programs, philosophy, trends and problems of 
vocational-industrial education; study of federal and state legislation per- 
taining to industrial education, practical nurse education, and technical 
education. Mr. Nerden 

ED 529 Curriculum Materials Development 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: ED 525 

Selection and organization of curricula used in vocational-industrial 
and technical education; development of curricula and instructional ma- 
terials. Mr. Hanson 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Six hours graduate work, permission of department head 
Directed study other than thesis problem to provide individualized study 
and analysis in a specialized area of trade, industrial or technical educa- 
tion. Messrs. Hanson, Nerden 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 135 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ED 609 Planning and Organizing Technical Educational 

Programs 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, ED 420, ED 440, ED 516 

Principles of planning and organizing technical education programs spon- 
sored by federal vocational acts. Professional course for coordinators and 
directors, with emphasis on the organization of post high school technical 
education level. Survey of needs, building plans, equipping and mainte- 
nance of buildings, financial structure, and personnel organization and 
management. Messrs. Hanson, Nerden 

ED 610 Administration and Supervision of Vocational 

Education 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, ED 420, ED 440 or equivalent 

Administrative and supervisory problems of vocational education; prac- 
tices and policies of federal and state offices; organization and administra- 
tion of city and consolidated systems. Messrs. Hanson, Nerden 

ED 611 Laws, Regulations and Policies Affecting Vocational 

Education 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 610 or equivalent 

A detailed study of legislation, (national and state) which applies di- 
rectly to occupational education. Basic social issues and economic con- 
ditions which precipitated the legislation will be studied in depth. A review 
will also be made of the organizational structure and policies under which 
national legislation is converted into programs of occupational education. 

Mr. Nerden 

ED 612 Finance, Accounting and Management of Vocational 

Education Programs 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: ED 527, ED 610 or equivalent 

A study of the steps which must be taken in financing a new vocational 
enterprise, following the determination of curriculum by area study. Costs 
of operation, equipment purchase procedures, costs for construction, etc. 
will be investigated in detail. Mr. Nerden 

ED 691 Seminar in Industrial Education 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite : Graduate standing or permission of instructor 

Reviews and reports of topics of special interest to graduate students 
in industrial education. The course will be offered from time to time in 
accordance with the availability of distinguished professors. 

Messrs. Hanson, Nerden 



DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Clifton A. Anderson, Head, Robert Gordon Carson, Jr., Jay 

Goldman, Robert W. Llewellyn 
Associate Professors: Raul E. Alvarez, John J. Harder 
Assistant Professor: John R. Canada 
Adjunct Assistant Professor: John Leonard Colley, Jr. 

The Department of Industrial Engineering offers graduate study 
leading to the Master of Science degree. The courses in the depart- 
ment reflect the latest technology as applied to planning, operating, 
and controlling manufacturing, distribution, and service enterprises. 



136 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

This modern approach leads to the optimization of the effective 
uses of all critical resources. 

Included in the program are courses in the areas of operations re- 
search, process design, system control and system design. Each in- 
dividual student's course of study is specifically tailored to meet his 
professional needs. This educational approach allows for maximum 
flexibility while providing the depth of understanding so necessary in 
the practice of industrial engineering. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

IE 401 Industrial Engineering Analysis I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 405, IE 353 

A study of linear programming methods and their applications in indus- 
trial engineering; the transportation method with applications to scheduling 
in transportation and production problems; the simplex method and its ap- 
plications in production planning, production scheduling and allied fields; 
upper bound, integer, parametric and primaldual methods with their typical 
applications; the inter-relationships between linear programming and game 
theory. 

IE 402 Industrial Engineering Analysis II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

An introductory study of several aspects of operations research methods 
with emphasis on their industrial engineering applications; replacement 
theory, sequencing problems, inventory control methods and dynamic pro- 
gramming and their applications. 

IE 403 Industrial Engineering Analysis III 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

An introductory study of several aspects of operations research methods 
with emphasis on their industrial engineering applications; continuous and 
discrete cybernetics with emphasis on Markov processes; finite and infinite 
queuing models; industrial control methods and industrial dynamics. 

IE 421 Data Processing and Production Control Systems 3 (3-0) f 
Prerequisites: MA 335, IE 352 

This course is an introduction to the design of integrated control systems 
necessary for effective management of production. It will include the 
methods of systems design, the basic concepts of computer processing 
systems, the design of control procedures and reports, and their application 
to mechanized and electronic data processing equipment. Major emphasis 
will be placed on the design of control procedures for production scheduling, 
labor performance, and quality control. Systems flow charts, block diagrams, 
and program statements in compiler form will be used for each system 
application. 

IE 453 Operations Planning and Plant Layout 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: IE 352 

This course will provide an opportunity for the student to apply the 
basic principles contained in the prerequisite courses to the design of plant- 
wide production programs with emphasis placed on planning, arrangement, 
layout, and implementation of such programs. It will include operations 
sequencing, tooling, and equipment selection, materials handling, systems 
design, manpower and facilities forecasting. Suitable cases will be drawn 
from both mass production and jobbing operations. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 137 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

IE 505 (MA 505) Mathematical Programming I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

A study of mathematical methods applied to problems of planning. 
Linear programming will be covered in detail. This course is intended for 
those who desire to study this subject in depth and detail. It provides a 
rigorous and complete development of the theoretical and computational 
aspects of this technique as well as a discussion of a number of appli- 
cations. Messrs. Alvarez, Llewellyn 

IE 515 Process Engineering 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: IE 328, IE 443 

The technical process of translating product design into a manufacturing 
program. The application of industrial engineering in the layout, tooling, 
methods, standards, costs, and control functions of manufacturing. Labora- 
tory problems covering producer and consumer products. Mr. Harder 

IE 517 Automatic Processes 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: IE 328, IE 443 

Principles and methods for automatic processing. The design of product, 
process, and controls. Economic, physical and sociological effects of auto- 
mation. Mr. Harder 

IE 521 Control Systems and Data Processing 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: IE 421 

This course is designed to train the student in the problems and tech- 
niques required for systematic control of the production process and the 
business enterprise. This includes training in the determination of control 
factors, the collection and recording of data, and the processing, evaluation, 
and use of data. The course will illustrate the applications and use of data 
processing equipment and information machines in industrial processes. 
Case problems will be used extensively. Graduate Staff 

IE 522 Dynamics of Industrial Systems 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: IE 421 

A study of the dynamic properties of industrial systems; introduction to 
servomechanism theory as applied to company operations. Simulation of 
large nonlinear, multi-loop, stochastic systems on a digital computer; 
methods of determining modifications in systems design and/or operating 
parameters for improved system behavior. Mr. Llewellyn 

IE 543 Standard Data 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: in. '6'6'A 

Theory and practice in developing standard data from stopwatch observa- 
tions and predetermined time data; methods of calculating standards from 
data; application of standard data in cost control, production planning and 
scheduling, and wage incentives. Mr. Goldman 

IE 546 Advanced Quality Control 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: IE 353, ST 421 

The statistical foundations of quality control are emphasized in this 
course as well as its economic implications. Mathematical derivations of 
most of the formulas used are given. Sampling techniques are treated ex- 
tensively and many applications of this powerful technique are ex- 
plained. Mr. Alvarez 

IE 547 Engineering Reliability 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ST 421, IE 353 

The methodology of reliability including application of discrete and con- 
tinuous distribution models and statistical designs; reliability estimation, 



138 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

reliability structure models, reliability demonstration and decisions, and 
reliability growth models. Examples of reliability evaluation and demon- 
stration programs. Mr. Colley 

IE 551 Standard Costs for Manufacturing 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: One course in accounting, one course in motion and time 
study 

The development, application and use of standard costs as a management 
tool; use of industrial engineering techniques in establishing standard costs 
for labor, materials, and overhead. Analysis of variances and setting of 
budgets. Measures of management performance. Graduate Staff 

IE 591 Project Work 2 to 6 fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing 

Investigation and report on an assigned problem for students enrolled 

in the fifth-year curriculum in industrial engineering. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

IE 607 (MA 607) Selected Topics in Mathematical 

Programming 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: IE 505 

This course is a continuation of IE 505 (MA 505) . Special techniques like 
the decomposition principles, network problems, diophantine programming 
as well as its applications to industrial problems are studied. An introduc- 
tion to dynamic programming will also be covered. Multistage decision 
problems will be worked using linear and dynamic programming. The 
theoretical foundations of these techniques will be covered but emphasis 
will be in the applications to planning problems. Mr. Alvarez 

IE 621 Inventory Control Methods 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: IE 402, ST 421, MA 511 

A study of inventory policy with respect to reorder sizes, minimum 
points, and production schedules. Simple inventory models with restrictions, 
price breaks, price changes, analysis of slow-moving inventories. Introduc- 
tion to the smoothing problem in continuous manufacturing. Applications 
of linear and dynamic programming and zerosum game theory. 

Mr. Alvarez 
IE 651 Special Studies in Industrial 

Engineering Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The purpose of this course is to allow individual students or small groups 
of students to take on studies of special areas in industrial engineering 
which fit into their particular program and which may not be covered by 
existing industrial engineering graduate level courses. The work would be 
directed by a qualified staff member who has particular interest in the 
area covered by the problem. Such problems may require individual re- 
search and initiative in the application of industrial engineering training 
to new areas or fields. Graduate Staff 

IE 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Seminar discussion of industrial engineering problems for graduate 
students. Case analyses and reports. Mr. Llewellyn 

IE 699 Industrial Engineering Research Credits by Arrangement 

Graduate research in industrial engineering for thesis credit. 

Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 139 

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: John Wesley Cell, Head, Roberts Cozart Bullock, John 
Montgomery Clarkson, Walter Joel Harrington, Jack Levine, 
Paul Edwin Lewis, Director of Computing Center, Carey Gardner 
Mumford, Howard Movess Nahikian, Graduate Administrator, Hu- 
bert Vern Park, Hans Sagan, Herbert Elvin Speece, Raimond 
Aldrich Struble, Hubertus Robert van der Vaart, John Pascal 
Vinti, Oscar Wesler, Lowell Sheridan Winton 

Visiting Professor : Makoto Itoh 

Adjunct Professors : Alan Stuart Galbraith, Leonard Roberts, Ian Nai- 
smith Sneddon 

Associate Professors: John William Bishir, Paul Adrian Nickel, John 
William Querry, Tsuan Wu Ting 

Visiting Associate Professor: Andrew Nisbet 

Adjunct Associate Professor : Robert Taylor Herbst 

Assistant Professors: Richard Edward Chandler, Donald Joseph Han- 
sen, Kwangil Koh, Joseph David Zund 

Visiting Assistant Professor: Ernest Edmund Burniston 

Instructor : Joe Alton Marlin 

The Department of Mathematics offers graduate studies in applied 
mathematics leading to the Master of Applied Mathematics, the Mas- 
ter of Science, and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The Master of 
Applied Mathematics degree does not require a thesis or a foreign 
language, but in all other respects it is the same as the Master of 
Science degree. Students who are admitted to the Graduate School to 
pursue studies in applied mathematics are expected to have had a 
strong undergraduate major in mathematics, including a year of ad- 
vanced calculus and a year of modern algebra including abstract 
algebra and matrices. Those students who do not have these courses 
will be required to take them in addition to the minimum number 
required for the master's degree. The areas of application require 
that the student offer a minor in some mathematically oriented area 
such as physics, the engineering sciences, genetics, or statistics. 

Individuals with graduate training in applied mathematics are in 
great demand in industry, governmental laboratories, and college 
teaching positions. Opportunities are many and varied in this field 
and include work as a member of a research team in such areas as 
satellite orbit theory, viscoelasticity, biomathematics, thermodynamics, 
aerodynamics, acoustics, solid state physics, nuclear reactor theory, 
geophysics, and in applications of computers in business. 

The department has available a number of teaching and research 
assistantships (a student holding a half-time assistantship is allowed 
to carry a study load of nine semester hours). Also available for those 
graduate students studying toward the doctoral degree are a limited 
number of NSF, NASA, and Ford Foundation Fellowships. 



140 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

MA 401 Topics from Advanced Calculus I 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Infinite series and integrals; linear differential equations; special func- 
tions. 

MA 402 Topics from Advanced Calculus II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MA 401 

Partial differentiation, functional dependence, Jacobians, maxima and 
minima, differentiation of definite integrals involving a parameter, vector 
analysis, orthogonal functions including Fourier series and Fourier integral, 
Fourier-Bessel series, and Fourier-Legendre series. 

MA 403 Fundamental Concepts of Algebra 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Integers; integral domains; rational numbers; fields, rings, groups, 
Boolean algebra. 

MA 404 Fundamental Concepts of Geometry 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Foundations of geometry; laws of logic; affine geometry; geometric 
transformations; homogeneous coordinates; comparison of Euclidean and 
non-Euclidean geometries. 

MA 405 Introduction to Determinants and Matrices 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Properties of determinants; theorems of Laplace and Jacobi; systems of 
linear equations. Elementary operations with matrices; inverse, rank, char- 
acteristic roots and eigenvectors. Introduction to algebraic forms. 

MA 408 Advanced Geometry 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Topics from modern geometry; poles and polars; non-Euclidean geome- 
try; analytical geometry from a vector point of view; elementary geometry 
from an advanced standpoint. 

MA 421 Introduction to Probability 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MA 301 or permission of department 

Definitions, discrete and continuous sample spaces, combinatorial analysis, 
Stirling's formula, simple occupancy and ordering problems, conditional 
probability, repeated trials, compound experiments, Bayes' theorem, bi- 
nomial, Poisson and normal distribution, the probability integral, random 
variables, expectation. 

MA 433 History of Mathematics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Evolution of the number system; trends in the development of modern 
mathematics; lives and contributions of outstanding mathematicians. 

MA 451 Numerical Analysis Laboratory I 1 (0-3) f 

Prerequisites: MA 337, MA 351 or permission of instructor 
Corequisite: MA 527 

Programming for digital computers involving subroutines and selected 
topics in numerical analysis. 

MA 452 Numerical Analysis Laboratory II 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisite: MA 541 or permission of instructor 
Corequisite: MA 528 

Programming for digital computers involving selected topics in numerical 
analysis. 

MA 481 Special Topics 1 to 6 f s 

Prerequisite: Permission of department 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 141 

MA 491 Reading in Honors Mathematics 2to6fs 

Prerequisites: Membership in honors program, permission of department 
head 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

MA 505 See IE 505, Mathematical Programming I. 3 (3-0) f 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: MA 301 and, preferably, a B-average in all mathematics 
courses 

Vectors, differential calculus of functions of several variables, vector 
differential calculus. Definite integral. Graduate Staff 

MA 512 Advanced Calculus II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

Vector integral calculus, infinite series, integral calculus of functions of 
several variables. Graduate Staff 

MA 513 Introduction to Complex Variables 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MA 512 or equivalent 

Operations with complex numbers, derivatives, analytic functions, in- 
tegrals, definitions and properties of elementary functions, multi-valued 
functions, power series, residue theory and applications, conformal mapping. 

Graduate Staff 

MA 514 Methods of Applied Mathematics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 512 or equivalent 

Introduction to difference equations, integral equations, and the calculus 
of variations. Graduate Staff 

MA 516 Principles of Mathematical Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

The real number system, elements of set theory, limits, continuity, differ- 
entiation, Reimann-Stieltjes integration, sequences of functions, funda- 
mentals of Lebesque theory, topological and metric spaces. Mr. Struble 

MA 517 Introduction to Point-Set Topology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 516 

A study of basic set-theoretic and general topological notions of modern 
mathematics. Topics include set theory and cardinal numbers, topological 
spaces, metric spaces, and elementary discussion of function spaces. 

Mr. Chandler 

MA 521 A Survey of Modern Algebra 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 403 or permission of instructor 

Properties of the integers, mappings, abstract groups, and other algebraic 
structures with emphasis upon applications and proofs. Mr. Koh 

MA 524 Boundary Value Problems 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MA 402 or MA 511 

Theory of first variation with applications to various physical phenomena 
(vibrating string, vibrating membrane, heat conduction, and wave propaga- 
tion) ; Bernoulli's separation theorem with application to vibration and heat 
conduction problems; Fourier series, Fourier-Bessel series, and Fourier- 
Legendre series and a full discussion of the Sturm-Liouville problem; 
numerical approximation of eigenvalues by Rayleigh-Ritz method. 

Messrs. Burniston, Sagan 

MA 527 Numerical Analysis I 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MA 402 or MA 511 

Numerical solution of equations, introduction to the theory of errors, 
finite-differences tables and the theory of interpolation, numerical integra- 
tion, numerical differentiation, and elements of difference calculus. 

Graduate Staff 



142 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 528 Numerical Analysis II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 527 

Difference operators, summation procedures, numerical solution of ordi- 
nary differential equations, least-squares polynominal approximations, and 
Gaussian quadrature. Graduate Staff 

MA 532 Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

First order equations, linear n ,h order equations with constant coefficients 
and with continuous coefficients, Green's functions, solution on linear 
equations with analytic coefficients, second order linear equations with 
regular singular points, systems of first order equations, uniqueness 
theorems, existence theorems of Picard and Peano, stability of solutions 
of linear plane autonomous systems, numerical solutions. Mr. Sagan 

MA 536 Logic for Digital Computers 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

Introduction to symbolic logic and Boolean algebra; finite state-valued 
calculus and its application to combinational networks; sequential finite- 
state machines and their mathematical formulation; analysis and synthesis 
problems of sequential machines. Mr. Itoh 

MA 537 Mathematical Theory of Digital Computers 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 536 

The sequential machine and its characteristic semi-group; micro-program- 
med computers; general purpose computers and special-purpose computers; 
Turing machine and infinite-state machines; non-deterministic switching 
system and probabilistic automata. Mr. Itoh 

MA 541 (ST 541) Theory of Probability I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

Axioms, discrete and continuous sample spaces, events, combinatorial 
analysis, conditional probability, repeated trials, independence, random 
variables, expectation, special discrete and continuous distributions, prob- 
ability and moment generating functions, central limit theorem, laws of 
large numbers, branching processes, recurrent events, random walk. 

Mr. Bishir 

MA 542 (ST 542) Theory of Probability II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 541 

Markov chains and Markov processes, Poisson process, birth and death 
processes, queueing theory, renewal theory, stationary processes, Brownian 
motion, information theory. Mr. Bishir 

MA 555 (PY 555) Principles of Astrodynamics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 411 or EM 312 

The differential equations of motion in two-body problems and their 
integrals; orbit theory; integrals of the n-body problem; differential 
equations of motion of natural and artificial satellites and their approximate 
solutions. Mr. Vinti 

MA 571 See ST 571, Biomathematics I, 3 (3-0) f 

MA 572 See ST 572, Biomathematics II. 3 (3-0) s 

MA 581 Special Topics 1 to 6 

Prerequisite: Permission of department Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

MA 602 Partial Differential Equations I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in mathematics or permission of in- 
structor 

Equations in two independent variables: First order equations, boundary 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 143 

value problems for the principal second order types, theory of character- 
istics. Existence and uniqueness by majorant series and by successive 
approximations. Maximum principle. Approximation methods. 

Messrs. Struble, Ting 

MA 603 Partial Differential Equations II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 602 

Continuation of MA 602. Equations in many independent variables: 
Relationships with the calculus of variations, generalizations of the con- 
cept of a solution and unifying concepts, applications. 

Messrs. Struble, Ting 

MA 605 Non-Linear Differential Equations 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 532 

Phase-plane and phase-space concepts; existence and uniqueness theo- 
rems; continuity, analytic and differentiability properties of solution; 
properties of linear systems; stability in non-linear systems; topological 
methods; perturbations of periodic solutions; asymptotic methods and 
resonance problems. Mr. Struble 

MA 606 See ST 606, Mathematical Programming II. 3 (3-0) fs 

MA 607 See IE 607, Special Topics in Mathematical 

Programming. 3 (3-0) fs 

MA 608 Integral Equations 3 (3-0) alternate summers 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 532 

Linear Volterra integral equations of the first and second kinds. 
Relationship to linear differential initial value problems. Special Volterra 
equations of the convolution type. Singular Volterra equations. Linear 
Fredholm integral equations of the first and second kind. Basic theory. 
Symmetric kernels. Hilbert-Schmidt theory (generalizations). 

Mr. Winton 

MA 611 Complex Variable Theory and Applications I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

Elementary functions; analytic functions and Cauchy-Riemann equations; 
conformal mapping and applications; Taylor and Laurent series; contour 
integration and residue theory; the Schwarz-Christoffel transformation. 

Messrs. Bullock, Nickel, Sagan 

MA 612 Complex Variable Theory and Applications II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 611 

Conformal mapping and applications to flow phenomena; multiple-valued 
functions and Riemann surfaces; further applications of residue theory; 
analytic continuation; infinite series and asymptotic expansions; elliptic 
functions and other special functions in the complex domain; representation 
theorems. Messrs. Bullock, Nickel, Sagan 

MA 615 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 516, MA 517, or equivalent 

Lebesgue measure on the real line and the Lebesgue integral; differenti- 
ation of monotone functions and of integrals; absolute continuity; top- 
ological, metric and L p spaces. Mr. Harrington 

MA 616 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 615 

General measure and integration theory in terms of measure spaces and 
measurable functions; the Lebesgue-Stielges integral; Banach spaces and 
linear functionals. Mr. Harrington 

MA 617 See ST 617, Measure Theory and Advanced 

Probability. 3 (3-0) f 



144 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 618 See ST 618, Measure Theory and Advanced 

Probability. 3 (3-0) s 

MA 619 See ST 619, Topics in Advanced Probability. 3 (3-0) f 

MA 621 Introduction to Modern Abstract Algebra 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 403 or equivalent 

A study of the abstract structure and properties of groups, rings and 
ideals, and fields. Messrs. Koh, Nahikian, Park 

MA 622 Linear Algebra 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 405 or equivalent 

A study of vector spaces and their relation to the theory of matrices, the 
characteristic and minimal polynomials of a matrix, functions of matrices, 
theory of elementary divisors, canonical forms of a matrix, application to 
systems of differential equations. Messrs. Nahikian, Park 

MA 625 Introduction to Differential 

Geometry 3 (3-0) alternate summers 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

Theory of curves and surfaces in 3-dimensional Euclidean space with 
special reference to those properties invariant under rigid body motions. 

Messrs. Levine, Zund 

MA 632 Operational Mathematics I 3 (3-0) f 

Corequisite: MA 513 or MA 611 

Laplace transform with theory and application to ordinary and partial 
differential equations arising from problems in engineering and physics. 

Messrs. Cell, Harrington 

MA 633 Operational Mathematics II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 632 

Extended development of the Laplace and Fourier transforms and their 
application to the solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, 
integral equations, and difference equations; Z-transforms, other infinite 
and finite transforms and their applications. Messrs. Cell, Harrington 

MA 635 Numerical Analysis III 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: MA 335, MA 512, MA 528 
Corequisite: MA 405 or MA 622 

The development of methods for the solution of selected problems 
involving matrices, integral rational equations, ordinary and partial 
differential equations. Particular attention is paid to the question of 
convergence and stability. Examples are solved on the IBM 360 system. 

Graduate Staff 

MA 641 Calculus of Variations 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

The integrals in the calculus of variations as differentiable functionals, 
first and second variation as first and second differential of a functional, 
first necessary condition for an extremum of a simple and double integral 
as a functional of one or n functions with fixed and variable terminal- 
manifolds, broken extremals, the theory of Hamilton and Jacobi, the 
problem of Mayer, Legendre and Jacobi condition, field theory, Hilbert's 
invariant integral and Weierstrass' Excess function, minimizing sequences 
and the method of Rayleigh-Ritz as applied to quadratic functionals. 

Mr. Sagan 

MA 647 Functional Analysis I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 615, MA 616 

Complete, separable, and compact metric spaces, completeness of L P , 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 145 

Hilbert spaces, Riesz-Fischer Theorem, linear operators on normed, linear 
spaces. Mr. Sagan 

MA 648 Functional Analysis II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 647 

Linear functionals on normed linear spaces, Hahn-Banach Theorem, 
representation of linear functionals, completely continuous operators, 
self adjoint operators on a Hilbert space, inverse operators, spectral 
representation of self adjoint operators, approximate solution of linear 
operator equations. Mr. Sagan 

MA 651 Expansion of Functions 3 (3-0) alternate summers 

Prerequisites: MA 611, MA 633, or equivalent 

Expansion of functions of one or more variables in Taylor's series; 
asymptotic series; infinite products, partial fractions, continued fractions, 
series of orthogonal functions; applications to ordinary and partial 
differential equations, difference equations, and integral equations. 

Messrs. Cell, Harrington 

MA 655 Mathematics of Astrodynamics I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 532 or MA 605 

Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics, Hamilton-Jacobi equation, two- 
body problem, canonical transformations, Delaunay variables, deduction of 
the method of variation of parameters from the canonical theory, theory 
of the gravitational potential, perturbation theories of Kazai and Brouwer- 
von Zeipel for orbits of artificial satellites. Mr. Vinti 

MA 656 Mathematics of Astrodynamics II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 655 

Theory of separable systems, including the spheroidal method for ar- 
tificial satellites, the general and restricted three-body problems, Lagrange 
points and librational motion, lunar and planetary disturbing functions, 
lunar and planetary theories. Mr. Vinti 

MA 661 Tensor Analysis I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

The basic theory of tensor algebra and tensor calculus. Riemannian 
spaces and generalizations. Messrs. Levine, Zund 

MA 662 Tensor Analysis II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: MA 661 

The application of tensor analysis to selected topics in applied mathe- 
matics and physical sciences; typically, differential geometry, elasticity, 
electromagnetic theory, classical mechanics, and general relativity. 

Messrs. Levine, Zund 

MA 681 Special Topics in Analysis 1-6 credits 

MA 683 Special Topics in Algebra 1-6 credits 

MA 685 Special Topics in Numerical Analysis 1-6 credits 

MA 687 Special Topics in Geometry 1-6 credits 

MA 689 Special Topics in Applied Mathematics 1-6 credits 

The above courses, MA 681-MA 689, afford opportunities for graduate 
students to study advanced topics in mathematics under the direction of 
members of the graduate staff. These will on occasion consist of one of 
several areas such as, for example, advanced theory of partial differential 
equations, topology, mathematics of elasticity or of viscoelasticity, orbital 
mechanics, functional analysis, combinatoral analysis. Graduate Staff 

MA 699 Research in Mathematics Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, permission of advisor 

Individual research in the field of mathematics. Graduate Staff 



146 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE 
EDUCATION 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professor: Herbert E. Speece, Head 
Assistant Professor: NORMAN D. ANDERSON 

The Department of Mathematics and Science Education offers grad- 
uate work leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Master of 
Education, with a major in mathematics education or science educa- 
tion. Each student's program is individually planned by a graduate 
committee and will reflect his undergraduate preparation, teaching ex- 
perience, and future professional plans. Areas of specialization include 
mathematics, biological science, earth science, chemistry and physics. 
A minimum of thirty-six semester hours is required, of which sixty 
percent must be in the area of subject matter specialization and 
twenty percent in professional education. Candidates for the Master 
of Education degrees are required to submit a scholarly research 
paper; candidates for the Master of Science degree must conduct an 
investigation culminating in a thesis. The Master of Science degree 
also requires a reading knowledge of one foreign language. 

Applicants must meet the admissions requirements of the Graduate 
School of North Carolina State University. Applicants must also have 
the approval of the Department of Mathematics and Science Educa- 
tion. To be admitted to the program without subject matter de- 
ficiencies, applicants must have completed a degree in which they 
have reached a level of undergraduate work closely approximating the 
following minimum: two years of English, one year of physics, one 
year of chemistry, one and one-half years in the historical-philosophi- 
cal and psychology foundations of education. In addition to the above, 
those specializing in mathematics should have had three years of 
mathematics ; those specializing in science should have had one year 
of biology, one and preferably two years of mathematics, and two 
years of advanced work in one of the sciences. 

A limited number of assistantships are available. For those desiring 
financial assistance, inquiries should be directed to the Department of 
Mathematics and Science Education. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching 3 (0-3) fs 

Prerequisite: ED 471 or equivalent 

An investigation of current problems in mathematics teaching, with 
emphasis on the areas of curriculum, methodology, facilities, supervision 
and research. Specific problems will be studied in depth. Opportunities 
will be provided to initiate research studies. Mr. Speece 

ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching 3 (0-3) fs 

Prerequisite: ED 476 or equivalent 

An investigation of current problems in science teaching with emphasis 
on the areas of curriculum, methodology, facilities, supervision and 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 147 

research. Specific problems will be studied in depth. Opportunities will be 
provided to initiate research studies. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ED 690 Seminar in Mathematics Education Maximum 2 fs 

Prerequisites : Graduate standing, permission of instructor 

A critical analysis of issues, trends and recent developments in mathe- 
matics education. Mr. Speece 

ED 695 Seminar in Science Education Maximum 2 fs 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, permission of instructor 

A critical analysis of issues, trends, and recent developments in science 
education. Graduate Staff 



DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Robert Wesley Truitt, Head, Norval White Conner, Jesse 
Seymour Doolittle, Graduate Administrator, Munir R. El-Saden, 
Karl P. Hanson, Hassan A. Hassan, Richard Bennett Knight, 
Robert McLean Pinkerton, Frederick 0. Smetana, James Clifford 
Williams, III, James Woodburn, Carl Frank Zorowski 

Associate Professors: Bertram Howard Garcia, Francis Joseph Hale, 
M. Necati Ozisik, John Noble Perkins, John Kerr Whitfield 

Assistant Professors: Rolin Farrar Barrett, Franklin Delano Hart, 
Thomas Benson Ledbetter, Huseyin Cavit Topakoglu 

The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers graduate study 
leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 
Entrance to the various programs in the department is normally based 
upon an accredited baccalaureate degree in engineering. 

At present the major emphases in graduate study are the thermal 
sciences, including classical thermodynamics, heat transfer and trans- 
port phenomena, statistical thermodynamics, and direct energy con- 
version; gas dynamics (aerothermochemistry, aerothermodynamics, 
plasmagasdynamics, magnetogasdynamics and rarefied gasdynamics), 
and the mechanical sciences, such as principles of fluid motion, dynam- 
ics of compressible flow and viscous fluids, vibrations, mechanical 
transients and stress analysis ; the aerospace sciences of aerodynamics, 
propulsion, boundary layer theory and heat transfer, and spacecraft 
design. 

The professional technological interests of the department are 
represented by graduate courses in nuclear power plants, steam and 
gas turbines, refrigeration, internal combustion engines, lubrication, 
mechanics of machinery, and machine design analysis and synthesis. 

Graduate programs in mechanical engineering normally include 
substantial work in the basic sciences of mathematics and physics, 
and study in related engineering departments is encouraged. 

The fundamental objective of graduate study in this field is to pre- 
pare the student for leadership in the various areas of research, teach- 
ing, and design. The graduate student is placed in close association 



148 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

with the graduate faculty who conduct individual research. Participa- 
tion in a research project as a research assistant or employment as a 
teaching assistant is regarded as significant experience during resi- 
dence. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

ME 401 Energy Conversion 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: ME 302 

A course on the conversion of energy for engineering purposes based 
upon the fundamentals leading to engineering decisions in the arrangement 
and selection of energy conversion equipment. The conventional type of 
plant for energy conversion and the unconventional types, in particular, 
direct energy conversion and the feasibility of such plants. Factors which 
effect the cost of power and elements entering into the problem of 
monetary rates. 

ME 402 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: ME 302, MA 301 

A study of the fundamental relationships of steady and transient heat 
transfer of conduction, convection, radiation and during changes of phase; 
mass transfer by diffusion and convection; simultaneous mass and heat 
transfer. 

ME 403 Air Conditioning 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 302 

A fundamental study of summer and winter air conditioning including 
temperature, humidity, air velocity and distribution. Mr. Knight 

ME 404 Refrigeration 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 302 

A thermodynamic analysis of the simple, compound, centrifugal and 
multiple effect compression systems, the steam jet system and the 
absorption system of refrigeration. Mr. Knight 

ME 405 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III 1 (0-3) f 

Prerequisite: ME 306 

Required of seniors in mechanical engineering. 

The selection of appropriate instrumentation and the experimental 
analysis of small, predetermined engineering systems designed for flexi- 
bility and wide variation of parameters. Systems cover the gamut of 
mechanical engineering activity with emphasis on analysis of system 
rather than characteristics of particular systems. 

ME 406 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory IV 1 (0-3) s 

Prerequisite: ME 405 

Individual or small group investigation of an original problem under the 
supervision of a faculty member with an interest in the problem area. 
The investigation may be experimental, analytical, or both. Emphasis 
is placed on the philosophy and methodology of engineering research, and 
on individual thinking and effort. 

ME 410 Jet Propulsion 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ME 302, ME 352 or EM 303 

Application of fundamental principles of thermodynamics and the 
mechanics of a compressible fluid to the processes of jet-propulsion and 
turbo-propeller aircraft; the effect of performance of components on 
performance of engine; analysis of engine performance parameters. 

ME 411, 412 Mechanical Design I, II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MIM 201, ME 315 

Application of the engineering and material sciences to the analysis 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 149 

and design of mechanical components and systems. Consideration and 

utilization of the design process including problem definition, solution 

synthesis, design analysis, optimization, and prototype evaluation through 
design project activity. 

ME 421 Aerospace Propulsion Systems 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 353 
Corequisite: ME 461 

A study of propulsion systems and their relation to the various flight 
regimes and space missions. The principles of thrust generation, the 
control, and the performance of various propulsion systems will be con- 
sidered. 

ME 422 Direct Energy Conversion Devices 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: ME 353; EE 202 or EE 332 

Theory and application of direct energy conversion devices, thermo- 
electric and thermionic converters, solar and fuel cells, magnetohydro- 
dynamic power generators, thermodynamic analysis, device characteristics 
and design considerations. 

ME 431 Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: MA 301; EM 303 or ME 352; ME 302 

The fundamental dynamics and thermodynamic principles governing 
the flow of gases are presented from both theoretical and experimental 
viewpoints. Mathematical relations are closely correlated with physical 
phenomena to emphasize the complimentary nature of theory and experi- 
ment. 

ME 432 Boundary Layer Theory and Heat Transfer 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: C or better in ME 352; MA 401 or MA 511 

The course is intended to give the student both a physical and mathe- 
matical understanding of the problems of skin friction and heat transfer in 
present-day aerospace engineering. 

ME 435 Industrial Automatic Controls 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: ME 301, MA 301 

Introduction to concept of automatic controls; fundamentals of two- 
position, proportional, floating and rate modes of control with a graphical 
and analytical representation of each. Theoretical considerations of the 
process and an introduction to system analysis. 

ME 447 Performance, Stability and Control of Flight 

Vehicles 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: C or better in ME 352; MA 401 or MA 511 

A study of aerodynamic and inertial factors and how they influence the 
motion of flight vehicles and their performance. The transfer function 
approach is emphasized in the analysis of flight vehicle motion. 

ME 450 Introduction to Vacuum Technology 3 (2-3) fs 

Prerequisite: ME 301 

An introduction to the physical phenomena and apparatus associated 
with vacuum technology and rarefied gas research. Instruction in the use 
of vacuum laboratory equipment and demonstration of basic rarefied gas 
phenomena will be emphasized. 

ME 461 Aerospace Technology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 353 

aii introduction to the principles of flight in and beyond the atmosphere. 
Includes the elements of aerodynamics of flight, the reentry problem, flight 
dynamics, guidance and control, power generation in space, manned and 
unmanned space flight and life support systems. 

ME 465, 466 Aerospace Engineering Laboratory 1 (0-3) fs 

Prerequisites: ME 306, ME 352 



150 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Laboratory experience in wind tunnel experimentation, structural testing, 
environmental testing, and instrumentation for flight in and beyond the 
atmosphere. 

ME 468 Spacecraft Structures 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 369 
Corequisite: ME 461 

Basic techniques and procedures in the analysis of stresses and strains 
caused by the extreme heating of reentry space vehicles as well as the 
dynamic and impulsive loads occurring during the launching and loading 
period of flight will be considered and the resulting effects on the vehicle 
structure will be studied. 

ME 481 Flight Vehicle Design 5 (3-6) s 

Prerequisites: ME 353, ME 461, ME 468, ME 447, ME 421, EE 202 

Integration of previous aerodynamic, heat transfer, materials, structures, 
and dynamical theory in the design of typical air-supported and space 
vehicles and their sub-systems. 

ME 495 Technical Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduating senior standing 

Meetings once a week for the delivery and discussion of student papers 
on topics of current interest in mechanical engineering. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ME 501 Steam and Gas Turbines 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: ME 302, EM 303 or ME 352 

Fundamental analysis of the theory and design of turbomachinery flow 
passages; control and performance of turbomachinery; gas-turbine engine 
processes. Mr. Doolittle 

ME 507, 508 Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: ME 302 

The fundamentals common to internal combustion engine cycles of 
operation. The Otto engine: carburetion, fuel distribution, flame propag- 
ation, normal and knocking combustion, throttling, pumping, valve and 
spark timing, and altitude effects; the Diesel engine: injection and spray 
formation fuel rating, automization, penetration, diesel knock, combustion, 
pre-combustion, and scavenging as applied to reciprocating and rotary 
engines. Mr. Ledbetter 

ME 515 Experimental Stress Analysis 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: ME 315 

Theoretical and experimental techniques of strain and stress analysis 
with emphasis on electrical strain gages and instrumentation, brittle 
coatings, grid methods, and an introduction to photoelasticity. Laboratory 
includes an investigation and complete report of a problem chosen by the 
student under the guidance of the instructor. Mr. Whitfield 

ME 516 Photoelasticity 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ME 411 

Theory and experimental techniques of two and three dimensional photo- 
elasticity including photoelastic coatings, photoplasticity, and application 
of photoelastic methods to the solution of mechanical design problems. 
Laboratory includes an investigation and complete report of a problem 
chosen by the student under the guidance of the instructor. 

Mr. Whitfield 

ME 517 Lubrication 2 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

The theory of hydrodynamic lubrication; Reynold's equation, the Sommer- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 151 

field integration, effect of variable lubricant properties and energy equation 
for temperature rise. Properties of lubricants. Application to design of 
bearings. Boundary lubrication. Mr. Barrett 

ME 521 Aerothermodynamics 3 (3-0) f or s 

Prerequisites: ME 301; ME 352 or EM 303 

Review of basic thermodynamics pertinent to gasdynamics. Detailed 
development of the general equations governing gas motion in both differ- 
ential and integral form. Simplification of the equations to those for 
specialized flow regimes. Similarity parameters. Applications to simpler 
problems in various flow regimes. Mr. Perkins 

ME 531 Plasmagasdynamics I 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: PY 414, ME 353 

Study of basic laws governing plasma motion for dense and rarefied 
plasmas, hydromagnetic shocks, plasma waves and instabilities, simple 
engineering applications. Mr. Hassan 

ME 541, 542 Aerodynamic Heating 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: MA 511, ME 521 

A detailed study of the lastest theoretical and experimental findings of 
the compressible laminar and turbulent boundary layers with special 
attention to the aerodynamic heating problem; application of theory in 
the analysis and design of aerospace hardware. Mr. Williams 

ME 545, 546 Project Work in Mechanical 

Engineering I, II 2 (0-4) fs 

Individual or small group investigation of a problem stemming from a 
mutual student-faculty interest. Emphasis is placed on providing a 
situation for exploiting student curiosity. Graduate Staff 

ME 554 Advanced Aerodynamic Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 352 

Development of fundamental aerodynamic theory. Emphasis upon mathe- 
matical analysis and derivation of equations of motion, airfoil theory and 
comparison with experimental results. Introduction to supersonic flow 
theory. Mr. Pinkerton 

ME 562 Advanced Aircraft Structures 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 468 

Development of methods of stress analysis for aircraft structures, special 
problems in structural design, stiffened panels, rigid frames, indeterminate 
structures, general relaxation theory. Mr. Topakoglu 

ME 581, 582 Hypersonic Aerodynamics 3 (3-0) fs 
Prerequisites: MA 512, ME 521 

A detailed study of the latest theoretical and experimental findings in 

hypersonic aerodynamics. Mr. Truitt 

ME 593 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering 3 (3-0) f ors 

Faculty and student discussions of special topics in mechanical engineer- 
ing. Graduate Staff 

ME 601 Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ME 302; MA 401 or MA 511 

Thermodynamics of a general reactive system; conservation of energy 
and the principle of increase of entropy; the fundamental relation of 
thermodynamics; Legendre transformations; equilibrium and stability 
criteria in different representations; general relations; chemical thermo- 
dynamics; multireaction systems; ionization; irreversible thermodynamics; 
the Onsager relation; applications to thermoelectric, thermomagnetic and 
diffusional processes. Mr. El-Saden 

ME 602 Statistical Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 601 



152 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Fundamental principles of kinetic theory, quantum mechanics, statistical 
mechanics and irreversible phenomena with particular reference to ther- 
modynamics systems and processes. The conclusions of the classical 
thermodynamics are analyzed and established from the microscopic view- 
point. Mr. El-Saden 

ME 603 Advanced Power Plants 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 401 

A critical analysis of the energy balance of thermal power plants, 
thermodynamics and economic evaluation of alternate schemes of develop- 
ment; study of recent developments in the production of power. 

Mr. Doolittle 

ME 605 Aerothermochemistry 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ME 601, MA 511 

A generalized treatment of combustion thermodynamics including deri- 
vation of thermodynamic quantities by the method of Jacobians, criteria 
for thermodynamic equilibrium, computation of equilibrium composition 
and adiabatic flame temperature. Introduction to classical chemical kinetics. 
Conservation equations for a reacting system, detonation and deflagration. 
Theories of flame propagation, flame stabilization, and turbulent com- 
bustion. Mr. Perkins 

ME 606 Advanced Gas Dynamics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ME 521, ME 601, MA 511 

The general conservation equations of gas dynamics from a differential 
and integral point of view. Hyperbolic compressible flow equations, un- 
steady one-dimensional flows, the non-linear problem of shock wave forma- 
tion, isentropic flow, flow in nozzles and jets, turbulent flow. 

Mr. Smetana 

ME 608 Advanced Heat Transfer I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 402 

Fundamental aspects, from an advanced viewpoint, will be considered in 
the conduction of heat through solids, convective phenomena, and the 
measurement and prediction of appropriate physical properties. Boundary 
value problems arising in heat conduction will be examined and both 
numerical and function solution techniques developed. Internal and ex- 
ternal boundary layer analyses will be made on a variety of representative 
convection situations. Mr. Ozisik 

ME 609 Advanced Heat Transfer II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 608 

Advanced topics in the non-isothermal flow of fluids through channels 
will be investigated for slug, laminar, transitional and turbulent condi- 
tions. The influence of mass transfer on flow and heat transfer processes 
will be considered. Radiation exchange processes between solid surfaces, 
and solid surfaces and gases both stationary and moving will be discussed. 

Mr. Ozisik 

ME 610 Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 609 

This course constitutes a study of recent developments in heat transfer 
and related areas. It is anticipated that the course content will chanere from 
semester to semester. Mr. Ozisik 

ME 611, 612 Advanced Machine Design I, II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: ME 412 

An advanced integrated treatment of stress analysis and materials engi- 
neering devoted to current rational methods of analysis and design appli- 
cable to mechanical components. Primary attention placed on the determina- 
tion and prediction of strength, life, and deformation characteristics of 
machine components as dictated by performance requirements. 

Messrs. Garcia, Zorowski 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 153 

ME 613 Mechanics of Machinery 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ME 315; MA 512 or MA 402 

Advanced applications of dynamics to the design and response analysis 
of dynamic behavior of machines and mechanical devices. Emphasis on 
developing competence in transforming real problems in dynamics into 
appropriate mathematical models whose analysis permits performance pre- 
dictions of engineering value. Messrs. Hart, Whitfield 

ME 614 Mechanical Transients and Machine Vibrations 3 (3-0) s 
Prerequisites: ME 315 or EM 545; MA 512 or MA 402 

A study of the forces and motions produced in mechanical systems by 
periodic and transient inputs including shock and impact loading. Par- 
ticular attention devoted to the application of the principles of vibration 
theory to problems encountered in mechanical design. 

Messrs. Hart, Whitfield 

ME 615 Aeroelasticity I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 511; ME 411 or ME 468; ME 521 

Deformations of aero structures under static and dynamic loads, natural 
mode shapes and frequencies; two and three dimensional incompressible 
flow, wings, and bodies in unsteady flow; static aeroelastic phenomena. 

Mr. Topakoglu 

ME 617 Mechanical System Design Analysis 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ME 611, ME 613 

Lecture and project activity devoted to development of the ability to 
apply knowledge and experience in performing comprehensive design 
analysis of complete mechanical systems. Areas of interest to include 
critical problem recognition, system modeling, performance determination, 
and optimization and reliability evaluation. Mr. Zorowski 

ME 618 Mechanical System Design Synthesis 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 617 

Application of the basic philosophy and methodology of the complete 
design process to advanced mechanical system design. Individual and 
group experience in the conception, synthesis, analysis, optimization, and 
implementation phases of feasibility, preliminary, and final design studies 
provided by means of comprehensive system design projects. 

Mr. Zorowski 

ME 625, 626 Direct Energy Conversion 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: ME 601 

An engineering study of the modern developments in the field of con- 
version of heat to power in order to meet new technology demands. Thermo- 
electric, thermomagnetic, thermionic, photovoltaic and magnetohydrody- 
namic effects and their utilization for energy conversion purposes, static 
and dynamic response, limitations imposed by the first and the second laws 
of thermodynamics. Energy and entropy balances, irreversible sources; 
inherent losses, cascading, design procedures, experimental studies to de- 
termine the response and efficiency of various systems. Mr. El-Saden 

ME 631 Applications of Ultrasonics to Engineering 

Research 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MA 511, EE 332 

The technique and theory of propagation of ultrasonics in liquids, gases 
and solids. Development of ultrasonic transducers, the elastic piezoelectric 
and dielectric relationships. Ultrasonic applications of asdic or sonar cavita- 
tion, emulsification, soldering, welding, and acoustic properties of gases, 
liquids and solids. Mr. Woodburn 

ME 651 Principles of Fluid Motion 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 453 
Corequisite: MA 511 



154 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Fundamental principles of fluid dynamics. Mathematical methods of 
analysis are emphasized. Potential flow theory development with intro- 
duction to the effects of viscosity and compressibility. Two dimensional 
and three dimensional phenomena are considered. Mr. Pinkerton 

ME 652 Dynamics of Compressible Flow 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ME 521, MA 511 

Properties of compressible fluids, equation of motion in one-dimensional 
motion, channel flows, shock wave theory, methods of observation, and 
flows at transonic speeds. Mr. Pinkerton 

ME 653 Supersonic Aerodynamics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 652 

Equations of motion in supersonic flow, Prandtl-Meyer turns, method of 
characteristics, hodograph plane, supersonic wind tunnels, supersonic air- 
foil theory, and boundary layer shock interaction. Mr. Perkins 

ME 654 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 521 

Exact solutions to the Navier Stokes Equations. Approximate solutions 
for low Reynolds numbers. Approximate solutions for high Reynolds num- 
bers — incompressible boundary theory. Laminar and turbulent boundary 
layers in theory and experiment. Flow separation. Mr. Williams 

ME 655 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 654 

A continuation of ME 654. Compressible laminar and turbulent boun- 
dary layers. Laminar and turbulent jets. The stability of laminar boundary 
layers with respect to small disturbances, transition from laminar to tur- 
bulent flow. Mr. Williams 

ME 657 Measurement in Rarefied Gas Streams 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 602 

A study of the basis for measurement of flow properties in rarefied gas 
streams. Included will be ionization gauges, hot wire anemometers and 
temperature probes, pitot and static tubes, Langmuir probes, electron 
scattering and electron beam density gauges. Mr. Smetana 

ME 658, 659 Molecular Gasdynamics 3 (3-0) fs 

Statistical mechanics as applied to the derivation of the equations of 
gasdynamics from the microscopic viewpoint. Energy levels of atoms and 
molecules and their relation to equilibrium thermodynamic concepts, in 
particular, specific heats. Approximate solutions of the Boltzmann Equa- 
tion. Treatments of viscosity, heat conduction, and electrical conductivity. 
Collision processes. High temperature behavior of multispecies gas mix- 
tures. Mr. Smetana 

ME 661, 662 Aerospace Energy Systems 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: MA 512, ME 521, PY 407 

A study of energy systems appropriate to the varied requirements of 
space operations. Includes analysis of chemical, nuclear and solar energy 
sources and the theory of their adaptation to operational requirements for 
propulsion and auxiliary power, cooling requirements, coolants and ma- 
terials. Mr. Truitt 

ME 671, 672 Advanced Air Conditioning Design I, II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: ME 571, ME 572 

The design of heating and air conditioning systems; the preparation of 
specifications and performance tests on heating and air conditioning equip- 
ment. Mr. Knight 

ME 674, 675 Advanced Spacecraft Design 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: ME 542, ME 582 

Analysis and design of spacecraft including system design criteria, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 155 

acceleration tolerance, entry environment, thermal requirements, criteria 
for configuration design, aerodynamic design, heating rates, thermostruc- 
tural design, boost phase, de-orbit, entry corridor, lift modulation, rolling 
entry, glide phase, maneuvering and landing, stability and control, thermal 
protection system, materials, instrumentation, and life support systems. 

Mr. Truitt 

ME 681 Introduction to Rocket Propulsion 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: ME 601 

Review of the exterior ballistics and performance of rocket propelled 
vehicles. Thermodynamics of real gases at high temperature. Non-equili- 
brium flow in rocket nozzles. Mr. Hassan 

ME 682 Solid Propellant Rockets 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 681 

A study of the design and performance of solid-propellant rockets; prop- 
erties and burning characteristics of solid propellants. Internal ballistics 
of solid propellant rockets. Design and design optimization. Combustion 
instabilities. Mr. Hassan 

ME 683 Liquid Propellant Rockets 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ME 681 

The study and design of liquid propellant rockets. Combustion of liquid 
fuels. Thrust chamber, propellant supply and injection system. Cooling 
of rocket motors. Low and high frequency instability in liquid rocket 
motors. Scaling laws. Mr. Hassan 

ME 684 Ion Propulsion 3 (3-0) fors 

Prerequisite: ME 531 

Study and design of Ion motors, power sources and converters, missions 
for ion-propelled vehicles. Mr. Hassan 

ME 693 Advanced Topics in Mechanical Engineering 1 to 6 f or s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Faculty and graduate student discussions of advanced topics in con- 
temporary mechanical engineering. Graduate Staff 

ME 695 Mechanical Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) fors 

Faculty and graduate student discussions centered around current re- 
search problems and advanced engineering theories. Graduate Staff 

ME 699 Mechanical Engineering Research Credits by Arrangement 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in mechanical engineering, permission 
of adviser 

Individual research in the field of mechanical engineering. 

Graduate Staff 



METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and departmental information 
see Department of Mineral Industries, page 159.) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

MIM 401, 402 Metallurgical Operations I, II 4 (3-3) fs 

Prerequisite: MIM 332 

A systematized treatment of the fundamental operations involved in the 
production and fabrication of metals and alloys. Part I deals primarily 
with procedures and operations employed in chemical or extractive metal- 
lurgy. Part II covers the operations of physical and mechanical metallurgy. 



156 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MIM 421, 422 Metallurgy I, II 2 (2-0) fs 

Prerequisite: CH 103 

The constitution, structure and properties of engineering ferrous and 
nonferrous metals and alloys; influences of mechanical working and heat 
treatment; physical testing, corrosion and its prevention. 

MIM 423 Metallurgical Laboratory 1 (0-3) fs 

Prerequisite: MIM 421 or MIM 422 

Laboratory work to accompany Metallurgy I, II. 

MIM 431, 432 Metallography I, II 3 (2-3) fs 

Prerequisite: MIM 332 

An intensive study of the principles and techniques for examination 
and correlation of the structure, constitution, and properties of metals and 
alloys. 

MIM 491, 492 Metallurgical Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in metallurgical engineering 

Reports and discussion of special topics in metallurgical engineering 
and related subjects. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

MIM 521, 522 Advanced Physical Metallurgy I, II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 

Theories concerning behavior and control of engineering alloys, reaction 
rates in the solid state, and alloy influences; current heat treating 
practices; surface treatments; behavior of metals at high and low 
temperatures; special purpose alloys; powder metallurgy; review of 
modern equipment and methods for the study of metals. 

Mr. Stadelmaier 

MIM 523, 524 Metallurgical Factors in Design 3 (3-0) fs 
Prerequisite: MIM 422 

A study of the metallurgical factors that must be considered in using 

metals in design. Mr. Austin 

MIM 541, 542 Principles of Corrosion I, II 3 (2-3) fs 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 

The fundamentals of metallic corrosion and passivity. The electro- 
chemical nature of corrosive attack, basic forms of corrosion, corrosion 
rate factors, methods of corrosion protection. Laboratory work included. 

Mr. Austin 

MIM 561 Advanced Structure and Properties of Materials 3 (2-3) f 
Prerequisite: MIM 422 

A systematic treatment of the fundamental physico-chemical principles 
governing the constitution of both metallic and ceramic materials. Cor- 
relation of these principles with physical, mechanical and chemical 
properties of materials. Particular emphasis is placed upon materials of 
construction for nuclear reactors. Lectures and laboratory. 

Mr. Austin 

MIM 562 Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: MIM 561 

Engineering aspects of problems involved in the selection and application 
of reactor materials. Specific attention is given to elevated temperature 
behavior, fatigue, corrosion, irradiation damage, and the fabrication and 
processing of these materials. Lecture and laboratory. Graduate Staff 

MIM 595, 596 Advanced Metallurgical Experiments I, II 3 (1-6) fs 
Prerequisite: MIM 422 or permission of instructor 

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific experimental 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 157 

project dealing with metallurgy or metallography. A seminar period is 
provided and a written report is required. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

MIM 651, 652 Theory and Structure of Metals 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MIM 522 

An advanced interpretation of the development of theories of the metallic 
state with emphasis on modern physical concepts. Topics include theory 
of crystallinity, bonding forces, stability of metallic structures, diffusion, 
and dislocation theory. Mr. Stadelmaier 

MIM 691, 692 Special Topics in Metallurgical Engineering 3 (3-0) fs 
Special studies of advanced topics in metallurgical engineering. 

Graduate Staff 
MIM 699 Metallurgical Engineering 

Research Credits by Arrangement 

Independent investigation of an appropriate problem in metallurgical 
engineering. A report on this investigation is required as a graduate 
thesis. Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: James Brainerd Evans, Head, William Victor Bartholomew, 
John Lincoln Etchells, James Giacomo Leece, Marvin Luther 
Speck 

Associate Professors: Frank Bradley Armstrong, Walter Jerome 
Dobrogosz, Gerald Hugh Elkan 

Assistant Professors: John Joseph McNeill, Jerome John Perry 

The Department of Microbiology offers programs leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Both of these 
degrees require a research thesis on some basic aspect of microbiology 
under the direction of one of the members of the microbiology faculty 
listed above. 

The graduate programs in microbiology are strongly oriented to- 
ward microbial physiology, microbial metabolism and microbial genet- 
ics. Students applying for admission to the programs need not have 
had any formal training in microbiology, but should have a bachelor's 
or master's degree with a major in one of the biological or physical 
sciences. Applicants are expected to have completed two semesters of 
organic chemistry, two semesters of calculus and two semesters of 
physics with at least C grades. However, students with deficiencies 
in these areas may be accepted if their record indicates the capability 
of making it up. Students applying for support in the form of fellow- 
ships, traineeships or assistantships should submit scores on the Grad- 
uate Record Examination. 

Ai least one semester of experience as a half-time teaching assistant 
is required for the doctoral degree. As a general rule the master's 
program requires two calendar years beyond the bachelor's degree 
and the doctoral program requires two to three years beyond the 
master's level. 



158 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

MB 401 General Microbiology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: BS 100, CH 223 or CH 220 

A rigorous introduction to the basic principles and concepts of modern 
microbiology. This course is recommended for students in the biological 
sciences and agricultural sciences curricula and for all students who plan 
to take further courses in microbiology. It is generally expected that 
MB 402 will be taken concurrently. Credit will not be granted for both 
MB 301 and MB 401. 

MB 402 General Microbiology Lab 1 (0-2) s 

An introduction to the basic laboratory techniques of microbiology. This 
will include methods of isolating, culturing, staining, quantitating and 
characterizing pure cultures of microorganisms. There will be one 2-hour 
formal lab period and students will be expected to come in briefly at 
other times to make observations. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

MB 501 Advanced Microbiology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: CH 223 or CH 220, MB 402 

A rigorous introduction to topics in basic microbiology that are not 
considered in depth in MB 401. These include microbial cell composition 
and structure, the function of subcellular units, microbial classification, 
microbial genetics, and pathogenic microbiology. It will be complementary 
immunological methods, work with bacteriophage, tissue cultures, etc. 
currently. Mr. Perry 

MB 502 Advanced Microbiology Lab 2 (0-4) f 

Prerequisite: MB 402 

This course introduces the student to many of the techniques and 
instruments commonly employed in research with microorganisms. It will 
include measurement of growth and metabolic activities, cell fractionation, 
immunological methods, work with bacteriophage, tissue celutures, etc. 

Mr. Perry 

MB 505 See FS 505, Food Microbiology. 3 (2-3) s 

MB 506 See FS 506, Advanced Food Microbiology. 3 (0-9) f 

MB 514 Microbial Physiology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CH 223 or CH 220, CH 551, MB 401 

A consideration of the processes of cell physiology that are of particular 
significance in microorganisms. Included will be a study of cell structure, 
growth, death, reproduction, nutrition, metabolism, and regulatory mechan- 
isms. Mr. Dobrogosz 

MB 532 See SSC 532, Soil Microbiology. 3 (3-0) s 

MB 555 See ZO 555, Protozoology. 4 (2-6) f 

MB 561 See GN 561, Biochemical and Microbial Genetics. 3 (3-0) f 

MB 570 See CE 570, Sanitary Microbiology. 3 (2-3) s 

MB 574 See BO 574, Phycology. 3 (1-4) s 

MB 575 See BO 575, The Fungi. 4 (3-3) s 

MB 590 Topical Problems Credits by Arrangement fs 

Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 159 

Courses for Graduates Only 

MB 614 See ANS 614, Bacterial Metabolism. 2 (2-0) s 

MB 690 Microbiology Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Graduate Staff 

MB 692 Special Problems in Microbiology Credits by Arrangement fs 

Graduate Staff 

MB 699 Microbiology Research Credits by Arrangement fs 

Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF MINERAL INDUSTRIES 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: William Wyatt Austin, Head, William Callum Bell, 
William Cullen Hackler, William Wurth Kriegel, Carlton 
James Leith, Hayne Palmour, III, John Mason Parker, III, Hans 
Heinrich Stadelmaier, Robert Franklin Stoops 

Adjunct Professor: Henry Mauzee Davis 

Visiting Professor: Joachim-Dietrich Schobel 

Associate Professors : Henry Seawell Brown, John Valentine Hamme, 
Charles William Welby 

Adjunct Associate Professor: James Kitchener Magor 

The Department of Mineral Industries offers graduate programs 
leading to the degrees of Master of Science in ceramic engineering, 
geological engineering, and metallurgical engineering, and to the Doc- 
tor of Philosophy degree in ceramic engineering. Certain graduate 
courses are also offered for the benefit of students majoring in other 
areas who may be interested in pursuing advanced work in the 
mineral industries fields. 

Financial assistance is available to qualified graduate students in 
the Department of Mineral Industries. Graduate assistantships permit 
half-time studies in either ceramic engineering, geological engineer- 
ing, or metallurgical engineering, and half-time to be devoted to 
teaching or research. Also, certain sponsored fellowships and trainee- 
ships that permit full time to be devoted to graduate studies are 
available on a competitive basis. Applications should be made to the 
department. 

CERAMIC ENGINEERING 

The unique characteristics of ceramics qualify them for many ad- 
vanced engineering applications in space, nuclear, and industrial 
technologies. Rapid expansion of this important materials discipline 
present challenging opportunities for engineering and research. Ad- 
vanced study is fast becoming a prerequisite for careers in significant 
growth areas. North Carolina State University has been actively 
engaged in post graduate teaching and research for more than three 
decades and since 1950, has been the only institution in the southeast 
offering the Doctor of Philosophy degree in ceramic engineering. 
Recruitment for stimulating employment by nationally prominent 



160 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

industrial, educational, and governmental organizations consistently 
outstrips available graduate degree recipients many fold. 

The graduate program is predicated upon acquisition of funda- 
mental understanding of the combined influence of material chemis- 
try, defect structure in the solid state, process selection and kinetics, 
microstructure, environment, and service conditions upon the ultimate 
performance of ceramic products. The research interests of the grad- 
uate faculty currently encompass a broad spectrum of the ceramic 
field. Included are materials synthesis, processing kinetics, phase rela- 
tionships, constitution and structure, mechanical and dielectric prop- 
erties of crystalline and vitreous materials, and design, development 
and applications of ceramics and ceramic composites. 

Well equipped laboratories for graduate instruction and research 
are in active use and are being systematically enlarged and improved. 
Broad interdisciplinary strengths are based upon related material 
activities in several other curricula in the School of Engineering and 
other schools of the University. 

The prerequisite for graduate study in ceramic engineering is a 
proficiency in undergraduate courses leading to the bachelor's degree 
in ceramic engineering, or a substantial equivalent. A significant 
fraction of the current student body have come to ceramics with 
backgrounds in other science and engineering disciplines. 

For course descriptions, see Ceramic Engineering, page 59. 

GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING 

The graduate program in geological engineering is directed to the 
advanced training of qualified students interested in the professional 
economic applications of geological knowledge. The occupational fields 
include the locating of mineral resources, and the assessing of geo- 
logical conditions at the sites of large civil engineering projects. 
Candidates for admission to this program should hold the Bachelor 
of Geological Engineering degree or a satisfactory equivalent, prefer- 
ably including a strong background in physics, chemistry, and engi- 
neering sciences. 

The solution of professional problems in geology is today requiring 
more specialized training and quantitative methods than can be in- 
cluded in an undergraduate curriculum. A person with such training 
in geology finds employment with petroleum, mining, and construction 
companies, governmental agencies, and educational research institu- 
tions. 

A great variety of problems in igneous, sedimentary, and metamor- 
phic geology are to be found within a radius of fifty miles of North 
Carolina State University. 

Facilities are available for research in mineralogy, petrography, 
economic geology, mineral dressing, and geologic problems relating to 
civil engineering. Excellent collections of geological literature are 
available at North Carolina State University, at the University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill, and at Duke University in Durham. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 161 

A well staffed unit of the General Hydrology division of the U. S. Geo- 
logical Survey is housed on the campus and is available for consulta- 
tion. 

For course descriptions, see Geological Engineering, page 126. 

METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 

The rapid development of space and nuclear technology and at- 
tendant materials problems has brought about a sharp increase in the 
demand for trained leaders in the materials fields. There is at present 
intense emphasis on advanced study and research on the fundamental 
behavior of metals and alloys. From this work will come urgently- 
needed improvements in metallic materials of construction to with- 
stand increasingly drastic service requirements — higher stresses, 
higher temperatures, corrosive and radioactive environments. 

Opportunities for men with graduate training in metallurgy and 
metallurgical engineering are almost unlimited. Industry and univer- 
sities today need approximately four times as many metallurgists with 
advanced degrees as are available. It has been estimated that by 1975 
the electrical, chemical, aerospace, and nuclear industries will require 
50,000 research metallurgists and metallurgical engineers. The num- 
ber presently available is approximately 10,000. Present ratios indicate 
that one-third to one-half of the 50,000 graduates needed should have 
advanced training beyond the bachelor's degree. The shortage of grad- 
uates with advanced degrees is further accentuated by the need for 
qualified college faculty members to provide adequate instruction in 
metallurgical and related fields. 

North Carolina State University is one of the few institutions in 
the South, and the only institution in North Carolina, prepared to 
offer graduate instruction in metallurgical engineering. In this pro- 
gram special emphasis is placed upon the application of basic physical 
metallurgy to problems encountered in various engineering disciplines 
including mechanical design, corrosive and reactive environments, and 
nuclear reactor applications. Appropriate opportunities for graduate 
thesis research are available in each of these areas. In addition to the 
advanced work in metallurgical engineering, the School of Engineer- 
ing also offers an excellent program of supporting courses at the 
graduate level in the related fields of physics, chemistry, mathematics, 
engineering mechanics, and in mechanical, chemical, ceramic, and 
nuclear engineering. 

For course descriptions, see Metallurgical Engineering, page 155. 

DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES 

GRADUATE FACULTY 
Professors: George Waverly Poland, Head, Edward M. Stack 

The Department of Modern Languages offers courses to assist grad- 
uate students in preparing themselves to use modern foreign Ian- 



162 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

guages in research and advanced study. Students are given the oppor- 
tunity of working a translation project in connection with their 
subject of major interest. They are encouraged particularly to seek 
useful foreign research related to their thesis or other research in 
progress. Although these courses do not carry graduate language 
credit, they may be taken as a means of attaining a reading knowledge. 
Certification may be obtained in languages not normally taught by 
the department with special permission of the Graduate School. 

MLR 101 Elementary Russian 3 (3-0) fs 

MLR 102 Russian Grammar and Prose Reading 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MLR 101 or equivalent 

MLF 401 French Grammar for Graduate Students 3 (3-0) fs 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific French as 
rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

MLF 402 Scientific French 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MLF 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical French, supplemented by discussion 
on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic 
techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 

MLS 401 Spanish Grammar for Graduate Students 3 (3-0) fs 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific Spanish 
as rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

MLS 402 Scientific Spanish 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MLS 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical Spanish, supplemented by dis- 
cussions on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other 
linguistic techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; confer- 
ences. 

MLG 401 German Grammar for Graduate Students 3 (3-0) fs 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific German 

as rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

MLG 402 Scientific German 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: MLG 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical German, supplemented by discussions 
of terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic 
techniques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 

DEPARTMENT OF NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: RAYMOND L. MURRAY, Head, RAYMOND F. SAXE 
Adjunct Professor: Ralph L. Ely 
Associate Professor: Thomas S. Elleman 

Assistant Professors : Albert H. Carnesale, Martin A. Welt, Charles E. 
Siewert 

Affiliated Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Wesley O. Doggett (Physics), Munir R. El-Saden (Mechan- 
ical Engineering), James K. Ferrell (Chemical Engineering), 
Charles Smallwood, Jr. (Civil Engineering), Arthur W. Waltner 
(Physics) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 163 

Associate Professors : Lawrence H. Bowen (Chemistry), Alonzo F. Coots 
(Chemistry), Robert W. Lade (Electrical Engineering), Edward G. 
Manning (Electrical Engineering), M. Necati Ozisik (Mechanical 
Engineering) 

The Department of Nuclear Engineering offers graduate study lead- 
ing to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

Courses and research are available within the department and co- 
operating departments in several areas of nuclear engineering, includ- 
ing reactor theory and analysis, radiation attenuation and detection, 
radiation effects, energy transfer and conversion, nuclear materials, 
nuclear safety and instrumentation, and radiation applications. 

Among the available research facilities are: a 100-kilowatt hetero- 
geneous tank-type reactor; a 30-kilocurie cobalt gamma irradiation 
source; a natural uranium subcritical assembly; a 1-Mev pulsed Van 
de Graaff accelerator; a pulsed neutron generator; laboratories for 
neutron activation analysis; radiochemistry and gaseous discharges; 
a high pressure heat transfer loop; and digital and analog computers. 

Candidates for admission are expected to hold the bachelor's degree 
in one of the fields of engineering or the physical sciences. Experience 
in nuclear physics, advanced differential equations, and basic reactor 
theory will reduce the time required for completion of the degree. 
Courses in these areas can be included in the initial phases of the 
graduate program. Thirty credit hours (including four for research) 
and a thesis are required for the Master of Science degree. Well- 
qualified students may study directly toward the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. Interdisciplinary research programs may be arranged for 
graduate students in cooperation with departments in the Schools of 
Engineering, Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics, and Agri- 
culture and Life Sciences. 

The Department of Nuclear Engineering participates in the Nuclear 
Science and Engineering Fellowship Program of the Atomic Energy 
Commission. Students are also eligible for fellowships from the Ford 
Foundation, the National Science Foundation, the National Aero- 
nautics and Space Agency, and others. Half-time graduate teaching or 
research assistantships are available in which a nine credit-hour load 
per semester is permitted. 

Graduates of the department find positions in industry, government, 
and academic institutions. Opportunities include analysis, design, 
utilization, and operation of nuclear facilities associated with the 
nuclear aerospace program, power reactors, research reactors, and 
radioisotopes. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

NE 404 Nuclear Energy Conversion I 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CHE 421 or equivalent 

Basic principles of the transformation of nuclear energy into useful 
forms. Considers the reactor as a heat source for a heat engine cycle. 
Description and analysis of various reactor concepts and associated power 
plants. 



164 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

NE 405 Nuclear Energy Conversion II 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CHE 422 or equivalent 

Basic principles of the transformation of nuclear energy into useful 
forms. Considers isotope production and utilization, direct conversion 
techniques, nuclear propulsion concepts, research reactors, and breeder 
reactors. 

NE 419 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: PY 407 

A survey of nuclear energy applications, including nuclear reactor 
materials, reactor theory, shielding, thermal and hydraulic analysis, and 
control. Uses of nuclear fission and its by-products in research, industry 
and propulsion are reviewed. The major engineering problems are defined 
and methods of approach are outlined. Staff 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

NE 501 Nuclear Reactor Theory I 3 (3-0) f 

Corequisite: PY 410 

An introductory course in reactor theory including the fission process, 
neutron energy distribution, lethargy, neutron slowing and interactions, 
diffusion, Fermi age theory, the diffusion equation, criticality conditions, 
and reactor instrumentation. Messrs. Siewert, Verghese 

NE 502 Nuclear Reactor Theory II 3(3-0) s 

Prerequisite: NE 501 

Continuation of reactor theory from NE 501. Topics include: treatment 
of reactor parameters for homogeneous and heterogeneous reactors, 
reflected reactors, multi-group theory, reactor kinetics, temperature effects, 
control rod theory, perturbation theory, and transport theory. 

Messrs. Siewert, Verghese 

NE 503 Nuclear Engineering Systems 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: NE 501 

Considers reactor as a system including aspects of reactor control, 
radiation protection, shielding, and thermal design. Mr. Carnesale 

NE 511 Radiation Detection and Analysis 3 (1-4) fs 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

Interaction of radiation with detectors. Characteristics of detectors and 
analysis equipment. Statistics of the counting process. Emphasis is on 
preparation for use of radiation counting equipment for research. 

Mr. Verghese 
NE 518 Radiological Safety 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PY 410, NE 501 

Treatment of types of radiation and their interaction with matter, 
shielding and biological effects. Study of safety considerations in a nuclear 
installation, including regulations, instrumentation used, overall detection 
system, emergency situations, and radiation containment. 

Mr. Elleman 

NE 520 Nuclear Radiation Shielding 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: NE 503 

An introduction to radiation protection criteria, design of shields for 
attenuation of gamma rays and neutrons from reactor primary systems 
and other sources and shield materials. Machine computation techniques 
will be discussed whenever necessary. The latter part of the semester will 
be utilized to carry out special problems in the design of space-radiation 
shields, hot cells and fall-out shelters. Mr. Carnesale 

NE 530 Introduction to Nuclear Reactor Theory 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: PY 410 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 165 

The principles of neutron motion in matter, with emphasis on the analysis 
of the nuclear chain reactor. Slowing of neutrons, diffusion, space distri- 
butions of flux, conditions for criticality, group theories, and the time- 
dependent behavior of fissionable assemblies. Mr. Verghese 

NE 531 Nuclear Reactor Laboratory 2 (0-6) fs 

Prerequisite: NE 530 or NE 501 

Observation and measurements of static and dynamic nuclear reactor 
behavior, the effectiveness of control and temperature, and correlation with 
theory. Experiments on the motion and detection of neutrons and gamma 
rays, with emphasis on the research uses of nuclear reactor radiations. 

Mr. Verghese 

NE 532 Nuclear Engineering Laboratory 2 (0-6) s 

Prerequisite: NE 501 or equivalent 

A laboratory course that provides a series of experiments that are 
fundamental to nuclear engineering. Special emphasis will be on experiments 
related to nuclear reactor theory, reactor kinetics, neutron physics, reactor 
heat transfer and radiochemistry applications. Several experiments in con- 
junction with an analog computer will be performed. Familiarization with 
research equipment will be gained through active participation of the 
student in setting up the various measurements. Mr. Saxe 

NE 540 Nuclear Reactor Control 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: NE 502 or NE 530 

Considers non-steady-state reactor behavior including reactivity effects 
due to temperature, poisoning, and control rods. Uses elementary servo- 
mechanism theory in treating reactor as a control element. Treats auto- 
matic control including control mechanisms and dynamic effect of power 
plant characteristics. Mr. Saxe 

NE 545 Nuclear Reactor Kinetics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: NE 502 or NE 530 

The kinetic behavior of nuclear reactors is carefully analyzed from both 
theoretical and experimental viewpoints. Solutions of the basic kinetic 
equations are developed and applied to specific reactor behavior. Tempera- 
ture, void, and xenon poisoning effects are considered. Digital and analog 
computer techniques are discussed and utilized. Correlation of theory with 
observed reactor behavior is made and safety considerations in reactor 
design are discussed. Mr. Saxe 

NE 550 Radiation Utilization 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: PY 410, NE 511 or equivalent 

Theory, industrial application, and economics of nuclear radiation are 
discussed. Emphasis is on the ability to choose appropriate forms of 
radiation and to design practical equipment. Subjects covered include: 
origin and economics of radiation, tracer techniques, activation analysis, 
food irradiation, chemonuclear processing, low and high level sealed source 
devices, and unique engineering aspects. Messrs. Ely, Welt 

NE 570 Radiation Effects on Materials 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: MIM 201, PY 407 

A study of the interactions of different types of radiation with matter, 
with emphasis on the physical effects. Current theories will be evaluated 
and experimental techniques will be discussed. Annealing of defects and 
radiation-induced changes in physical properties will be investigated in 
detail. Mr. Elleman 

NE 591, 592 Special Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 3 (3-0) fs 
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

These courses will be used to explore unusual and/or specialized areas 

of nuclear engineering. Graduate Staff 



166 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates Only 

NE 619 Reactor Theory and Analysis I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: NE 502 or NE 530 

The theory of neutron slowing, resonance capture, Doppler effect, and 
thermal flux distributions in heterogeneous nuclear reactors. Analysis of 
reactor control by temperature, effects of localized and distributed absorb- 
ers, fission products, fuel consumption and production. One-velocity neutron 
transport theory. Mr. Murray 

NE 620 Nuclear Radiation Attenuation 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: NE 503 

The physical theory and mathematical analysis of the penetration of 
neutrons, gamma-rays, and charged particles. Analytical techniques include 
point kernels, transport theory, Monte Carlo, and numerical methods. 
Digital computers are employed in the solution of practical problems. 

Mr. Carnesala 

NE 630 Reactor Theory and Analysis II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: NE 502 or NE 530 

The theory of neutron multiplication in uniform media with several 
dimensions, regions, and neutron energy groups. Reactor control by absor- 
bers, time dependent reactor behavior, matrix treatment or perturbation 
theory, neutron thermalization, energy dependent neutron transport theory, 
and multigroup machine methods. Mr. Murray 

NE 651 Advanced Reactor Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: NE 619 or NE 630 

A presentation of the latest advances in the mathematical analysis of 
nuclear systems behavior, with special emphasis on Case's method of sin- 
gular eigenfunctions. Exact solutions to several classical problems in trans- 
port theory are constructed. The relation of experimental measurements, 
theoretical interpretation, and numerical computation methods will be dis- 
cussed. v Mr. Siewert 

NE 653 Nuclear Reactor Design 3 (3-0) s 

Corequisites: NE 619, NE 630 

A comprehensive analysis and design of a nuclear reactor system for a 
specified application will be performed. Considerations will include criti- 
cality, control, lifetime, thermal-hydraulic, shielding, economics, power con- 
version, and optimization procedures. Selected applications will be varied 
each year. Mr. Saxe 

NE 691, 692 Advanced Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 3 (3-0) fs 
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

A study of recent developments in nuclear engineering theory and prac- 
tice. Graduate Staff 

NE 695 Seminar in Nuclear Engineering 1 (1-0) fs 

Discussion of selected topics in nuclear engineering. Graduate Staff 

NE 699 Research in Nuclear Engineering Credits by Arrangement 
Individual research in the field of nuclear engineering. 

Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION 
AND GUIDANCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 
Professor: Roy Nels Anderson, Head 
Associate Professor: Charles G. Morehead 
Assistant Professor: Jack Albert Duncan 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 167 

The Department of Occupational Information and Guidance has 
been training guidance and personnel workers for more than four de- 
cades. The first master's degree was awarded in 1926. The programs 
of graduate study are planned to develop a broad understanding of 
guidance and personnel services to be applied in various settings. It 
is most desirable for an applicant who wishes to specialize in guidance 
and personnel services to have had undergraduate course work in 
economics, education, psychology, sociology or social work. Students 
accepted into the program are those who anticipate devoting full or 
part-time to guidance and personnel work. Teachers, administrators 
and others who wish to increase their knowledge of guidance and per- 
sonnel may enroll for courses as a graduate minor or for certification 
renewal. 

Professional opportunities for placement in this field are on the 
increase. The department prepares students for positions as counselors 
in secondary schools, industrial education centers, colleges, community 
agencies, school or county guidance directors, rehabilitation counselors, 
employment counselors, placement interviewers, and personnel workers 
in higher education, business or industry, and state and federal gov- 
ernment agencies. The student may specialize in one of several areas 
depending upon his career goals. 

The master's program includes a core of guidance and personnel 
courses to be selected according to the student's vocational goals. Stu- 
dents may select their minor from the following areas: economics, 
psychology, sociology and anthropology and educational administra- 
tion. The master's degree program of the department meets the re- 
quirements for the Counselor's Certificate issued by the North Caro- 
lina State Department of Public Instruction, as well as counselor 
certification in many other states. 

The Department of Occupational Information and Guidance has had 
a contract with the Office of Vocational Rehabilitation for the train- 
ing of rehabilitation counselors, and has been awarded five Coun- 
seling and Guidance Training Institutes under contract with the 
United States Office of Education as authorized by the National 
Defense Education Act of 1958. 

The department also provides service courses in guidance and per- 
sonnel for undergraduate students in the School of Education. 

A limited number of graduate assistantships are available annually 
in the department and through the Division of Student Affairs. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Six hours of education or psychology 

An introduction to the philosophies, theories, principles, and practices 
of personnel and guidance services; the relationship of personnel services 
with the purposes and objectives of the school and the curriculum. 

Mr. Duncan 

ED 524 Occupational Information 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: Six hours of education or psychology, ED 520 or equivalent 



168 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

This course is intended to give teachers, counselors, placement workers, 
and personnel workers in business and industry an understanding of how to 
collect, classify, evaluate, and use occupational and educational information. 
This will include a study of the world of work, sources of occupational in- 
formation, establishing an educational-occupational information library, 
using educational, occupational, and social information, and sociological 
and psychological factors influencing career planning. Mr. Duncan 

ED 530 Group Guidance 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Six hours of education or psychology, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is designed to help teachers, counselors, administrators, and 
others who work with groups, or who are responsible for group guidance 
activities, to understand the theory and principles of effective group work, 
to develop skill in using specific guidance techniques, and to plan and or- 
ganize group activities in the secondary school and other institutions. 

Mr. Morehead 
ED 533 Organization and Administration of 

Guidance Services 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is designed for school guidance counselors, prospective coun- 
selors, personnel and guidance directors, and school administrators. The 
philosophy and scope of guidance and personnel services; the functions and 
responsibilities of personnel involved; basic principles and current practices 
in planning, developing, operating, and supervising guidance and personnel 
services will be studied. Administrative relationships, utilization of school 
staff, interrelationships of guidance services with instruction, and evalua- 
tion of guidance services will be considered. Mr. Morehead 

ED 590 Individual Problems in Guidance Maximum 6 fs 

Prerequisite: Six hours graduate work in department or equivalent 

Intended for individual or group studies of one or more of the major 
problems in guidance and personnel work. Problems will be selected to meet 
the interests of individuals. The workshop procedure will be used whereby 
special projects, reports and research will be developed by individuals 
and by groups. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ED 631 Educational and Vocational Guidance 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Nine hours from following fields — economics, education, psy- 
chology or sociology 

The development of a philosophy and point of view of vocational guidance 
from an interdisciplinary approach — economics, education, psychology and 
sociology. The course aims to provide basic understandings for counselors in 
educational settings, employment offices, personnel workers, rehabilitation 
settings and social workers, who are aiding individuals with vocational 
decision making and vocational adjustment problems. The course will cover 
the basic functions performed in vocational and educational guidance. 

Mr. Anderson 

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Nine hours from following fields — economics, education, psy- 
chology or sociology 

This course is designed to aid the personnel worker in the secondary 
school, college, employment office, social agency to develop an understand- 
ing and to develop skill in counseling techniques; philosophies, theories, 
principles and practices of counseling will be considered. Students will 
become acquainted with counseling techniques through lectures, demonstra- 
tions, case histories and tape recordings. Attention will be given to both 
diagnosis and treatment. Mr. Anderson 

ED 641 Laboratory and Practicum Experiences in Counseling 2-6 fs 
Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 169 

A practicum course in which the student participates in actual counseling 
experience under supervision in a school, college, social service agency, 
employment office, and business or industrial establishment. The student 
may observe and participate in some personnel and guidance services and 
mav study the organization and administration of the program. 

Messrs. Anderson, Duncan, Morehead 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH 

(An inter-departmental graduate program.) 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Technical Committee: 

Professors: Robert Gordon Carson, Jr., Chairman, Richard Loree Ander- 
son John Francis Bogdan, Frederick Phillips Brooks, Jr., Arthur 
Raymond Eckels, Robert Warren Llewellyn, George Edward 
Nicholson, Jr. 

Associate Professor: Cleon Harrell 

Assistant Professor: David Allen Link 

Associated Faculty: 

Professors- Clifton A. Anderson, William John Barclay, Arnold 
Herbert Edward Grandage, Robert John Hader, Richard Adams 
King Robert James Monroe, Bernard Martin Olsen, Charles 
Harr'y Proctor, Hans Sagan, Walter Laws Smith, Ernst Warner 

SWANSON, HUBERTUS ROBERT VAN DER VAART, OSCAR WESLER 

Adjunct Professor: P. GENE SMITH 

Visiting Professor: MAKOTO Itoh 

Associate Professors: Raul Eduardo Alvarez, Norman Robert Bell^ John 
William Bishir, William Ray Henry, Laurence Jay Herbst, Wilbur 
Carroll Peterson, Richard Lee Simmons, Thomas Dudley Wallace 

Assistant Professors: Bibhuti Bhushan Bhattacharyya, William Syl- 
van Galler, Edward Hempstead Wiser 

Successful operation of any enterprise, commercial or public, de- 
pends on the ability of the managers to foresee the consequences of 
putting into effect any of the alternative courses of action available to 
them. For example, the manager of a factory producing several dif- 
ferent products has to decide what quantity of each product to pro- 
duce. Of course, he is limited in the resources available, e.g. plant, 
liquid assets, raw materials and labor, and also by the demand for the 
several products. Even so, there generally will be several different and 
feasible production schedules. The manager's problem is to choose the 
production schedule most advantageous to the factory, usually that 
yielding the largest profit. 

The problems arising in this context, of which the above is a typical 
example, are many and varied. It has been recognized that many of 
these problems have representations in mathematical form, and a 
number of methods and techniques (linear programming, dynamic 
programming, theory of queues, simulation, etc.) have been developed 
for solving the corresponding mathematical problems. Operations Re- 
search consists of these problems, the techniques for solving them and 
research aimed at recognizing new problems and finding new solu- 
tions. 



170 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

At North Carolina State University at Raleigh and the University 
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, graduate courses in many areas of 
operations research have been offered by various departments on the 
two campuses for a number of years. In addition, numerous operations 
research theses have been directed by staff members of these depart- 
ments. Recognizing the need to coordinate and expand these activities, 
an Operations Research Technical Committee has been appointed, 
consisting of representatives from the Departments of Statistics and 
Information Science at Chapel Hill and the Departments of Biological 
and Agricultural Engineering, Economics, Electrical Engineering, 
Experimental Statistics, Industrial Engineering, Mathematics and 
Textile Technology at Raleigh. 

After reviewing the operations research programs of many well- 
known institutions and taking account of the indicated needs for per- 
sonnel, the technical committee decided that each member of an 
operations research team should contribute strength in at least one 
basic discipline. Hence it was decided to establish a strong graduate 
minor program in Operations Research, with the major in any basic 
discipline which could contribute to or utilize these techniques. The 
operations research graduate courses are to be selected from the fol- 
lowing general areas: 

Control Systems and Reliability 
Econometrics and Economic Decision Making 
Information and Computer Science 
Mathematical Techniques for Optimization 
Probability and Statistics 

If a student majors in a discipline which includes one of these areas, 
he would be expected to take courses from this area as a part of the 
major and select the operations research minor courses from other 
areas. The cohesive elements in the graduate program are to be a 
seminar and a special topics course. 

The minimal course requirements for graduate minors in operations 
research are as follows: 

Master's Degrees. The special topics course and seminar plus two 
courses in one of the five operations research areas. 

Doctoral Degrees. The special topics course and seminar plus five 
other courses, with at least two courses from each of two opera- 
tions research areas. 

Prospective students should pay particular attention to the prerequi- 
sites for the courses chosen. A student minoring in operations research 
should have a good background in matrix algebra, advanced calculus 
and introductory probability, or be prepared to take such courses early 
in his graduate program. The Departments of Electrical Engineering 
and Industrial Engineering have developed one-semester courses (EE 
430, Essentials of Electrical Engineering; IE 510, Industrial Engi- 
neering Methods) to qualify non-engineers to enter certain courses in 
the areas of control systems and reliability and information and 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 171 

computer science. Such background courses cannot be counted as part 
of the operations research minor program. 

Both teaching and research assistantships are available to qualified 
applicants each year from the departments represented on the tech- 
nical committee. Requests for such assistance or for information on 
the operations research program should be directed to these depart- 
ments or to the chairman of the technical committee. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

OR 691 Special Topics in Operations Research 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 511, MA 541 (ST 541), enrolled for operations 
research minor 

Case studies exemplifying a variety of operations research applications. 
Students will devote three to five weeks per case and will work in small 
groups under the supervision of operations research faculty members. Re- 
quired of students with an operations research minor. Graduate Staff 

OR 695 Seminar in Operations Research 1 (1-0) f 

Prerequisite: Enrolled for operations research minor 

Seminar discussion of operations research problems. Case analyses and 
reports. Graduate students with minors in operations research are expected 
to attend throughout the period of their residence. Graduate Staff 

ST 202 See UNC ST 202, Methods of Operations Research. 
Courses in Cooperating Departments * 

Control Systems and Reliability 

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems 
EE 613 Advanced Feedback Control 
IE 522 Dynamics of Industrial Systems 
IE 547 Engineering Reliability 
IE 621 Inventory Control Methods 

Econometrics and Economic Decision Making 

EC 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments 

EC 550 Mathematical Models in Economics 

EC-ST 651 Econometric Methods I 

EC-ST 652 Econometric Methods II 

EC 665 Economic Behavior of the Organization 

Information and Computer Science 

Dynamical Analogies 
Communication Theory 
Automata and Adaptive Systems 
Statistical Communication Theory 
Introduction to Automatic Digital Control 
Tutorial in Architecture of Computers 
Processing of Natural and Artificial Languages 
Tutorial in Information Retrieval 
Logic for Digital Computers 
Non-numeric Uses of Computers 
Information Theory 
Error Correcting Codes 

* Courses with numbers beginning with 1 or 2 are taught on the Chapel Hill campus; 
others are taught at Raleigh. 



EE 


506 


EE 


512 


EE 


642 


EE 


651 


IS 


160 


IS 


204 


IS 


210 


IS 


211 


MA 


536 


MA 


537 


ST 


252 


ST 


253 



172 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Mathematical Techniques of Optimization 

IE 505 (MA 505) Mathematical Programming I 

ST 606 (MA 606) Mathematical Programming II 

IE 607 (MA 607) Special Topics in Mathematical Programming 

MA 581 Special Topics 

Probability and Statistics 

MA 542 (ST 542) Theory of Probability II 

ST 132 Intermediate Probability 

ST 613, 614 Time Series Analysis I, II 

ST 617, 618 (MA 617, 618) Measure Theory and Advanced 

Probability 
ST 619 (MA 619) Topics in Advanced Probability 
ST 235 Stochastic Processes 



DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

PHI 401 Symbolic Logic 3 (3-0) f 

Modern methods in logic involving formalized expression that avoids 
inherent difficulties and ambiguities of ordinary language and makes possible 
greater effectiveness in handling complex material. 

REL 403 Religions of the World 3 (3-0) s 

Background, general characteristics, and basic teachings of the major 

living religions of the world; consideration of contemporary secular move- 
ments that are in a sense religions. 

PHI 405 Foundations of Science 3 (3-0) fs 

Nature and validity of knowledge, basic concepts of modern science, 
scientific method, and the implications of the philosophy of modern science 
for ethics, social philosophy, and the nature of reality. 



DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Lewis Worth Seagondollar, Head, Willard Harrison Ben- 
nett, Wesley Osborne Doggett, Harry Charles Kelly, Forrest 
Wesley Lancaster, Joseph Thomas Lynn, Graduate Administrator, 
Edward Raymond Manring, Jefferson Sullivan Meares, Arthur 
Clayton Menius, Jr., Raymond Leroy Murray, Arthur Walter 
Waltner 

Professor Emeritus: Rufus Hummer Snyder 

Associate Professors: William Robert Davis, Jasper Durham Memory, 
Marvin Kent Moss 

Assistant Professors: Grover Cleveland Cobb, Jr., Gerald Howard 
Katzin, David Hamilton Martin, Jae Young Park, George William 
Parker, III, Richard Roland Patty 

Study in physics leading to the degrees Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy is available. Courses, staff, and facilities are 
provided for presentation of the fundamental subject matter of 
physics and for specialized study and research in several areas, as 
listed below: 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 173 

Nuclear Physics: Theoretical and experimental work in the fields 
of low energy charged-particle physics, neutron physics, and the 
statistical behavior of nuclear processes. 

Space Physics: Research on phenomena in the upper atmosphere and 
interplanetary space. 

Plasma Physics: Studies of basic ionic processes and applications 
to thermonuclear research. 

Infrared Studies: Research on transmission of radiation through 
planetary atmospheres and spectroscopic investigations of molecular 
and solid-state structures. 

Lasers: Theoretical and experimental work on the irradiation of 
laser crystals, and studies relating to new laser materials. 

Theoretical Physics: Theory of fields, non-inertial systems, nuclear 
structure and interactions, plasmas, molecular spectroscopy, and 
solid state. 

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: Theoretical and experi- 
mental studies of polycyclic hydrocarbons. 

Programs of study leading to the Master of Science degree are 
available requiring a minimum of 30 credits, including four credits 
of research and two of seminar. The presentation of a thesis is also 
required. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is granted on successful comple- 
tion of examinations, independent research, and the submission of 
a dissertation. A minor in mathematics or other area in science is 
normally elected. 

All graduate students and staff are expected to attend a weekly 
departmental colloquium at which topics of current interest in phy- 
sics are discussed. 

Extensive laboratory facilities are available for research in the 
areas of specialization. These facilities include: 

(a) A 1-Mev Van de Graaff accelerator with pulsing equipment 
for study of neutron scattering, polarization, and diffusion. 

(b) A hypersonic ionic wind tunnel for study of simulated space 
environments. 

(c) A plasma physics laboratory supported by a research tube- 
making facility for the investigation of the stability of ion 
streams. 

(d) Laboratories for research in magneto-optical effects, radia- 
tion detection, and radiation dosimetry. 

(e) Laboratories for laser research equipped with a Cary Instru- 
ments Model 14 recording spectrometer and Cobalt-60 irradia- 
tor. 

(f) Laboratories for infrared spectroscopy and studies of synthe- 
tic planetary atmospheres and the upper atmosphere. 

(g) A Varian Associates Model HA100 high resolution nuclear 
magnetic resonance spectrometer with a proton stabilization 
loop. 



174 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

(h) The IBM 1410 Tape System, located in the Computing Center, 
is available for use in research by graduate students. The 
Computing Center also offers non-credit short courses in 
FORTRAN programming. Plans include the acquisition of 
IBM system/360 equipment. 

The Department of Physics participates in the Nuclear Science 
and Engineering Fellowship program of the Atomic Energy Com- 
mission, and Fellowships in Health Physics are currently available 
under a continuing grant from the U. S. Public Health Service. Stu- 
dents are also eligible for fellowships from the Ford Foundation, 
the National Science Foundation, the National Aeronautics and 
Space Administration, the National Defense Education Act, and 
others. Research assistantships are available supported by grants or 
contracts with federal agencies, and a number of halftime teaching 
assistantships in general and intermediate physics is available each 
year. 

Research work on nuclear chain reacting systems and on the at- 
tenuation of nuclear radiation in matter is conducted cooperatively 
with the Department of Nuclear Engineering. Research in biophy- 
sics is done cooperatively with the Institute of Statistics. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: PY 208, MA 202 

A survey of the important developments in atomic and nuclear physics 
of this century. Among topics covered are: atomic and molecular structure, 
determination of properties of ions and fundamental particles, the origin 
of spectra, ion accelerators, and nuclear reactions. 

PY 410 Nuclear Physics I 4 (3-2) fs 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 407 

An introduction to the properties of the nucleus, and the interaction of 
radiation with matter. A quantitative description is given of natural and 
artificial radioactivity, nuclear reactions, fission, fusion, and the structure 
of simple nuclei. 

PY 411, 412 Mechanics I, II 3 (2-2) fs 

Prerequisites: PY 207 or PY 208, MA 301 

A sequence of courses in intermediate theoretical mechanics, including 
the dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, gravitation, moving reference 
systems, and the physics of continuous media. An introduction is given to 
advanced mechanics, including D'Alembert's Principle and Lagrange's equa- 
tions of motion, with applications. 

PY 413 Thermal Physics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 206 or PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 301 

An intermediate course in the principles of classical thermodynamics and 
the kinetic theory of gases with an introduction to statistical mechanics. 
Topics covered include equations of state, entropy, Maxwellian distributions, 
transport processes, and the statistics of Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein, 
and Fermi-Dirac. 

PY 414, 415 Electricity and Magnetism I, II 3 (2-2) fs 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 511 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 175 

An intermediate course in the fundamentals of static and dynamic elec- 
tricity and electromagnetic theory, developed from basic experimental laws. 
Vector methods are introduced and employed throughout the course. 

PY 416 Optics 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: PY 415 

An intermediate course in physical optics with the major emphasis on 
the wave properties of light. Subjects covered include boundary conditions, 
optics of thin films, interference, diffraction, and the Lorentz atom with 
applications to absorption, scattering, and laser emission. 

PY 499 Special Problems in Physics 1-3 Credits by Arrangement fs 
Prerequisite: Permission of department 

Study and research in special topics of classical and modern physics. 
Experimental measurements with emphasis on the treatment and interpre- 
tation of data, literature surveys, or theoretical investigations. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

PY 501, 502 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) fs 
Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 411 or PY 414 

An introduction to the foundations of quantum and wave mechanics, with 
solutions of the problems of the free particle, harmonic oscillator, rigid 
rotating molecule, and the hydrogen atom. Approximation methods are 
developed for more complex atomic systems. Mr. Cobb 

PY 503, 504 Introduction to Theoretical Physics I, II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: PY 412, PY 414, MA 511 

An introductory course in theoretical physics which offers preparation 
for graduate study. Emphasis is on classical mechanics, special relativity, 
and the motion of charged particles. Topics which are covered include the 
variational principles of mechanics, Hamilton's equations, canonical trans- 
formations, Hamilton-Jacobi theory, and the theory of small vibrations. 

Mr. Moss 

PY 507 Advanced Atomic Physics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: PY 412, PY 415 
Corequisite: PY 501 

A study of atomic structure and spectra, with emphasis on the analysis 
of spectra. Topics include: the alkali spectra, multiplet structure, electron 
spin, hyperfine structure, moments. Mr. Memory 

PY 508 Physical Electronics 3 (2-3) s 

Corequisite: PY 414 

Statistical theory of matter, collision phenomena in ionized gases, proc- 
esses at solid surfaces in vacuum and in ionized gases. Mr. Bennett 

PY 509 Plasma Physics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: PY 508 

Individual and collective motion of charged particles in electric and 
magnetic fields and through ionized gases. Pinch effect, relativistic streams, 
conductivities, and runaway electrons. Astrophysical concepts and approxi- 
mations. Properties of plasmas, including waves, confinement, instabilities 
and shocks, with applications. Mr. Bennett 

PY 510 Nuclear Physics II 4 (3-2) f 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The description and analysis of nuclear energy levels, meson theory, 
nuclear resonance, atomic and molecular magnetism, and cosmic radiation. 
Principles and experiments in neutron physics are discussed. In the labora- 
tory work, emphasis is placed on gaining experience in independent re- 
search. Mr. Waltner 



176 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PY 514, 515 Advanced Electricity and Magnetism I, II 3 (3-0) fs 
Prerequisite: PY 415 

An advanced treatment of electricity and magnetism and electromagnetic 
theory. Topics include: techniques for the solution of potential problems, 
development of Maxwell's equations; wave equations; energy, force, and 
momentum relations of an electromagnetic field; covariant formulation of 
electrodynamics; radiation from accelerated charges. Mr. Katzin 

PY 517 Molecular Spectra 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PY 407, PY 412; PY 507 recommended 

Topics include the vibration and rotation of the molecule, nuclear spin, 
and effects due to electronic motion. Transmission of infrared radiation 
through atmospheric gases will be discussed, and current molecular band 
models will be presented. Mr. Patty 

PY 518 Radiation Hazard and Protection 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

Principles of radiation dosimetry and radiation dose units. Radiation 
hazards to man. Maximum permissible levels of exposure to external and 
to internal sources of radiation. Methods of providing protection. 

Graduate Staff 

PY 520 Physical Measurements in Radioactivity 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The principles of experimental measurements on radioactive materials 
are presented and demonstrated through laboratory work. Emphasis is 
placed on the analytical interpretation of experimental data. 

Mr. Lynn 

PY 552 Introduction to the Structure of Solids 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 407 
Corequisite: PY 501 

Basic considerations of crystalline solids, metals, conductors- and semi- 
conductors. Mr. Memory 

PY 599 Senior Research 3 credits fs 

Prerequisite: Senior honors program standing, except with special 
permission 

Investigations in physics under the guidance of staff members. Literature 
reviews, experimental measurements, or theoretical studies. 

Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

PY 600 Planetary Atmospheres 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 507 

Gas dynamics of atmospheres with emphasis on recent results of rocket, 
satellite, and interplanetary probes. Theories of the airglow, aurora, and 
ionosphere are developed. Mr. Manring 

PY 601, 602 Theoretical Physics I, II 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: PY 503, PY 514 
Corequisite: MA 661 

Mathematical and theoretical approach to the relationships between 
various branches of physics. The restricted theory of relativity, electro- 
dynamics, the theory of electrons, classical field theory, and the general 
theory of relativity are treated. Mr. Davis 

PY 609 High Energy Physics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 510 

The experimental and theoretical aspects of nuclear processes at high 
energy including the classification of mesons and hyperons and their 
properties, pion-nucleon and nucleon-nucleon interactions, production of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 177 

mesons and hyperons, strange particles, spallation, fragmentation, and 
hyper-fragments. Mr. Waltner 

PY 610 Advanced Nuclear Physics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: PY 410; PY 510 recommended 
Corequisite: PY 501 

A theoretical study of nuclear structure and reactions. Topics include: 
the deuteron, low-energy nucleon-nucleon scattering, nuclear forces, nuclear 
moments, nuclear shell theory, collective model, compound nucleus, optical 
model, and direct reactions. Mr. Park 

PY 611 Quantum Mechanics 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: PY 502, MA 512 

Theory of quantum mechanics with applications to atomic and molecular 
structure, scattering phenomena, and a semi-classical treatment of the 
interaction of radiation with matter. Mr. Davis 

PY 612 Advanced Quantum Mechanics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PY 601, PY 611 

Dirac's relativistic electron theory, elementary scalar and vector meson 
field theory. Introduction to quantum electrodynamics and the general 
theory of quantized fields. Mr. Davis 

PY 621 Kinetic Theory of Gases 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: PY 501, PY 503, MA 512 

The theory of molecular motions, including velocity and density distri- 
bution functions; the phenomena of viscosity, heat conduction, and diffusion; 
equations of state; fluctuations. Mr. Patty 

PY 622 Statistical Mechanics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PY 413 
Corequisite: PY 501 

A treatment of classical and quantum statistical mechanics with some 
applications to thermodynamics. Topics include: statistics of Maxwell- 
Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac, and Bose-Einstein, canonical ensembles and grand 
canonical ensembles, ideal Fermi gas, and cooperative phenomena. 

Mr. Park 

PY 641 Non-Inertial Space Mechanics 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PY 601, MA 661 
Corequisite: PY 602 

The theoretical description of the phenomena of mechanics relating to 
non-inertial frames of reference with emphasis on applications to space 
travel and the instrumentation problems of rocketry. Applications to 
inertial guidance and electromagnetic-inertial coupling effects are also 
considered. Mr. Davis 

PY 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Reports on topics of current interest in physics. Several sections are 
offered so that students with common research interests may be grouped 
together. Graduate Staff 

PY 699 Research Credits by Arrangement 

Graduate students sufficiently prepared may undertake research in some 
selected field of physics. Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF PLANT PATHOLOGY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Don Edwin Ellis, Head, Jay Lawrence Apple, Robert Ay- 
cock, Carlyle Newton Clayton, Charles Bingham Davey, Teddy 
Theodore Hebert, George Blanchard Lucas, Richard Robert Nel- 



178 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

son, Lowell Wendell Nielsen, Charles Joseph Nusbaum, Joseph 

Neal Sasser, Nash Nicks Winstead 
Visiting Professors: David W. French, Frederick Lovejoy Wellman 
Professor Emeritus: Samuel George Lehman 
Associate Professors: Kenneth Reese Barker, William Earl Cooper, 

Ellis Brevier Cowling, Charles S. Hodges, Jr., David M. Kline, 

Royall Tyler Moore, Nathaniel T. Powell, John Paul Ross, 

Robert T. Sherwood, David Lewis Strider, Hedwig Hirschmann 

Triantaphyllou 
Assistant Professors: Guy Vernon Gooding, Jr., Donald Huisingh, 

Samuel Forest Jenkins, Jr., Robert Donald Milholland 
Adjunct Assistant Professor : Elmer George Kuhlman 

The Department of Plant Pathology is equipped with laboratory 
and greenhouse facilities for graduate study in plant pathology in- 
cluding special equipment for all phases of phytopathological re- 
search. The wide range of soil types and climatic areas in North 
Carolina makes possible the commercial production of a variety of 
field, vegetable, fruit, and ornamental crops as well as forest trees. 
Especially favorable opportunities exist for training in diseases 
caused by nematodes, viruses, fungi, and bacteria which affect many 
crops. Land facilities for experimental work are available at some 
sixteen permanent research stations located throughout the state. 
Student participation in the Plant Disease Clinic provides excellent 
training and experience in the diagnosis of all types of plant 
diseases. 

Many opportunities for employment in research, extension, and 
teaching are available to persons with the Master of Science or Doc- 
tor of Philosophy degree in plant pathology. There are openings for 
qualified persons in plant pathology research in the United States 
Department of Agriculture, state experiment stations and industry. 
Opportunities exist in foreign service through international and 
federal organizations as well as in commercial production enter- 
prises. The rapid development of agricultural chemicals for disease 
control offers numerous opportunities in research, promotion, and 
service activities. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

PP 500 Advanced Plant Pathology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: PP 315 or equivalent 

An advanced study of the economic importance, symptoms, disease 
cycles, epiphytology and control of major groups of plant diseases. 

Messrs. Jenkins, Kline 

PP 503 Diagnosis of Plant Diseases 3 (1-4) summer 

Prerequisite: One advanced course in plant pathology, permission of 
instructor 

A study of techniques used in plant disease diagnosis with emphasis on 
diagnostic value of signs and symptoms for certain types of diseases. 
Consideration will be given to major sources of descriptive information on 
plant pathogens and the use of keys for the identification of fungi. 
(Offered summer 1966 and alternate years.) Mr. Hebert 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 179 

PP 575 (BO 575, MB 575) The Fungi 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisite: BO 301 or equivalent 

An overview of the fungi within the framework of a survey of the 
major classes. Lectures, while covering the major groups systematically, 
will also include ancillary material such as aspects of ultrastructure, 
environmental adaptions, sexuality, ontogeny, and economic, including 
historical importance. Laboratory sessions will provide for study of both 
known and unknown material to, respectively, familiarize the student with 
the characteristics of the fungi and an appreciation of the problems and 
methods of their classification. Mr. Moore 

Courses for Graduates Only 

PP 601 Phytopathology I 4 (1-6) f 

Prerequisites: PP 315, permission of instructor 

A study of the principles of phytopathological research. The course is 
designed to apply the classical scientific method to disease investigation. 
Exercises will include appraising disease problems, reviewing literature, 
laboratory and greenhouse experiments and the evaluation and presentation 
of data. Mr. Sherwood 

PP 602 Phytopathology II 4 (2-6) s 

Prerequisites: PP 315, permission of instructor 

The basic concepts of the etiology, pathology, epiphytology and control 

of plant diseases. Mr. Nusbaum 

PP 604 Plant Parasitic Nematodes 2 (1-3) f 

Prerequisite: PP 315 

A study of morphology, anatomy, physiology and taxonomy of plant 
parasitic nematodes. Methods of isolating nematodes from soil and plant 
parts and other laboratory techniques used in the study and identification 
of nematodes will be considered. Mrs. Triantaphyllou 

PP 605 Plant Virology 3 (1-6) f 

Prerequisites: PP 315, GN 411, and a course in organic chemistry 

A study of plant viruses including effects on host plants, transmission, 
classification, methods of purification, determination of properties, chemical 
nature, structure and multiplication. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Hebert 

PP 607 (GN 607) Genetics of Fungi 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: GN 512 or equivalent, permission of instructor 

Review of major contributions in fungus genetics with emphasis on 
principles and theories that have evolved in recent developments. (Offered 
1966-67 and alternate years.) Mr. Nelson 

PP 608 History of Phytopathology 1 (1-0) f 

Prerequisites: PP 315, permission of instructor 

Development of the science of phytopathology from its early beginnings 
to the early part of the 20th century. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Ellis 
PP 609 Current Phytopathological Research 

under Field Conditions 2 (1-3) s 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Study of concepts involved, procedures used, and evaluation made in 
current phytopathological research by plant pathology staff. Visits to 
various research stations will be made by the class. Mr. Clayton 

PP 611 Nematode Diseases of Plants 3 (1-4) s 

Prerequisite: PP 604 

A study of plant diseases caused by nematodes. Special consideration 
will be given to host-parasite relationships, host ranges, and life cycles 



180 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

of the more important economic species. Principles and methods of control 
will be considered. Mr. Sasser 

PP 612 Plant Pathogenesis 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: PP 500, permission of instructor 

A study of interactions of pathogens and suscept plants. The following 
major topics will be considered: hydrolytic enzyme systems involved in 
tissue distintegration; role of enzymes, polysaccharides, and toxins in wilt- 
ing phenomena; mode of action of toxins in altering plant metabolism, role 
of growth regulators in hypertrophic responses; alterations in respiration 
and other physiological processes during pathogenesis; and nature and 
biochemical basis for disease resistance. (Offered 1966-67 and alternate 
years.) Mr. Huisingh 

PP 690 Seminar in Plant Pathology 1 (1-0) fs 
Prerequisite: Permission of seminar chairman 

Discussion of phytopathological topics selected and assigned by seminar 

chairman. Graduate Staff 

PP 699 Research in Plant Pathology Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, permission of instructor 

Original research in plant pathology. Graduate Staff 



DEPARTMENT OF POLITICS 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Preston William Edsall, Head, William Joseph Block, 
Fred Virgil Cahill, Jr., John Tyler Caldwell, Abraham Holtzman 

No graduate degrees are offered in politics at North Carolina 
State University. Graduate programs leading to advanced degrees 
in this field are offered at the University of North Carolina at 
Chapel Hill. The courses listed below are eligible for graduate 
credit when they form a part of an approved graduate program in 
other departments, and work in politics may serve as a minor field. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

PS 401 American Parties and Pressure Groups 3 (3-0) f 

PS 406 Problems in State Government 3 (3-0) s 

PS 431 International Organization 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or permission of department 

PS 442 Government and Planning 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or permission of department 

PS 452 (ED 452) The Legislative Process 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or permission of department 

PS 481 Political Thought: Plato to the Reformation 3 (3-0) f 

PS 485 (ED 485) American Political Thought 3 (3-0) s 

PS 491, 492 Seminar in Political Science 3 (3-0) fs 

Required of seniors majoring or concentrating in politics; open to other 
seniors and graduate students with permission of department. 

PS 496 Governmental Internship and Seminar 3-6 by arrangement 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 181 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

PS 501 Modern Political Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or HI 205 or equivalent Mr. Holtzman 

PS 502 (ED 502) Public Administration 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or PS 202 or equivalent Mr. Block 

PS 510 (EC 510) Public Finance 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: The basic course in economics required by the degree grant- 
ing school 

PS 512 American Constitutional Theory 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or equivalent Messrs. Cahill, Edsall 

Courses for Graduates Only 

PS 691 Applied Principles of Public 

Administration 2-4 by arrangement 

Prerequisite: PS 502 or equivalent Graduate Staff 

PS 696 Problems in Political Science 2-4 by arrangement 

Prerequisite : Advanced graduate standing Graduate Staff 



DEPARTMENT OF POULTRY SCIENCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Henry Wilburn Garren, Head, Clifford Warren Barber, 
Frank Rankin Craig, Edward Walker Glazener, Charles Horace 
Hill, Jr., Morley Richard Kare 

Associate Professors: William Lowry Blow, William E. Donaldson 

The Department of Poultry Science offers the Master of Science 
degree in poultry science. Doctoral programs are available in phy- 
siology, genetics and nutrition. 

The Department of Poultry Science occupies Scott Hall, a build- 
ing containing well-equipped research laboratories, animal rooms, 
a library and offices. Additional research facilities are located on 
the University farms and on three outlying farms in western, Pied- 
mont, and eastern sections of North Carolina. New facilities for 
basic and applied research are under construction both on campus 
and on the University farms. The research program is compre- 
hensive and ranges from fundamental biochemical, physiological 
and genetic investigations to poultry management problems. 

The demand for men and women with advanced training in poultry 
science is far greater than the supply. Many opportunities, both 
domestic and foreign, exist for graduates. These include research 
and teaching positions in public and private institutions, civil serv- 
ice, and industry. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

PO 401 Poultry Diseases 4 (3-3) s 

The major infectious, non-infectious and parasitic diseases of poultry 

are studied with respect to economic importance, etiology, susceptibility, 



182 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

dissemination, symptoms and lesions. Emphasis is placed upon practices 
necessary for the prevention, control and treatment of each disease. 

PO 402 Commercial Poultry Enterprises 4 (3-2) s 

Required of majors in poultry science; elective for others with permission 
of instructor. 

Principles of incubation of chicken and turkey eggs; hatchery manage- 
ment; organization and development of plants for the operation and main- 
tenance of a commercial poultry farm for meat and egg production; study 
of the types of buildings, equipment, and methods of management currently 
employed by successful poultrymen in North Carolina. Problem. 

PO 490 Poultry Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Required of majors in poultry science. 

Current topics and problems relating to poultry science and to the 
poultry industry are assigned for oral reports and discussion. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

PO 520 Poultry Breeding 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

Application of genetic principles to poultry breeding, considering physical 
traits and physiological characteristics — feather patterns, egg production, 
hatchability, growth, body conformation and utility. Mr. Blow 

PO 521 Poultry Nutrition 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

Required of majors in poultry science; elective for others with permission 
of instructor. 

A study of energy, protein, carbohydrate, fat, mineral and vitamin re- 
quirements for maintenance, growth and productive purposes. Emphasis 
will be on the nutritive requirements of the avian species, but the com- 
parative aspects of nutrition will also be discussed. Carbohydrate, fat and 
amino acid digestion and metabolism will be presented in relation to 
nutritive requirements. Mr. Donaldson 

PO 524 (ZO 524) Comparative Endocrinology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or equivalent 

Study of the endocrine system with respect to its physiological import- 
ance to metabolism, growth, and reproduction. Mr. Garren 

Courses for Graduates Only 

PO 602 Advanced Poultry Nutrition 3 (0-6) arranged 

Prerequisites: PO 521, CH 551 or equivalent 

Students taking this course will conduct a research problem in poultry 
nutrition. The problem will involve the designing and carrying out of chick 
experiments based on biochemical considerations. The students will obtain 
practice in designing nutritional experiments to obtain insight into bio- 
chemical problems. Mr. Hill 

PO 698 Special Problems in Poultry Science Maximum 6 fs 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Specific problems of study are assigned in various phases of poultry 

science. Graduate Staff 

PO 699 Poultry Research Credits by Arrangement fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A maximum of six credits is allowed towards a master's degree. 

Appraisal of present research; critical study of some particular problem 
involving original investigation. Problems in poultry breeding, nutrition, 
disease, endocrinology, hematology, or microbiology. Graduate Staff 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 183 

DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Howard G. Miller, Head, John Oliver Cook, Harold Max- 
well Corter, Slater E. Newman 

Professor Emeritus: Key Lee Barkley 

Associate Professors: Norman M. Chansky, Donald W. Drewes, Joseph 
Clyde Johnson, Robert E. Lubow, Paul James Rust 

Adjunct Associate Professor: Gilbert Gottlieb 

Assistant Professors: Eugene E. Bernard, Gerald S. Leventhal 

The Department of Psychology offers courses leading to the Mas- 
ter of Science degree. An industrial option includes courses in the 
application of scientific methods to the study of industrial behavior 
based on strong research training. An experimental option provides 
a program with major emphasis on the development of proficiency 
in experimental methodology in psychological research. Human fac- 
tors and human engineering training may be elected as part of the 
industrial or experimental options. A program is offered which pro- 
vides professional competence in school psychology. 

All programs are designed to provide the student with solid 
grounding in the basic areas of psychology. A set of required core 
courses includes statistics, social psychology, experimental psy- 
chology, psychology of personality, and the theory and method of 
measurement. 

A minimum of thirty semester hours of graduate credit is re- 
quired for the master's degree, but the actual graduate program for 
each student is determined on the basis of his individual needs, 
interests, and accomplishments and very likely will require hours in 
excess of the minimum. 

Admission requirements for graduate study in the Department of 
Psychology are a minimum of twenty semester credit hours in under- 
graduate psychology, a "B" average in undergraduate psychology 
courses, satisfactory grades in other collegiate studies, and satis- 
factory references from faculty and others in regard to character 
and quality of work. In some cases provisional acceptance is granted 
where some of the requirements are not met. 

The physical facilities for the training of graduate students in 
psychology include testing, satistics, general and human engineer- 
ing laboratories. 

In addition to teaching and basic research activities, the Depart- 
ment of Psychology carries on research for industrial, military and 
other organizations. To facilitate this activity, the Industrial Psy- 
chology Center has been established as a special organization with- 
in the department. 

A limited number of research and teaching assistantships are 
available annually. These assistantships are usually based on one- 
third time assignments, but are occasionally for one-half time. 



184 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

PSY 411 Social Psychology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

The individual in relation to social factors. Socialization, personality 
development, communication, social conflict and social change. 

Messrs. Leventhal, Miller 

PSY 438 Industrial Psychology II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 337 

The application of psychological principles to the problems of modern 
industry; with particular emphasis on human relations and supervision. 

Mr. Miller 

PSY 441 Human Factors in Equipment Design 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 337 recommended 

Human factors in the design of machines and other equipment. Items 
of equipment are understood as extensions of man's capacity to sense, 
comprehend, and control his environment. Includes problems in the psycho- 
logy of information, communication, control, and invention. 

PSY 464 Visual Perception for Designers 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

The nature of the seeing process and its relation to architecture, in- 
dustrial arts, and to the industrial engineering and textile design fields. 
Topics include the basis of sight, perception of color and form, vision and 
illumination, psychological factors in visual design, and a unit of training 
planned to improve the student's ability to perceive visual form. 

Mr. Bernard 

PSY 475 Child Psychology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 or PSY 304 

The development of the individual child of the elementary school age 
will be the inclusive object of study in this course. Emphasis will be placed 
upon the intellectual, social, emotional, and personality development of the 
child. Physical growth will be emphasized as necessary to an understanding 
of the psychological development of the pupil. 

PSY 476 Psychology of Adolescence 2 (2-0) fs 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

Nature and source of the problems of adolescents in western culture; 
emotional, social, intellectual and personality development of adolescents. 

Mr. Johnson 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

PSY 501 Experimental Psychology 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisite: Nine hours of psychology 

Experimental study of problems in general and theoretical psychology 
with particular emphasis on sensation and perception. Particular attention 
is paid to problem formation, experimental design and experimental 
methods. Effective written and oral performance by the student is a basic 
objective. Mr. Bernard 

PSY 502 Physiological Psychology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of psychology, including PSY 200, PSY 201 

A survey of the physiological bases of behavior including the study of 
coordination, sensory processes, brain functions, emotions, and motivation. 

Messrs. Bernard, Corter 

PSY 504 Advanced Educational Psychology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 185 

A critical appraisal of current psychological findings that are relevant 
to educational practice and theory. Mr. Johnson 

PSY 511 Advanced Social Psychology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 514 

A study of social relationships and their psychological bases; emphasis 
on those aspects of behavior determined by personal interactions; work 
will involve analysis of representative research studies, and individual 
projects. Messrs. Leventhal, Miller 

PSY 514 Psychological Research Design 1 (1-0) f 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in psychology 

The objectives of this course are to acquaint students with current de- 
velopments in theory and research in several areas of psychological in- 
terests; to foster capability to derive experimentally testable hypotheses, 
and experimental tests of these hypotheses; to write and speak effectively 
about theory and experimentation in psychology. Graduate Staff 

PSY 530 Abnormal Psychology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 302 

A study of the causes, symptomatic behavior, and treatment of the 
major personality disturbances, emphasis also placed on preventive mental 
hygiene methods. Mr. Corter 

PSY 531S Mental Deficiency 3 (2-2) summer 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in psychology and special education 

This will be a course in description, causation, psychological factors, 
education, and sociological aspects of mental retardation. It will emphasize 
the junior high and high school age group. It is designed primarily for 
special class teachers of retarded children at this age level. (To be taught 
in Summer Session only.) Mr. Corter 

PSY 535 Tests and Measurements 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology 

A study of the principles of psychological testing with emphasis on test 
construction, interpretation of test performance, and use of standard tests 
in research and education. Mr. Johnson 

PSY 540 Human Factors 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Six hours of senior level psychology 

An introduction to how the methods and techniques of experimental 
psychology can be applied to the problems of designing equipment for 
human use. Mr. Drewes 

PSY 550 Mental Hygiene in Teaching 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology 

A survey of mental hygiene principles applicable to teachers and pupils; 
practical problems in prevention and treatment of psychological problems 
in schools; case studies and research. Mr. Corter 

PSY 565 Industrial Management Psychology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Nine hours in psychology 

A study of the application of behavioral science, particularly psychology 
and social psychology, to organizational and management problems. 

Mr. Miller 

PSY 570 Theories of Personality 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Nine hours in psychology 

A survey of modern theories of personality with some emphasis on in- 
telligence and cognitive factors. Mr. Corter 

PSY 576 Developmental Psychology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in psychology, including PSY 476 or PSY 475 

A survey of the role of growth and development in human behavior; par- 



186 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ticularly of the child and adolescent periods. This course will pay particular 
attention to basic principles and theories in the area of developmental 
psychology. Mr. Johnson 

PSY 578 Individual Differences 3 (3-0) fs 
Prerequisite: Six hours in psychology 

Nature, extent, and practical implications of individual differences and 

individual variation. Graduate Staff 

PSY 591 Individual Intelligence Measurement 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PSY 570 

A practicum in individual intelligence testing with emphasis on the 
Wechsler-Bellevue, Stanford-Binet, report writing, and case studies. 

Mr. Corter 

Courses for Graduates Only 

PSY 604 Advanced Experimental Psychology: Learning 

and Motivation 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PSY 501 or equivalent 

The objectives of this course are to promote familiarity with the kinds 
of research currently being conducted within the areas of "learning and 
motivation;" to foster effective performance in writing, speaking and 
reading in this area, in the derivation of hypotheses capable of experi- 
mental test and in the design of experiments to test them. 

Messrs. Cook, Lubow, Newman 

PSY 606 Behavior Theory 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, a course in learning, experimental psychology 
and statistics 

A study of the most fundamental considerations in behavior theory. Such 
topics as criteria of scientific meaningfulness, the nature of scientific 
explanation, the application of formal, logical techniques to theory analysis, 
the nature of probability, operationism, intervening variables, etc., will be 
covered. The aim of the course is to develop skill in handling theoretical 
concepts, the ability to analyze and evaluate theories, to deduce hypotheses 
from them, and to devise means of testing them. Mr. Cook 

PSY 607 Advanced Industrial Psychology I 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in psychology and statistics or concurrent with 
statistics 

Application of scientific methods to the measurement and understanding 
of industrial behavior. Messrs. Drewes, Miller 

PSY 608 Advanced Industrial Psychology II 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: PSY 607 

Application of scientific methods to the measurement and understanding 
of industrial behavior. Messrs. Drewes, Miller 

PSY 610 Theories of Learning 3 (3-0) for s 

Prerequisite: PSY 604 

The objectives of this course are to promote learning on the theories 
currently used to explain how learning and forgetting occur so that test- 
able consequences of these theories can be derived and so that the theories 
and their testable consequences are capably written and spoken about. 

Messrs. Cook, Newman 

PSY 635 Psychological Measurement 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: ST 511 or equivalent, and twelve hours of psychology 

Theory of psychological measurement. Statistical problems and tech- 
niques in test construction. Mr. Drewes 

PSY 640 Advanced Human Factors 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in psychology, including PSY 540, MA 421, 
statistics or concurrent with statistics 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 187 

This course is designed to provide the student with (1) an understanding 
of the major areas of experimental and theoretical work being done in the 
field of human factors engineering and (2) experience in applying the 
large body of knowledge available in this field to the design of man- 
machine systems. Graduate Staff 

PSY 690 Seminar in Industrial Psychology 3 (3-0) fs 

Scientific articles, analysis of experimental designs in industrial psy- 
chology, and study of special problems of interest to graduate students in 
industrial psychology. Messrs. Baldwin, Drewes, Miller 

PSY 692 Personality Measurement 3 (2-3) fs 

Prerequisites: PSY 570, PSY 591 

Theory and practicum in individual personality testing of children and 
adults with emphasis on projective techniques, other personality measures, 
report writing and case studies. Mr. Corter 

PSY 693 Psychological Clinic Practicum Maximum 12 fs 

Prerequisite: Eight hours in psychology 

Clinical participation in interviewing, counseling, psychotherapy and 

administration of psychological tests. Practicum to be concerned with 
adults and children. Mr. Corter 

PSY 699 Research in Psychology Credits by Arrangement fs 

Individual or group research problems; a maximum of six credits is 
allowed toward the master's degree. Graduate Staff 



DEPARTMENT OF RURAL SOCIOLOGY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Selz Cabot Mayo, Head, Edgar John Boone, Charles Horace 
Hamilton 

Associate Professors: Harry Geddie Beard, Robert John Dolan, Law- 
rence William Drabick, Culpepper Paul Marsh, Glenn C. McCann, 
James Neal Young 

The Department of Rural Sociology offers the Master of Science 
and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

Graduate students studying for the Doctor of Philosophy degree 
usually take one semester of course work in the Department of 
Sociology at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Stu- 
dents seeking the Master of Science degree may take courses at 
Chapel Hill. However, they will be able to complete their entire 
program at North Carolina State. 

The physical and educational resources of the rural sociology de- 
partment available to graduate students include a departmental 
library of bulletins, monographs, and other materials consisting of 
several thousand items, accumulated over a period of thirty years, 
and catalogued in indexed files. Laboratory equipment consists of 
calculating machines, drawing table and instruments, chart making 
materials, cameras, typewriters, and statistical aids. Also at the 
disposal of the graduate student are automobiles for field surveys 
and IBM tabulating equipment operated by the Computing Center. 

The Department of Rural Sociology prepares graduate students 
for a variety of positions. Men and women with graduate degrees 



188 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

in rural sociology have opportunities for careers in college teach- 
ing, sociological research, social statistics, social work, administra- 
tion of social organizations and governmental agencies, agricultural 
journalism, and in branches of the government's foreign service re- 
lating to agriculture and the developing areas of the world. 

Institutions offering employment to graduates are land-grant 
colleges, agricultural experiment stations, and extension services; 
other colleges and universities; the United States Departments of 
Agriculture, State, and Health, Education and Welfare; state de- 
partments of health, education and welfare; farm journals and 
newspapers, and voluntary social agencies such as Red Cross, Com- 
munity Chest, Boy Scouts, and National Tuberculosis Association. 
Each year outstanding graduate students are awarded research or 
teaching assistantships, usually requiring the devotion of half of 
their time to a research project or teaching function as appropriate. 
Cooperative research work in the department frequently provides 
opportunities for part-time employment for other graduate students. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

RS 511 Rural Population Problems 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: RS 301 

A study of population growth, rates of change, and distribution. Con- 
siderable attention is given to the functional roles of population, i.e., age, 
sex, race, residence, occupation, marital status, and education. The dynamic 
aspects of population are stressed: fertility, mortality, and migration. 
Population policy is analyzed in relation to national and international goals. 
A world view is stressed throughout. Mr. Hamilton 

RS 512 Rural Family Living 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: RS 301 

Values, patterns, and levels of rural family living. Differentials and 
factors related thereto in the world, the nation, and North Carolina. 
Analysis of selected problems, programs, policies, and methods of study. 

Mr. Davis 

RS 513 (ED 513) Community Organization 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: RS 301 

Community organization is viewed as a process of bringing about desir- 
able changes in community life. Community needs and resources available 
to meet these needs are studied. Democratic processes in community action 
and principles of community organization are stressed, along with tech- 
niques and procedures. The roles of leaders, both lay and professional, in 
community development are analyzed. Mr. Mayo 

RS 523 Sociological Analysis of Agricultural 

Land Tenure Systems 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology 

A systematic sociological analysis of the major agricultural land tenure 
systems of the world with major emphasis on the problems of family farm 
ownership and tenancy in the United States. Mr. Hamilton 

RS 534 (HI 534) Agricultural Organizations and 

Movements 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology 

A history of agricultural organizations and movements in the United 
States and Canada principally since 1865, emphasizing the Grange, the 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 189 

Farmers' Alliance, the Populist revolt, the Farmers' Union, the Farm 
Bureau, the Equity societies, the Nonpartisan League, cooperative market- 
ing, government programs, and present problems. Mr. Noblin 

RS 541 Social Systems and Planned Change 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Three hours of sociology 

A study of social agencies and programs and their implementation 
through specific organizations in dynamic relation with the people whom 
they serve. Consideration is given to the relation of these agencies and 
programs to community structure and forces in rural society; coordina- 
tion of the several types of agencies and programs; professional leader- 
ship in the local community; and, problems in stimulating local leader- 
ship and participation. Mr. Marsh 

RS 611 Research Methods in Sociology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

Designed to give the student a mature insight into the nature of scientific 
research in sociology. Assesses the nature and purpose of research designs, 
the interrelationship of theory and research, the use of selected techniques 
and their relation to research designs, and the use of modern tabulation 
equipment in research. Mr. McCann 

RS 621 Rural Social Psychology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

Treats the genetic development of the rural personality and the inter- 
relationship of the individual and the rural society. Studies of social 
psychological factors related to rural leadership, morale, social organiza- 
tion, and social change, and examines the attitudes and opinions of rural 
people on current local and national issues. Mr. McCann 

RS 631 Population Analysis 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

Methods of describing, analyzing, and presenting data on human popula- 
tions: distribution, characteristics, natural increase, migration, and trends 
in relation to resources. Mr. Hamilton 

RS 632 Rural Family 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

Emphasis is placed on the development of an adequate sociological frame 
of reference for family analysis; on discovering both the uniquely-cultural 
and common-human aspects of the family by means of cross-cultural com- 
parisons; on historical explanations for variability in American families 
with special concern for the rural family; and on analyzing patterns of 
family stability and effectiveness. Graduate Staff 

RS 633 The Rural Community 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

The rural community is viewed in sociological perspective as a function- 
ing entity. A method of analysis is presented and applied to eight "dimen- 
sions," with emphasis on the unique types of understanding to be derived 
from measuring each dimension. Finally, the effect of change on community 
integration and development is analyzed. Mr. Mayo 

RS 641 (ST 641) Statistics in Sociology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ST 513 

The application of statistical methods of sociological research. Emphasis 
on selecting appropriate models, instruments, and techniques for the more 
frequently encountered problems and forms of data. Mr. Hamilton 

RS 652 Comparative Rural Societies 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

Sociological analysis of rural societies around the world with particular 
reference to North and South America. Special emphasis is given to cul- 
tural and physical setting, population composition, levels of living, relation- 



190 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ship of the people to the land, structure and function of the major institu- 
tions and forces making for change. Mr. McCann 

RS 653 Theory and Development of Rural Sociology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: Six hours of sociology 

Required of all master's and doctoral candidates in rural sociology; recom- 
mended for all graduate minors. 

Designed to meet two objectives: (1) to introduce the student to the 
study of current sociological theory, and (2) to survey events and trends 
in the historical development of rural sociology. Mr. Hamilton 

RS 690 Seminar Credits by Arrangement fs 

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree, and four 
credits toward the doctorate. 

Appraisal of current literature; presentation of research papers by 
students; progress reports on departmental research; review of developing 
research methods and plans; reports from scientific meetings and confer- 
ences; other professional matters. Graduate Staff 

RS 699 Research in Rural Sociology Credits by Arrangement fs 

Prerequisite: Permission of graduate study committee chairman 

Planning and execution of research, and preparation of manuscript under 
supervision of graduate committee. Graduate Staff 



DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Selz Cabot Mayo, Head, Elmer Hubert Johnson 

Associate Professors : Herbert Collins, Horace Darr Rawls, James Neal 

Young 
Assistant Professor: Edward Charles Lehman, Jr. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

SOC 401 Human Relations in Industrial Society 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor 

Selected societies about the world are contrasted with American society 
to demonstrate the correlation between technology and general behavior 
patterns, both within industry and in the total social order. The patterns 
of adjustment by the individual to the organizational framework (business 
concern, manufacturing enterprise, etc.) are analyzed in terms of social 
status, social roles, work norms, and attitudes. The social significance of 
major characteristics of contemporary industry is considered in terms of 
such topics as enlargement of the geographic bounds of the human com- 
munity, development of occupational specialization, alteration of the char- 
acter of inter-group inter-action, and the growing integration of American 
culture. The interrelationships between industry and social change are dis- 
cussed to show the effect of new social conditions upon industrial operations 
and the effect of technological change upon the family, school, church, and 
government. The contribution of industry to social progress is analyzed to 
promote the student's understanding of the dynamic quality of the social 
environment within which he will function. 

SOC 402 Urban Sociology 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, permission of instructor 

The course begins with a study of the factors behind the organic growth 
of cities. The relationship between the physical design of cities and their 
social organization is discussed. This is followed by a detailed analysis of 
new developments in the serving of human needs (adequate housing, and 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 191 

the design of physical and social structures for religious, educational, public 
welfare, and recreational activities). Socio-psychological aspects of life in 
an urbanized society are compared with those of predominantly agricultural 
societies. The increasing integration of urban and rural living is empha- 
sized. Finally, the changing character of uban life is seen in the resulting 
demand for city and regional planning and the use of administrative per- 
sonnel having both technical and social backgrounds. 

SOC 405 Social Work I 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, permission of instructor 

An introductory course, designed to acquaint students with the various 
types of public and private social work and with remedial and preventive 
programs in applied sociology; social psychiatry, health, public welfare, 
and recreation. 

SOC 406 Social Work II 3 (2-2) fs 

The subjects covered include emergence and present status of social work 
as a profession, roles, role conflict, and the generic base of methods in 
social work. Attention is focused on casework, group work and community 
organization. Some time is devoted to research efforts and to modes of 
administration. Each student is given an opportunity to participate in the 
current operations of one agency in the community. 

SOC 411 Community Relationships 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, permission of instructor 

A survey of the institutions, organizations, and agencies to be found in 
modern communities; the social conditions or problems, such as recreation, 
health, welfare, etc., with which they deal; their inter-relationship and the 
trend toward over-all planning. 

SOC 414 Social Structure 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: Six hours in sociology, permission of instructor 

Studies of the major social institutions and systems of stratification; 
the organization of social systems as, for example, religion, education, and 
government; the functions of such structural components as age and sex 
groups, vocational and professional groups, and social classes. 

SOC 416 Research Methods 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in sociology, permission of instructor 

An analysis of the principle methods of social research; the development 
of experiments; schedules and questionnaires; the measurement of be- 
havior. 

SOC 418 (RS 418, ED 418) Educational Sociology 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Three hours in sociology 

An investigation of the educational institution in a sociological frame- 
work. Analyzes the school as a social system, roles of the functionaires of 
education, relationships within the student body, effects of social factors 
upon the learning experience, reciprocal school-community relationships, 
adult education, and higher education in American society. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

SOC 501 (ED 501) Leadership 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent 

A study of leadership in various fields of American life; analysis of the 
various factors associated with leadership; techniques of leadership. Par- 
ticular attention is given to recreational, scientific, and executive leader- 
ship procedures. Mr. Young 

SOC 502 Society, Culture, and Personality 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent 

Human personality is studied from its origins in primary groups through 



192 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

its development in secondary contacts and its ultimate integration with 
social norms. While comparative anthropological materials will be drawn 
upon, emphasis is placed upon the normal personality and the adjustment 
of the individual to our society and to our culture. The dynamics of per- 
sonality and character structure are analyzed in terms of the general 
culture patterns and social institutions of society. Mr. Rawls 

SOC 505 The Sociology of Rehabilitation 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent 

The course stresses the social and cultural implications of the rehabilita- 
tion approach. Emphasis is placed upon the social and personal problems 
of physically and mentally handicapped persons. The interrelationships of 
the major social environments are considered at length in this regard. 
Objectives of the rehabilitation processes are analyzed in terms of the 
sociology of work. A major portion of the course is devoted to rehabilita- 
tion as a profession, particular attention being given to the diverse roles 
of specialists in this field. Graduate Staff 

SOC 510 Industrial Sociology 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent 

Industrial relations are analyzed as group behavior with a complex and 
dynamic network of rights, obligations, sentiments, and rules. This social 
system is viewed as an interdependent part of total community life. The 
background and functioning of industrialism are studied as social and 
cultural phenomena. Specific social problems of industry are analyzed. 

Graduate Staff 

SOC 511 Sociological Theory 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: Six hours in sociology, graduate standing or permission of 
instructor 

Study of the interdependence of theory and method; the major theoreti- 
cal and methodological systems; and examination of selected cases of re- 
search in which theory and method are classically combined. 

Mr. Rawls 

SOC 590 Applied Research 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent 

A study of the research process with particular emphasis upon its appli- 
cation to action problems. The development of research design to meet 
action research needs receives special attention. Mr. Marsh 



DEPARTMENT OF SOIL SCIENCE 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Ralph J. McCracken, Head, William Victor Bartholomew, 

Charles Bingham Davey, James Walter Fitts, Eugene J. Kam- 

prath, William A. Jackson, James Fulton Lutz, Charles B. 

McCants, William Garland Woltz, William Walton Woodhouse, 

Jr. 
Associate Professors: Jack V. Baird, Stanley Walter Buol, Maurice 

Gayle Cook, George A. Cummings, Preston Harding Reid, Richard 

J. Volk, Sterling Barg Weed 
Visiting Associate Professor: Arvel Hatch Hunter 
Assistant Professors: Frederick Russell Cox, James W. Gilliam, Robert 

E. McCollum, Clifford K. Martin 
Visiting Assistant Professors: Robert Bancroft Cates, James Lester 

Walker, Donovan L. Waugh 

The Department of Soil Science offers training leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the fields 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 193 

of soil chemistry, soil fertility, soil physics, soil genesis, soil micro- 
biology, and soil conservation. 

Modern facilities are provided for soils graduate teaching and 
research in Williams Hall. Office and laboratory space is assigned 
each student. Literature relative to soils and related subjects is 
maintained in a departmental library. Facilities for graduate re- 
search include radioactive and stable isotope laboratories contain- 
ing automatic recording scalers and liquid scintillation apparatus, 
a mass spectrometer, amino acid analyzer, X-ray diffraction ap- 
paratus with fluorescence, differential thermal analysis, infrared 
spectrophotometer, atomic absorption spectrophotometer, polarizing 
microscope, high speed centrifuges, thin sectioning apparatus, and 
other modern equipment. Photomicrographic equipment is avail- 
able for photographing thin sections and microorganisms. 

Service laboratories for soil and plant analyses are available as 
well as special preparation rooms for soil and plant samples. Green- 
houses and growth chambers situated at the rear of Williams Hall 
are easily accessible for controlled plant studies. Field experiments 
are made on the sixteen research farms and four experimental 
forests owned or operated by the state. Located throughout North 
Carolina, the farms and forests include a wide variety of soil and 
climatic conditions. One of the largest and best equipped soil test- 
ing laboratories in the United States is operated by the North Caro- 
lina Department of Agriculture in Raleigh. Special studies on 
various problems of soil testing can be made in conjunction with 
this laboratory. 

Strong supporting departments greatly increase the graduate stu- 
dent's opportunities for a broad and thorough training. Included 
among those departments in which graduate students in soil science 
work cooperatively or obtain instruction are crop science, biological 
and agricultural engineering, botany, chemistry, economics, forest 
management, geology, mathematics, plant pathology, physics, and 
statistics. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

SSC 511 Soil Physics 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, PY 212 

Physical constitution and analyses; soil structure, soil water, soil air 
and soil temperature in relation to plant growth. Mr. Lutz 

SSC 522 Soil Chemistry 4 (3-3) s 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 553, CH 433 or equivalent 

A consideration of the chemical and colloidal properties of clay and soil 
systems, including ion exchange and retention, soil solution reactions, solva- 
tion of clays, and electrokinetic properties of clay-water systems. 

Mr. Weed 

SSC 524 Mass Spectrometry 2 (1-3) s 

Prerequisites: SSC 302, CH 433 or equivalent 

An examination of theoretical and analytical aspects of mass spectro- 
metry and stable isotopic techniques; application of these methods to bio- 
chemical research. (Offered 1966-67 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Volk 



194 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

SSC 532 (MB 532) Soil Microbiology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: SSC 302, BO 312, CH 220 

The more important microbiological processes that occur in soils; de- 
composition of organic materials, ammonification, nitrification, and nitro- 
gen fixation. Mr. Bartholomew 

SSC 541 Soil Fertility 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: SSC 302, SSC 341 

Soil conditions affecting plant growth and the chemistry of soil and 
fertilizer interrelationships. Factors affecting the availability of nutrients. 
Methods of measuring nutrient availability. Mr. Kamprath 

SSC 551 Soil Morphology, Genesis and Classification 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: SSC 200; SSC 302 or SSC 341; MIG 120 

Morphology : Study of concepts of soil horizons and soil profiles and 
chemical, physical and mineralogical parameters useful in characterizing 
them. Genesis: Critical study of soil forming factors and processes. Classi- 
fication: Critical evaluation of historical development and present concepts 
of soil taxonomy with particular reference to great soil groups as well as 
discussion of logical basis of soil classification Mr. Buol 

SSC 553 Soil Mineralogy 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 341, MIG 330 or equivalent 

Composition, structure, classification, identification, origin, occurrence, 
and significance of soil minerals with emphasis on primary weatherable 
silicates, layer silicate clays, and sesquioxides. Messrs. Cook, Weed 

SSC 560 North Carolina Soils and Their Management 3 (3-0) summer 
Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 302 or SSC 341 

Field studies of selected soil series in the coastal plain, Piedmont and 
mountain areas of North Carolina. Discussion of management practices 
that should be associated with the various soils under different types of 
farming. (Offered summer of 1967 and alternate years.) 

Messrs. Kamprath, McCracken 

SSC 590 Special Problems Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 302 

Special problems in various phases of soils. Problems may be selected 
or will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent and cur- 
rent research. Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

SSC 622 Physical and Chemical Properties of Soils 4 (4-0) s 

Prerequisites: SSC 511, SSC 522, CH 433, MA 301 or equivalent 

An examination in depth of current ideas concerning the physics and 
chemistry of soil and clay systems. Topics will include ion exchange, 
molecular adsorption, electrokinetics, relations between mineral structures, 
and their physical and chemical properties, and the properties of adsorbed 
water. Emphasis will be determined by student interest and by current 
literature. (Offered 1966-67 and alternate years.) Mr. Weed 

SSC 651 Pedology 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisites: SSC 522, SSC 511 

A critical study of current theories and concepts in soil genesis and 
morphology; detailed study of soil taxonomy. Topics include weathering 
and clay mineral genesis as related to soil morphology and genesis, 
functional analyses of soil genesis, properties of and processes responsible 
for soil profiles formed under various sets of soil forming factors, classifi- 
cation theory and logic as applied to soil classification, structure of soil 
classification schemes. Any of these topics may be emphasized, according 
to student interests. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate years.) 

Mr. McCracken 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 195 

SSC 672 Soil Properties and Plant Development 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: CH 551, SSC 522 or equivalent 

A detailed examination of the effects of soil factors in the development 
of crop plants. Segments of the course will treat soil transformation 
processes of both organic and inorganic constituents, concepts of nutrient 
availability, and the relation of plant development indices to specific soil 
properties. (Offered 1965-66 and alternate years.) Mr. Jackson 

SSC 690 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science 

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree, but 
any number toward the doctorate. 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research and special problems of 
interest to agronomists reviewed and discussed. Graduate Staff 

SSC 693 Colloquium in Soil Science Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science 

Seminar-type discussions and lectures on specialized and advanced topics 
in soil science. 

SSC 699 Research Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in soil science 

A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the master's degree, but 
any number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff 



SCHOOL OF TEXTILES 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors : Malcolm Eugene Campbell, Dean, Clarence Monroe Asbill, 
Jr., John Francis Bogdan, Kenneth Stoddard Campbell, David 
Marshall Cates, Graduate Administrator in Textile Chemistry, 
Elliot Brown Grover, Dame Scott Hamby, Graduate Administrator 
in Textile Technology, Joseph Alexander Porter, Jr., Henry Ames 
Rutherford, William Edward Shinn, Robert W. Work 

Visiting Professor: Harley Young Jennings 

Associate Professors: Richard D. Gilbert, Thomas H. Guion, Arthur 
Courtney Hayes, William Clifton Stuckey, Jr. 

Assistant Professors : Ernest Bezold Berry, Bhupender S. Gupta 

The School of Textiles offers programs leading to the Master 
of Science in Textile Technology, Master of Textile Technology, 
and Master of Science in Textile Chemistry. 

The fundamental objectives of the graduate program in the 
School of Textiles are to develop the student's ability to initiate 
and conduct independent investigations which lead to the develop- 
ment of new knowledge, and to stimulate the thought processes asso- 
ciated with learning and decision making. These objectives are ac- 
complished through programs designed to increase the general knowl- 
edge of the student and to develop a more comprehensive understand- 
ing of the major field through study and research. 

The program of study for the graduate student in textile technology 
may be arranged to develop a broad background in advanced tech- 
nology and, at the same time, emphasize areas such as fiber 
and yarn technology, fabric technology, knitting technology, or 
quality control. Students may minor in such fields as experimental 



196 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

statistics, economics, mathematics, physics, engineering, psychology, 
and political science. 

The programs of study for the Master of Science degree include 
a minimum of 30 semester credit hours of advanced courses, including 
a thesis based on research conducted by the student, and proficiency in 
one foreign language. The plan of course work and the research 
activities for the Master of Science degree are designed to prepare 
the student for a career in research, quality control, and other tech- 
nical phases of the textile industry. The student is also prepared to 
continue his educational program to more advanced degrees. The 
minimum requirement for a Master of Textile Technology is the 
satisfactory completion of 36 semester credit hours of advanced 
courses. There is no thesis or foreign language requirement for 
the Master of Textile Technology. This program is designed to offer 
the student advanced technology without the emphasis on research. 
Students pursuing this degree are encouraged to minor in economics 
with emphasis in the area of management. 

In the Department of Textile Technology current research activi- 
ties include fundamental studies of man-made fiber properties, char- 
acterization of combed and carded yarns, influence of variation in 
linear density of in-process materials as related to finished product 
quality, and processing problems as associated with the newest de- 
velopments in materials and supplementary equipment. 

In the Department of Textile Chemistry research emphasis is on 
absorption studies, textile chemical processes, new materials and 
new methods, and modification of fibrous polymers. The objective of 
the graduate program is to stimulate basic research and to train 
scientists at the graduate level in the general field of fiber chemis- 
try. Strong supporting programs are maintained in chemistry, chemi- 
cal engineering, mathematics, experimental statistics, and physics. 

The physical resources of the School of Textiles are at the dis- 
posal of all graduate students. Separate research laboratories for 
both physical and chemical investigations are available for grad- 
uate research. The research and educational programs of the school 
have facilitated the development of a competent staff of instructors 
and researchers. A shop is available in Nelson Textile Building for 
construction and maintenance of apparatus. 

A number of teaching assistantships and research fellowships are 
available. The stipends range from $1,800 to $3,600, with some fel- 
lowships including tuition and fees. 

The demand by industry and educational institutions for graduates 
with advanced degrees constantly exceeds the supply. The financial 
remuneration is not only larger, but professional development and 
recognition are generally more readily attained. 

For a description of courses offered by the School of Textiles, 
see Textile Chemistry, page 197, and Textile Technology, page 198. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 197 

DEPARTMENT OF TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and other information, see School 
of Textiles, page 195.) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

TC 403, 404 Textile Chemical Technology 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: TC 304, CH 223 
Required of seniors in textile chemistry. 

The chemistry involved in the wet processing of fibrous systems, 
especially dyeing, printing and finishing. The course emphasizes principles 
and includes a study of the various classes of dyes and their application 
to all important textile fibers and blends of fibers; preparatory and bleach- 
ing processes; roller printing and print formulations for important dye 
classes; nature and application of finishes for textiles. Mr. Campbell 

TC 405, 406 Textile Chemical Technology Laboratory 2 (0-6) fs 

Required of seniors in textile chemistry. 

To be taken concurrently with TC 403 or 404. Two 3-hour laboratories 
per week. 

TC 412 Textile Chemical Analysis II 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: CH 215, TC 304 

Required of students in textile chemistry. 

Analysis of textile materials involving specialized instruments, and 
techniques such as spectrophotometry, pH measurements, electrometric 
titration, viscometry, etc. 

TC 421 Fabric Finishing I 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisite: TC 201 

Students in textile chemistry may not take this course for degree credit. 

A general course in fabric finishing designed for students not majoring 
in textile chemistry. Emphasis placed on finishes used on garment-type 
fabrics, including stabilization finishes, water repellency, crease resistance, 
moth and mildew proofing, fire-proofing, etc. Emphasis on chemistry of 
finishes varied to fit requirements of students. 

TC 461 (CH 461) Chemistry of Fibers 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 223 

Required of seniors in textile chemistry. 

A lecture course emphasizing the theory of fiber structure; the relation- 
ship between the chemical structure and physical properties of natural 
and man-made fibers; the nature of the chemical reactions which produce 
degradation of fibers; the production of man-made fibers. 

Mr. Rutherford 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

TC 501 Seminar in Textile Chemistry 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisite: TC 403 

Required of seniors in textile chemistry. 

The course is designed to familiarize the student with the principal 
sources of textile chemical literature and to emphasize the importance of 
keeping abreast of developments in the field of textile chemistry. Particular 
attention is paid to the fundamentals of technical writing. (Reports. 
Lectures arranged.) Mr. Campbell 

TC 521 Textile Chemical Analysis III 3 (2-3) fs 

Prerequisite : TC 421 or equivalent 



198 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Elective for students in textile technology; no credit allowed for students 
majoring in textile chemistry. 

The work includes a survey of organic chemistry, with emphasis on 
organic surfactants, warp sizes, and fabric finishes of all types; the 
identification of fibers by chemical means; the qualitative and quantitative 
analysis of fiber blends by chemical means, the identification of finishes; 
the evaluation techniques for dyed and finished materials. 

Graduate Staff 

TC 562 (CH 562) Chemistry of High Polymers 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 431 

Principles of condensation and free radical polymerization; kinetics and 
molecular weight description; copolymerization and composition; emulsion 
polymerization; structure. Messrs. Cates, Gilbert 

Courses for Graduates Only 

TC 605 Physical Chemistry of Dyeing 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Development of principles of thermodynamics, emphasizing applications 
in dye and fiber chemistry. Mr. Cates 

TC 606 Chemistry of Fiber-Forming High Polymers 3 (3-0) f 

Prerequisite: CH 431 

Structure and properties of fibers; thermodynamics of sorption and 
solution; solution properties; molecular weight determination; flow prop- 
erties; mechanical properties. Mr. Cates 

TC 698 Seminar for Textile Chemistry 1 (1-0) fs 

Discussion of scientific articles of interest to textile industry; review 
and discussion of student papers and research problems. 

Graduate Staff 
TC 699 Textile Research for Textile 

Chemistry Credits by Arrangement 

Problems of specific interest to the textile industry will be assigned for 
study and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be em- 
phasized. Attention will be given to the preparation of reports for 
publication. The master's thesis may be based upon the data obtained. 

Graduate Staff 



DEPARTMENT OF TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY 

(For a listing of graduate faculty and other information, see School 
of Textiles, page 195.) 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

TX 430 Continuous Filament Yarns 3 (2-2) fs 

Prerequisite: TX 303 

Required of students in fiber and yarn technology and knitting technology; 
elective for others. 

A study of properties and processes applicable only to filament yarns 
such as texturizing and bulking. Detailed studies of throwing systems, 
engineering requirements of equipment, and yarn property changes result- 
ing from processing. 

TX 436 Staple Fiber Processing 3 (2-2) fs 

Prerequisite: TX 303 

Required of students in fiber and yarn technology; elective for others. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 199 

A study of special systems of processing long, staple, natural and man- 
made fibers, including woolen, worsted, direct spinning, Turbo Stapler, 
or Pacific Converter, and sliver to yarn methods. New concepts and 
research findings as applied to all yarn processes. 

TX 441 Flat Knitting 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisite: TX 342 

Required of seniors in knitting technology; elective for others. 

A study of the leading types of flat knitting machines including warp 
knitting machines, design possibilities and fabric adaptability. 

TX 442 Knitted Fabrics 3 (2-2) fs 

Prerequisite: TX 342 

Required of seniors in textile technology and knitting technology. 

Design, analysis, and production of knitted fabrics, including flat, 
circular, and warp types. The economic aspects of the knitting process as 
a method of clothing production. Introduction to garment design, production 
and marketing. 

TX 444 Garment Manufacture 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: TX 342 

Required of seniors in knitting technology; elective for others. 

A study of circular latch needle and spring needle machines for knitted 
fabric production. Styling, cutting and seaming of the basic garment 
types for underwear and outerwear, standard seam types; high-speed 
sewing machines. 

TX 447, 448 Advanced Knitting Laboratory 2 (0-4) fs 

Prerequisite: TX 342 

Required of seniors in knitting technology; elective for others. 

Systematic study of circular hosiery mechanisms; hosiery types and 
constructions. Seamless hosiery production methods utilizing the newer 
synthetic yarns, toe closing methods, finishing processes, and marketing 
are emphasized. 

TX 449 Tricot Knitting 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: TX 342 
Elective for juniors and seniors. 

A study of basic types of tricot knitting machines with emphasis on 
mechanisms and fabrics. Attention is given to warp preparation methods 
applicable to the tricot machine, the characteristics of yarn made from 
natural and synthetic fibers as they affect processing into warp knitted 
fabrics, machine settings for proper qualities and ratios; economics of warp 
knitting, and end uses. Attention is given to fabric design and analysis. 

TX 478 Design and Weaving 3 (2-2) fs 

Prerequisite: TX 366 

Required of students in fabric technology; elective for others. 

Advanced study of special weave formations and the techniques and 
equipment necessary to form these fabrics. Studies in depth of new 
developments and research findings in the areas of warp preparation, 
design, weaving and fabric formation. 

TX 483 Textile Cost Methods 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisites: TX 303, TX 365 

Required of seniors in textiles except those in management option. 

A survey of cost methods applicable to textile operations with emphasis 
on decision making as related to costing and cost control. 

TX 485 Mill Design and Organization 4 (3-2) fs 

Prerequisites: TX 303, TX 365 

Required of students in textile technology curriculum; for seniors in final 
semester only. 



200 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Application of economic principles to textile factoring, hedging, and 
other buying and selling problems. Inventory control, organization, and 
departmental functions of textile companies. Technical problems of plant 
site selection, plant design and layout, and selection of equipment. Layout 
of a mill by each student. 

TX 490 Development Project I 1-3 f s 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, permission of instructor 

A problem of independent study assigned to seniors in the major field 
of study serving also as the laboratory period for senior level courses. 
(Laboratory hours arranged.) 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

TX 521 Textile Testing II 3 (2-2) f 

Prerequisite: TX 327 

Advanced techniques for measuring properties of natural and man-made 
fibers, yarns, and fabrics. Interrelations of raw material quality, process- 
ing characteristics, and end product properties. The application of the 
laws of physical sciences to evaluation of textile materials. 

Messrs. Hamby, Stuckey 

TX 522 Textile Quality Control 3 (2-2) s 

Prerequisite: TX 521 

Quality control systems for textile operations. Defect prevention 
methods, isolation of processes contributing to substandard quality, 
relationship between quality control department and operating division. 
Laboratory design, equipment and personnel selection, installation of 
quality control systems. Messrs. Hamby, Stuckey 

TX 525 Advanced Textile Microscopy 2 (1-2) fs 

Prerequisite: TX 327 

Experiments, lectures and demonstrations in more advanced techniques 
of textile microscopy. Detailed studies of structures of fibers covered in 
lecture series, supplemented by experiments on lecture topics. Detailed 
study of all types of microscopes and their uses in textiles. Preparation 
of slides for photography. Uses of photomicrographic equipment. 

Mr. Stuckey 

TX 551 Complex Woven Structures 3(2-2)s 

Prerequisite: TX 478 

The development of design specifications for complex fabrics as related 
to fabric geometry, functional and aesthetic properties and manufacturing 
limitations. Mr. Berry 

TX 575 Fabric Analytics and Characteristics 3 (3-0) fs 

Prerequisite: TX 302 or TX 366 or TC 511 

Analysis and study of textile fabrics to determine the composite effects 
of yarn and fiber properties. Fabric design features that are related 
to mechanical as well as aesthetic properties. Engineering and fabrics 
based on utilization of other mixtures and homogeneous blends of natural 
and man-made fibers. Messrs. Berry, Porter 

TX 590 Special Projects in Textiles 1 to 3 f s 

Prerequisites: TX 327, senior standing, permission of instructors 

Special studies in either the major or minor field of the advanced 
undergraduate or graduate student. These special studies will take the 
form of current problems of the industry, independent investigations in 
the areas of textile testing and quality control, seminars and technical 
presentations, both oral and written. Graduate Staff 

TX 591 Special Topics 1 to 4 fs 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 201 

Critical study of current and advanced topics in textiles. 

Graduate Staff 

TX 598 Textile Technology Seminar 2 (2-0) fs 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, permission of instructor 

Lecture and discussion periods are designed for students who are 
particularly interested in the yarn manufacturing aspects of the textile 
industry. Subject matter will include such various aspects as training 
methods, safety programs, modern mill design, specialized techniques in 
setting rates, employee relations, and developments that arise from 
technical meetings. Mr. Grover, Graduate Staff 

Courses for Graduates Only 

TX 601, 602 Staple Fiber Structures 3 (2-2) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Studies of advanced techniques in textile production; the technological 
aspects of fiber properties in relation to processing; studies of research 
findings and application of these to processing equipment. 

Messrs. Bogdan, Grover, Hamby 

TX 621 Textile Testing III 2 (2-0) s 

Prerequisite: TX 522 or equivalent 

Design of textile laboratories, including conditioning equipment and 
instruments required for specific needs: performance of tests and analysis 
of data on industrial problems; specialized physical tests; inter-laboratory 
tests and analysis; study of A.S.T.M. specifications and work on task 
groups for the A.S.T.M. Society. Messrs. Gupta, Hamby 

TX 631 Synthetic Fibers 2 (2-0) fs 

Prerequisite: TX 430 or TX 436 or equivalent 

Lectures and projects on advanced problems relative to the properties 
and processing of man-made continuous filament and staple fiber yarns. 

Messrs. Grover, Hamby 

TX 641, 642 Advanced Knitting Systems and Mechanisms 3 (3-0) fs 
Prerequisite: TX 441 or equivalent 

A critical study of inventions which have contributed to the development 
of tV modern knitting industry; knitting needles and their adaption for 
specific uses; means for mounting them for individual and en masse 
operation; construction and functioning of cooperating elements including 
sliders, jacks, sinkers, dividers, pressing elements, narrowing and tension- 
ing and draw-off motions, regulating mechanisms, timing and control chains 
and cams. Use will be made of patent literature which covers important 
developments in the hosiery industry. Mr. Shinn 

TX 643, 644 Knitting Technology 3 (1-4) fs 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, eight credits in knitting technology 

Problems of specific interest to the knitting industry will be assigned 
for study and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be 
emphasized. Attention will be given to the preparation of reports for 
publication. Graduate Staff 

TX 651, 652 Fabric Development and Construction 3 (1-4) fs 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Application of advanced technology to the development and construction 
of woven fabrics. Mr. Porter 

TX 698 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

Discussion of scientific articles of interest to the textile industry; review 
and discussion of student papers and research problems. 

Graduate Staff 



202 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

TX 699 Textile Research Credits by Arrangement 

Problems of specific interest to the textile industry will be assigned for 
study and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be em- 
phasized. Attention will be given to the preparation of reports for 
publication. The master's thesis may be based upon the data obtained. 

Graduate Staff 

DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY 

GRADUATE FACULTY 

Professors: Bernard Stephen Martof, Head, Frederick Schenck Bar- 
kalow, Jr., Daniel Swartwood Grosch, Reinard Harkema, Don 
William Hayne, Thomas Lavelle Quay, Ralph Winston Stacy 

Professor Emeritus: Bartholomew Brandner Brandt 

Adjunct Professor: Theodore Roosevelt Rice 

Associate Professors: Charles Walter Alliston, William Walton 
Hassler, Francis Eugene Hester, Robert E. Lubow, Lawrence E. 
Mettler, Grover Cleveland Miller, John Anthony Santolucito, 
Alastair McDonald Stuart 

Assistant Professors: John Eyres Hobbie, Donald Bion Horton 

Adjunct Assistant Professors : Joseph William Angelovic, Thomas Wade 
Duke, Claire L. Schelske, John G. Vandenbergh 

The Department of Zoology offers to qualified students the oppor- 
tunity to earn the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees. Students may specialize in many areas: behavior, general 
ecology, population dynamics, limnology, marine biology, fisheries 
biology, wildlife biology, taxonomy and ecological life histories of 
parasites, comparative morphology and systematics of vertebrates, 
cellular and comparative physiology, and endocrinology. 

The department is located in Gardner Hall where facilities for 
a wide variety of research activities are available. A two-million 
dollar addition to Gardner Hall will be completed by the fall of 1966. 
Excellent opportunity for many types of ecological studies is pro- 
vided in the extensive natural areas of state parks; some are only 
six miles from campus. Several off -campus laboratories have recently 
been constructed and are available to students and staff: 

(1) The Radiobiological Laboratory at Beaufort, North Carolina, 
is supported by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries and by the 
Atomic Energy Commission. Studies of productivity, cycling of ele- 
ments through the marine environment, and effects of radionuclides 
on morphology and physiology of marine organisms are in progress. 
Modern research laboratories with special facilities for irradiating 
and maintaining organisms are provided. 

(2) The Hatteras Marine Laboratory is located at the southern 
end of Hatteras Island, North Carolina, where a variety of interest- 
ing biological habitats occur. Cape Hatteras is the closest point to 
the Gulf Stream north of Daytona Beach, Florida. Both northern 
and southern faunas are found in adjacent waters. Recently the 
main building was completely renovated. It contains offices and 
laboratories for general use. Another building located on the water- 
front houses a large dissecting room and facilities for maintaining 
live specimens. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 203 

(3) The Pamlico Estaurine Laboratory is a newly established 
facility located near Aurora, North Carolina. The research at this 
facility is primarily concerned with biological productivity and 
population dynamics. The physical facilities include a seven-room 
laboratory as well as living quarters for the resident director. Addi- 
tional laboratory space and a dormitory for visiting scientists and 
graduate students will soon be available. 

By mutual agreement, a student may choose to do research with 
any member of the graduate staff. A student will make up a plan of 
study after discussing his interests and objectives with his major 
professor and advisory committee. Those courses will be selected 
which best prepare him for his particular interests. Advanced 
courses in other departments provide a variety of subjects for minor 
fields of study: botany, entomology, genetics, statistics, biomathe- 
matics, biochemistry, psychology, and other related sciences. The 
student is given the opportunity to develop a high order of inde- 
pendent thought, broad knowledge, technical skills, and thorough 
training in investigative techniques. Strong emphasis is placed on 
active participation in seminars, practice in the methods of original 
research and preparation of manuscripts for publication in scien- 
tific journals. 

A variety of positions is open to students holding advanced de- 
grees. There is a great need for professional zoologists in teaching 
and research in institutions of higher learning and in industry. 
Research personnel are especially in demand in behavior, physiology 
and other medically related sciences. Numerous positions with the 
Fish and Wildlife Service, the Soil Conservation Service, the Forest 
Service, and the Park Service are open to zoologists. 

A prospective student must submit Graduate Record Examination 
scores for the verbal, quantitative, and advanced tests with the ap- 
plication for admission. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ZO 510 Adaptive Behavior of Animals 4(3-3)f 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or permission of instructor 

The comparative study of animal behavior including a treatment of the 
physiological mechanisms involved in behavior and the adaptive significance 
of behavior. Both invertebrates and vertebrates will be studied. 

Mr. Stuart 

ZO 513 Comparative Physiology 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 

An advanced treatment of the nervous, circulatory, respiratory, and 
digestive systems. Lectures, collateral reading, and laboratory experiments 
will emphasize basic physiological mechanisms. Mr. Santolucito 

ZO 515 Growth and Reproduction of Fishes 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites or Corequisites : GN 411, ZO 420, ZO 441 

The biology of fishes: physiology, anatomy, pathology, behavior, and 
genetics. This course is designed especially for graduate students in 
fisheries. Several trips to research laboratories will be taken. 

Mr. Hester 



204 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ZO 517 Population Ecology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: ZO 442; ST 511 or equivalent 

The dynamics of natural populations. Current work, theories and 
problems dealing with population growth, fluctuations, limitation and 
patterns of dispersion, the ecological niche, food chains and energy flow. 

Mr. Hayne 

ZO 519 Limnology 4 (3-3) f 

Prerequisite: ZO 442 or equivalent 

A study of inland waters. Lectures dealing with physical, chemical, and 
biological factors that affect freshwater organisms. General principles are 
illustrated in the laboratory and in the field. Mr. Hobbie 

ZO 524 (PO 524) Comparative Endocrinology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or equivalent 

Study of the endocrine system with respect to its importance to meta- 
bolism, growth and reproduction. Laboratory techniques and demonstrations. 

Merrs. Garren, Santolucito 

ZO 532 See GN 532, Biological Effects of Radiations. 3 (3-0) s 

ZO 540 See GN 540, Evolution. 3 (3-0) f 

ZO 542 Herpetology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: ZO 223, ZO 421 

The biology of the amphibians and reptiles : systematics, life history, 
anatomy, behavior, physiology, and ecology. Graduate Staff 

ZO 544 Mammalogy 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisites: BS 100, ZO 201 and permission of instructor 

The classification, indentification, and ecology of the major groups of 
mammals. Mr. Barkalow 

ZO 550 See GN 550, Experimental Evolution. 3 (3-0) s 

ZO 553 Principles of Wildlife Science 5 (3-4) f 

Prerequisites: ZO 223, ZO 442 

The principles of wildlife management and their application are studied 
in the laboratory and in the field. Mr. Barkalow 

ZO 555 (MB 555) Protozoology 4 (2-6) f 

Prerequisite: ZO 450 or equivalent 

The biology of the protozoa: morphology, physiology, ecology, genetics, 
reproduction, evolution, systematics, and life-cycles of both free-living and 
parasitic taxa. Laboratory study will stress recognition of selected forms 
and demonstrate techniques used to prepare specimens for microscopic 
examinations. Graduate Staff 

ZO 581 Parasitology I 4 (2-4) f 

Prerequisite: ZO 223, ZO 315 or equivalent 

The study of the morphology, biology and control of the parasitic protozoa 
and helminths of man, domestic and wild animals. (Offered 1967-68 and 
alternate years.) Messrs. Harkema, Miller 

ZO 582 See ENT 582 Medical and Veterinary Entomology. 3 (2-3) s 

ZO 588 (BO 588) Cell Physiology 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or BO 421 or permission of instructor 

A study of fundamental physiological processes at the cellular level 
with emphasis on basic principles. Messrs. Roberts, Troyer 

ZO 589 (BO 589) Cell Physiology Laboratory 1 (0-3) s 

Corequisite: ZO 588 or BO 588 

Experimental approaches to the study of physiological processes at the 
cellular level. Messrs. Roberts, Troyer 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 205 

ZO 590 Special Studies Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisites : Twelve semester credits in zoology and permission of 
instructor 

A maximum of three credits allowed toward the bachelor's degree, six 
toward the master's, and nine toward the doctorate. 
The investigation of a particular problem in zoology. 

Graduate Staff 

ZO 592 Topical Problems 1-3 arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or permission of instructor 
Organized, formal lectures and discussions of a special topic. 

Staff 

ZO 603 Advanced Parasitology 3 (2-3) s 

Prerequisite: ZO 581 

The study of the theoretical and practical aspects of parasitism; tax- 
onomy, physiology, and immunology of animal parasites. 

Messrs. Harkema, Roberts 

ZO 604 See ANS 604, Experimental Animal Physiology. 4 (2-4) f 

ZO 610 Current Problems in Animal Behavior 4(3-3)f 

Prerequisite: ZO 510 or permission of instructor 

Lectures, discussions, seminars and laboratories. The course will treat 
in detail selected problems in the behavior of invertebrates and vertebrates 
that are presently being intensely studied. The relationship of behavior 
to physiology, ecology and current progress in other related biological fields 
will be emphasized. Mr. Stuart 

ZO 619 Advanced Limnology 3 (1-6) s 

Prerequisite: ZO 519 

A study of primary productivity, population interactions, and effects of 
pollution. An experimental approach is used in the laboratory. 

Mr. Hobbie 

ZO 621 Fishery Science 3 (2-3) f 

Prerequisites: ZO 420, ST 511, a course in calculus 

An analysis of fishery research methods. Population enumeration and 
dynamics. The relationship between fluctuations in natural populations 
and environmental factors. (Offered 1967-68 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Hassler 

ZO 690 Seminar 1 (1-0) fs 

The presentation and defense of original research and current literature. 

Graduate Staff 

ZO 699 Research in Zoology Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisites: Twelve semester credits in zoology, permission of instructor 
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the master's degree; any 
number toward the doctorate. 

Original research related to the student's thesis. Graduate Staff 



State's graduate faculty includes men active in 
scholarship and research. The relationship between 
professor and student provides personal attention 

and guidance. 




Vital to the multimillion dollar agricultural research programs at Stat 

are the extensive greenhouse facilitiet 



I K 


M 


w ynl ^^^i^ 






Kr-^> 


%z&*~ 










VtbrPtm 


^di^}^' 


flufl^' >-^U 








mi Jf> 
1 / 




^^MH^I 







A current research project in mechanical engineering concerns tire stress 

n/rtfJ st/rn/ifi 



and strain. 



One of State's newest classroom buildings, the General Labora- 
tory Building provides laboratory, classroom, and office space for 
the School of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics. 





Graduate study frequently requires highly specialized 
equipment. Agricultural engineering students use en- 
vironmental control chambers to define plant growth 

dynamics. 




The D. H. Hill Library, important among State's research facilities, houses 
more than 332,000 volumes. Carrel and study rooms are available for grad- 
uate students. 




Nuclear research is an important field for advanced study. Here students examine 

the cobalt source for State's nuclear reactor. 



For a civil engineering stu- 
dent the highway may serve 
as a laboratory. Several de- 
partments in the School of 
Engineering cooperate on 
highway research. 




State's nuclear reactor, the first to be located on a university campus, is 
housed in the Burlington Nuclear Laboratory , a center for research on atomic 

energy. 



Students in the pulp and paper curriculum train 
for careers in one of the South's leading industries. 








A graduate student in ceramic engineering checks the growth of 
a single crystal sapphire in a study of the properties of materials. 



The processing of fibers and yarns requires complex quality 
control measures, observed by textiles students in the physical 

testing laboratory. 




GRADUATE FACULTY 

NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY 

at Raleigh 



Sidney Addelman, Adjunct Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Charles Walter Alliston, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Raul E. Alvarez, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Michael Amein, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Clifton A. Anderson, Professor of Industrial Engineering and Head of 

Department. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Donald Benton Anderson, Professor of Botany and Vice-President for 

Academic Affairs of the University of North Carolina. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Norman D. Anderson, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Science 

Education. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Richard Loree Anderson, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Grad- 
uate Administrator. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Roy Nels Anderson, Professor of Education and Head of Department of 

Occupational Information and Guidance. 

Ph.D., Columbia University. 
Joseph William Angelovic, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Utah State University. 
Jay Lawrence Apple, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Frank Bradley Armstrong, Associate Professor of Genetics, Microbiology 

and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Clarence Monroe Asbill, Jr., Professor of Textile Machine Design and 

Development and Head of Department. 

B.S., Clemson College. 
Leonard William Aurand, Professor of Food Science and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State College. 
William Wyatt Austin, Jr., Professor of Metallurgical Engineering and 

Head of Department of Mineral Industries. 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 
Richard Charles Axtell, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Robert Aycock, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Jack V. Baird, Extension Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Washington State University. 
Thomas Sanderson Baldwin, Assistant Professor of Industrial Education. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Ernest A. Ball, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Walter Elmer Ballinger, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State College. 
Clifford Warren Barber, Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 



* Membership in the graduate faculty may be in either of two categories: (1) full status 
or (2) associate status. Full status permits a faculty member to engage in any and all 
phases of the graduate programs of the University. Associate members may teach courses 
at the graduate level and serve as chairmen of master's advisory committee. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 213 

William John Barclay, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Stanford University. 
Aldos Cortez Barefoot, Jr., Associate Professor of Wood Products. 

Doctor of Forestry, Duke University. 
Frederick Schenck Barkalow, Jr., Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Kenneth Reece Barker, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Key Lee Barkley, Professor Emeritus of Psychology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Rolin Farrar Barrick, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
William Victor Bartholomew, Professor of Soil Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Heinz Hans Barwich, Visiting Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

Doktor Ing., Technical University, Berlin-Charlottenberg, Germany. 
Edward Guy Batte, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Animal 

Disease Section. 

D.V.M., Texas A & M. 
Ernest Oscar Beal, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., State University of Iowa. 
Harry Geddie Beard, Associate Professor of Rural Sociology and Agricul- 
tural Education. 

Ed.D., Cornell University. 
Kenneth Orion Beatty, Jr., R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company Professor 

of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Burton Floyd Beers, Associate Professor of History. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Norman Robert Bell, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

M.S., Cornell University. 
Thomas A. Bell, Associate Professor of Food Science. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
William Callum Bell, Professor of Ceramic Engineering. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Willard Harrison Bennett, Burlington Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Eugene Edwin Bernard, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Leeds. 
Ernest Bezold Berry, Assistant Professor of Textiles. 

B.S., Clemson College. 
Bibhuti Bhushan Bh attach aryya, Assistant Professor of Experimental 

Statistics. 

Ph.D., London School of Economics. 
Robert J. Bingham, Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
William Louis Bingham, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
John William Bishir, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Charles Edwin Bishop, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor 

of Economics and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Carl Thomas Blake, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
William Joseph Block, Professor of Politics. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
William Lowry Blow, Associate Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Thomas Nelson Blumer, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State College. 



214 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

John Francis Bogdan, Professor of Textiles and Director of Processing 

Research. 

B.T.E., Lowell Textile Institute. 
Edgar John Boone, Professor of Adult Education and Head of Department, 

Professor of Rural Sociology and Agricultural Education, and Assistant 

Director of Extension. 

Pn.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Carey Hoyt Bostian, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. 
Henry Dittimus Bowen, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., Michigan State College. 
Lawrence Hoffman Bowen, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Charles Raymond Bramer, Riddick Professor of Civil Engineering. 

E.M., Michigan College of Mining and Technology. 
Bartholomew Brandner Brandt, Professor Emeritus of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Charles H. Brett, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Kansas State College. 
Richard Bright, Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

M.S., State University of Iowa. 
Charles A. Brim, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 
Henry Seawell Brown, Associate Professor of Geological Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Marvin L. Brown, Jr., Professor of History. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
Charles Douglas Bryant, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education. 

Ed.D., Michigan State University. 
Roberts Cozart Bullock, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Carl Lee Bumgardner, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Stanley Walter Buol, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Ernest Edmund Burniston, Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Birkbeck College, London. 
Thaddeus Hillery Busbice, Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Francis Fredrick Busta, Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Fred Virgil Cahill, Jr., Professor of Politics and Dean of the School of 

Liberal Arts. 

Ph.D., Yale University. 
John Tyler Caldwell, Professor of Politics and Chancellor. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Kenneth Stoddard Campbell, Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

B.S., Bates College. 
Malcolm Eugene Campbell, Professor of Textiles and Dean of the School 

of Textiles. 

B.S., Clemson College. 
William V. Campbell, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
John R. Canada, Assistant Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology. 
Thomas Franklin Cannon, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
George LaFayette Capel, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Halbert H. Carmichael, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 215 

Albert Carnesale, Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Robert Gordon Carson, Jr., Professor of Industrial Engineering and Direc- 
tor of Instruction for School of Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Melvin W. Carter, Visiting Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Roy Merwin Carter, Professor of Wood Science and Technology. 

M.S., Michigan State College. 
Edward Vitangelo Caruolo, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Robert Bancroft Cate, Visiting Assistant Professor of Soil Science. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
David Marshall Cates, Professor of Textile Chemistry and Graduate 

A dministrator. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
John Wesley Cell, Professor of Mathematics and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Douglas Scales Chamblee, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Richard Edward Chandler, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Florida State. 
Norman M. Chansky, Associate Professor of Education and Psychology. 

Ph.D., Columbia University. 
James Ferris Chaplin, USDA Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Joe Senter Chappell, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Erich Christian, Adjunct Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Dipl. Ing., Vienna Institute of Technology, Vienna, Austria. 
Edgar William Clark, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles. 
John Montgomery Clarkson, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Albert J. Clawson, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Carlyle Newton Clayton, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Maurice Hill Clayton, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Grover Cleveland Cobb, Jr., Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph,D., University of Virginia. 
William Younts Cobb, Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Fred Derward Cochran, Professor of Horticultural Science and Head of 

Department. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Columbus Clark Cockerham, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Eloise Snowden Cofer, Professor of Extension Education and Assistant 

Director, Agricultural Extension (Home Economics). 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
John Leonard Colley, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Industrial Engi- 
neering. 

D.B.A., University of Southern California. 
Herbert Collins, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Norval White Conner, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Director 

of Department of Engineering Research. 

M.S., Iowa State College. 
John Oliver Cook, Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., New York University. 



216 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Maurice Gayle Cook, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Arthur W. Cooper, Associate Professor of Botany and Forestry 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
William Earl Cooper, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Alonzo Freeman Coots, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 
Will Allen Cope, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Harold Maxwell Corter, Professor of Psychology and Director of Psycho- 
logical Clinic. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State College. 
Arthur James Coutu, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Ellis Brevier Cowling, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and Fores- 
try. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Frederick Russell Cox, Assistant Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Frank Rankin Craig, Professor of Poultry Science. 

D.V.M., University of Georgia. 
Paul Day Cribbins, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
George A. Cummings, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Raghunath Singh Dahiya, Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Edmund Pendleton Dandridge, Associate Professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Walter Carl Dauterman, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Donald Gould Davenport, Assistant Professor of Animal Science 

M.S., Cornell University. 
Charles Bingham Davey, Professor of Soil Science and Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Henry Mauzee Davis, Adjunct Professor of Mineral Industries. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
William Robert Davis, Associate Professor of Physics. 

Doktor der Naturwiss, University of Hanover, Germany. 
Donald Lee Dean, Professor of Civil Engineering and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
M. Keith DeArmond, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Arizona. 
James William Dickens, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricul- 
tural Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Emmett Urcey Dillard, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
George Osmore Doak, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Walter J. Dobrogosz, Associate Professor of Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Wesley Osborne Doggett, Professor of Physics and Assistant Dean, School 

of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Robert John Dolan, Associate Professor of Adult Education and Rural 

Sociology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
William Emmert Donaldson, Associate Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 217 

Jesse Seymour Doolittle, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and 

Graduate Administrator. 

M.S., Pensylvania State College. 
Robert Alden Douglas, Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Louis Arnold Dow, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Indiana University. 
Murray Scott Downs, Associate Professor of History. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Robert Jack Downs, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., George Washington University. 
Lawrence William Drabick, Associate Professor of Agricultural Educa- 
tion and Rural Sociology. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Donald W. Drewes, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
John W. Duffield, Professor of Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Thomas Wade Duke, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Texas A & M University. 
Jack Albert Duncan, Assistant Professor of Education. 

Ed.D., University of Georgia. 
Arthur Raymond Eckels, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

D. Eng., Yale University. 
Preston William Edsall, Professor of Politics and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
John Auert Edwards, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
William Frederick Edwards, Associate Professor of Social Studies. 

Ph.D., Columbia University. 
Eugene J. Eisen, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Magdi Mohamed El-Kammash, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Gerald Hugh Elkan, Associate Professor of Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Thomas Smith Elleman, Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineering and 

Graduate Administrator. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Robert Neal Elliott, Associate Professor of Social Studies. 

Ph.D.. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 
Don Edwin Ellis, Professor of Plant Pathology and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
ERIC Louis Ellwood, Professor of Wood Science and Technology and Head 

of Department. 

Ph.D., Yale University. 
Munir R. El-Saden, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
John Frederick Ely, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering and 

Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Ralph Lawrence Ely, Adjunct Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. 
Donald Allen Emery, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
John Lincoln Etchells, Professor of Food Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
James Brainerd Evans, Professor of Microbiology and Head of Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 



218 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Ralph Eigil Fadum, Professor of Civil Engineering and Dean of the 

School of Engineering . 

S.D., Harvard University. 
Maurice H. Farrier, Associate Professor of Entomology and Forestry. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
James K. Ferrell, Professor of Chemical Engineering and Graduate 

Administrator. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
William Thomas Fike, Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Alva Leroy Finkner, Adjunct Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Charles Page Fisher, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
ROGER C. Fites, Assistant Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
James Walter Fitts, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Henry P. Fleming, Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Leon David Freedman, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 
David W. French, Visiting Professor of Plant Pathology and Forest 

Management. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Daniel Fromm, Associate Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Alan Stuart Galbraith, Adjunct Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
William Sylvan Galler, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Gene John Galletta, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Bertram Howard Garcia, Jr., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi- 
neering. 

M.S., Pennsylvania State University. 
Robin Pierce Gardner, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemical Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Henry Wilburn Garren, Professor of Poultry Science and Head of De- 
partment. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Dan Ulrich Gerstel, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of 

Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Forrest William Getzen, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Richard Dean Gilbert, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. 
William Best Gilbert, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
James W. Gilliam, Assistant Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Mississippi State University. 
Edward Walker Glazener, Professor of Poultry Science and Director of 

Instruction, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Chester E. Gleit, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
William Alexander Glenn, Adjunct Associate Professor of Industrial 

Engineering and Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 219 

Harvey Joseph Gold, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics and 

Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Jay Goldman, Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

Sc.D., Washington University. 
Lemuel Goode, Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Guy Vernon Gooding, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Gilbert Gottlieb, Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Arnold H. E. Grandage, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Ralph Weller Greenlaw, Professor of History and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Walton Carlyle Gregory, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor 

of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Daniel Swartwood Grosch, Professor of Genetics and Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
Harry Douglas Gross, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Elliott Brown Grover, Abel C. Lineberger Professor of Textiles. 

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Thomas H. Guion, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
George Albert Gullette, Professor of Social Studies and Head of De- 
partment. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Bhupender S. Gupta, Assistant Professor of Textile Technology. 

Ph.D., Manchester College of Science and Technology, Manchester, Eng- 
land. 
Edward DeWitt Gurley, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Frank Edwin Guthrie, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
George Richard Gwynn, Assistayit Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Willtam Cullen Hackler, Professor of Mineral Industries. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Robert John Hader, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Francis Joseph Hale, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Willtam Jackson Hall, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Dame Scott Hamby, Burlington Industries Professor of Textiles and Head 

of Department of Textile Technology. 

B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute. 
Charles Horace Hamilton, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Pro- 
fessor of Rural Sociology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
John Valentine Hamme, Associate Professor of Mineral Industries. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Leigh Hugh Hammond, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Donald Joseph Hansen, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Texas. 
Durwin M. Hanson, Professor of Industrial Education and Head of 

Department. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 



220 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Karl P. Hanson, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Director, 

Freshman Engineering Division. 

M.S., University of Michigan. 
Warren Durward Hanson, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
John J. Harder, Associate Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

Ph.D., Technische Hochschule, Hannover, Germany. 
James W. Hardin, Associate Professor of Botany and Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Reinard Harkema, Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Cleon Wallace Harrell, Associate Professor of Economics. 

M.A., University of Virginia. 
Walter Joel Harrington, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Clarence Arthur Hart, Associate Professor of Forestry. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Franklin Delano Hart, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Lodwick Charles Hartley, Professor of English and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Paul Henry Harvey, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of 

Crop Science and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Hassan Ahmad Hassan, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Francis Jefferson Hassler, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Pro- 
fessor of Biological and Agricultural Engineering and Head of Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., Michigan State College. 
William Walton Hassler, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 
Arthur Courtney Hayes, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Don W. Hayne, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Frank Lloyd Haynes, Jr., Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Teddy Theodore Hebert, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Clinton Louis Heimbach, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Walter A. Hendricks, Adjunct Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

M.A., George Washington University. 
William Ray Henry, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Forrest Clyde Hentz, Jr., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Laurence Jay Herbst, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Robert Taylor Herbst, Adjunct Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Francis Eugene Hester, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Alabama Polytechnic Institute. 
Charles Horace Hill, Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Thomas I. Hines, Professor of Recreation and Park Administration and 

Head of Department. 

M.A., University of North Carolina. 
George Burnham Hoadley, Professor of Electrical Engineering and Head 

of Department. 

D.Sc, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 221 

John Eyres Hobbie, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Indiana University. 
Charles S. Hodges, Jr., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and 

Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia. 
Ernest Hodgson, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Oregon State University. 
Vernon Emerson Holt, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics and 

Assistant Dean, Graduate School. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Abraham Holtzman, Professor of Politics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Dale Max Hoover, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Maurice W. Hoover, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
John William Horn, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

M.S.C.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Donald Bion Horton, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Rhode Island. 
Horace Robert Horton, Assistant Professor of Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
Daniel Goodman Horvitz, Adjunct Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Ivan Hostetler, Professor Emeritus of Industrial Arts Education. 

Ed.D., University of Missouri. 
Barney Kuo-Yen Huang, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricul- 
tural Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Donald Huisingh, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Ervin Grigg Humphries, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricul- 
tural Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Arvel Hatch Hunter, Visiting Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
George Hyatt, Jr., Professor of Animal Science and Director of Agricul- 
tural Extension Service. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Loren Albert Ihnen, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
MAKOTO Itoh, Visiting Professor of Electrical Engineering and Mathe- 
matics. 

Ph.D., Hiroshima University. 
William A. Jackson, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Herman Brooks James, Professor of Economics and Dean of the School of 

Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Benjamin Anderson Jayne, Professor of Wood Science and Technology. 

B.S., University of Idaho. 
John Mitchell Jenkins, Jr., Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Harley Young Jennings, Visiting Professor of Textile Research. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Elmer Hubert Johnson, Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Joseph Clyde Johnson, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ed.D., Peabody College. 
Paul Reynolds Johnson, Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 



222 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

William Hugh Johnson, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricul- 
tural Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Edgar Walton Jones, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Guy Langston Jones, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Ivan Dunlavy Jones, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Louis Allman Jones, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Texas Agricultural and Mechanical College. 
Victor Alan Jones, Associate Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Kenneth Allan Jordan, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricul- 
tural Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Charles Howard Kahn, Associate Professor of Architecture. 

M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Joseph S. Kahn, Assistant Professor of Botany and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Eugene J. Kamprath, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Morley Richard Kare, Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Abdel-Aziz Ismail Kashef, Visiting Lecturer of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Gerald Howard Katzin, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Kenneth Raymond Keller, Professor of Crop Science and Assistant Di- 
rector of Research, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Harry Charles Kelly, Professor of Physics and Dean of Faculty. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Henderson Grady Kincheloe, Professor of English. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Richard Adams King, M. G. Mann Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
James Bryant Kirkland, Professor of Agricultural Education and Dean 

of the School of Education. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
David M. Kline, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Glenn Charles Klingman, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Rutgers University. 
Richard Bennett Knight, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

M.S., University of Illinois. 
Kwangil Koh, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Ken-ichi Kojima, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Benjamin Granade Koonce, Jr., Associate Professor of English. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
John Clement Koop, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
William Wurth Kriegel, Professor in Charge of Ceramic Engineering. 

Dr. Ing., Technische Hochschule, Hanover, Germany. 
Elmer George Kuhlman, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 

and Forestry. 

Ph.D., Oregon State University. 
Leaton John Kushman, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

M.S., George Washington University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 223 

Robert Walter Lade, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology. 
Joe Oscar Lammi, Professor of Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Forrest Wesley Lancaster, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Leonard Jay Langfelder, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Roy Axel Larson, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
James Giacomo Lecce, Professor of Animal Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
James Murray Leatherwood, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Thomas Benson Ledbetter, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engi- 
neering. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Joshua Alexander Lee, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
James Edward Legates, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor 

of Animal Science and Head of Animal Breeding Section. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Edward Charles Lehman, Jr., Assistant Professor of Sociology and 

Anthropology. 

Ph.D., Mississippi State University. 
Samuel George Lehman, Professor Emeritus of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Washington University. 
Carlton James Leith, Professor of Mineral Industries. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Jack Levine, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Gerald S. Leventhal, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Samuel G. Levine, Associate Professor of Chemistry and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Charles Sanford Levings, III, Assistant Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
William Mason Lewis, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Paul Edwin Lewis, Professor of Mathematics and Director of Computing 

Center. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
David Allen Link, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Robert W. Llewellyn, Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

M.S., Purdue University. 
Richard Henry Loeppert, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
George Gilbert Long, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Ian Stewart Longmuir, Professor of Biochemistry. 

M.B.B., St. Bartholomew's Medical School, London. . 

Roy Lee Loworn, Professor of Crop Science and Director of Research vn 

the School of Agriculture. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. . 

Robert F. Lubow, Associate Professor of Psychology, Poultry Science, and 

Zoology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Georoe Rlanchard Lucas, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 



224 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Henry Laurence Lucas, Jr., William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Profes- 
sor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
James Fulton Lutz, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
Joseph Thomas Lynn, Professor of Physics and Graduate Administrator. 

M.S., Ohio State University. 
Warren Lee McCabe, R. J. Reynolds Company Visiting Professor of 

Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Glenn C. McCann, Associate Professor of Rural Sociology. 

Ph.D., Washington State College. 
Charles B. McCants, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Robert E. McCollum, Assistant Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Clarence Leslie McCombs, Professor of Horticultural Science and Botany. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Ralph Joseph McCracken, Professor of Soil Science and Head of Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Donald McDonald, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

M.S., University of Illinois. 
Patrick Hill McDonald, John W. Harrelson Professor of Engineering 

Mechanics and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
John Joseph McNeill, Assistant Professor of Animal Science and Micro- 
biology. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Francis Edward McVay, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Clarence Joseph Maday, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics 

and Graduate Administrator. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Jamfs Gray Maddox, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
James Kitchener Magor, Adjunct Associate Professor of Mineral Indus- 
tries. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Alexander Russell Main, Associate Professor of Entomology and Bio- 
chemistry. 

Ph.D., Cambridge University. 
T. Ewald Maki, Carl Alwin Schenck Professor of Forest Management and 

Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Carroll Lamb Mann, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering. 

C.E., Princeton University. 
Thurston Jefferson Mann, Professor of Genetics and Crop Science and 

Head of Department of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Edward George Manning, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Edward Raymond Manring, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., Ohio State. 
Joe Alton Marlin, Instructor in Mathematics. 

Ph.D. North Carolina State. 
Culpepper Paul Marsh, Associate Professor of Rural Sociology. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
David Boyd Marsland, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Clifford K. Martin, Extension Assistant Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 225 

David Hamilton Martin, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

M.S., University of Wisconsin. 
Bernard Stephen Martof, Professor of Zoology and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
David Dickenson Mason, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Head 

of Department. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Gennard Matrone, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of 

Animal Science and Biochemistry and Acting Head of Department of 

Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Dale Frederick Matzinger, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Jackson R. Mauney, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Selz Cabot Mayo, Professor of Rural Sociology and Head of Department; 

Head of Department of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Jefferson Sullivan Meares, Professor of Physics. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Gerhard K. Megla, Adjunct Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Dresden, Dresden, Germany. 
Jasper Durham Memory, Associate Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Arthur Clayton Menius, Jr., Professor of Physics and Dean of the School 

of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Lawrence Eugene Mettler, Associate Professor of Genetics and Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Texas. 
Louis John Metz, Adjunct Professor of Forestry and Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Gordon Kennedy Middleton, Professor Emeritus of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Marion L. Miles, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Robert Donald Milholland, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Conrad Henry Miller, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Michigran State University. 
Darrell Alvin Miller, Assistant Professor of Genetics and Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Grover Cleveland Miller, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Howard G. Miller, Professor of Psychology and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Philtp Arthur Miller, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Texton R. Miller, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Walter Joseph Mistric, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., A & M College of Texas. 
Adolphus Mitchell, Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

M.S., University of North Carolina. 
Theodore Bertis Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of Entomology. 

D.S., Harvard University. 
Richard Douglas Mochrie, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Carl Albert Moeller, Associate Professor of Industrial Arts. 

Ed.D., Wayne State University. 
Robert Harry Moll, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 



226 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Robert James Monroe, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Larry King Monteith, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Frank Harper Moore, Associate Professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Robert Parker Moore, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Royall Tyler Moore, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology and Botany. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Charles G. Morehead, Associate Professor of Occupational Information 

and Guidance. 

Ed.D., University of Kansas. 
Charles Glen Moreland, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Donald Edwin Moreland, Professor of Crop Science and Botany. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Marvin Kent Moss, Associate Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Wesley Grigg Mullen, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D.. Purdue University. 
Carey Gardner Mumford, Professor of Mathematics and Assistant to Dean 

of the School of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Charles Franklin Murphy, Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Raymond LeRoy Murray, Burlington Professor of Physics and Head of 

Department of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 
Richard Monier Myers, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

M.S., Pennsylvania State University. 
Howard Movess Nahikian, Professor of Mathematics and Graduate Ad- 
ministrator. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Gene Namkoong, Assistant Professor of Genetics and Forestry. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Laurence Alan Nelson, Assistant Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Richard Robert Nelson, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Joseph T. Nerden, Professor of Industrial Education. 

Ph.D., Yale University. 
Herbert H. Neunzig, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Slater Edmund Newman, Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Paul Adrian Nickel, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles. 
Lowell Wendell Nielsen, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D.. Cornell University. 
Andrew Nisbet, Visiting Associate Professor of Mathematics and Physics. 

M.A., Edinburgh University, Scotland. 
Stuart Norlin, Professor of History. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Glenn Ray Noggle, Professor of Botany and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Charier Joseph Nusbaum, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor 

of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Bernard Martin Olsen, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 227 

Guy Owen, Jr., Professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Mehmet Necati Ozisik, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of London. 
Hayne Palmour, III, Professor of Mineral Industries. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Hubert Vern Park, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Jae Young Park, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
George William Parker, III, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina. 
John Mason Parker, III, Professor in Charge of Geological Engineering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Ernest Caleb Pasour, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Harold Edward Pattee, Assistant Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Richard Roland Patty, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Ralph James Peeler, Jr., Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
John Noble Perkins, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Jerome J. Perry, Assistant Professor of Microbiology. 

Ph.D., University of Texas. 
Thomas Oliver Perry, Associate Professor of Forestry. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Walter John Peterson, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor 

of Chemistry and Dean of the Graduate School. 

Ph.D., University of Iowa. 
Wilbur Carroll Peterson, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

.Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Lyle L. Phillips, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Washington. 
Walter Henry Pierce, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Richard Coleman Pinkerton, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Robert McLean Pinkerton, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

B.Sc, Bradley University. 
George Waverly Poland, Professor of Modern Languages and Head of 

Department. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Daniel Townsend Pope, Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Joseph Alexander Porter, Jr., Professor of Textiles. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Ira D. Porterfield, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Nathaniel T. Powell, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Richard Joseph Preston, Professor of Forestry and Dean of the School 

of Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Charles Harry Proctor, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Charles Ray Pugh, Associate Professor in Economics. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Albert Ernest Purcell, Associate Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 



228 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Thomas Lavelle Quay, Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
John William Querry, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Emily H. Quinn, Associate Professor of Adult Education. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Robert Lamar Rabb, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Allen Huff Rakes, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Harold Arch Ramsey, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Dairy 

Husbandry Section. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
John Oren Rawlings, Associate Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Horace Darr Rawls, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Preston Harding Reid, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Willis Alton Reid, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Theodore Roosevelt Rice, Adjunct Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D.. Harvard University. 
Frances M. Richardson, Associate Professor of Engineering Research. 

M.S., University of Cincinnati. 
Jackson Ashcraft Rigney, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Di- 
rector of Agricultural Mission to Peru. 

M.S., Iowa State College. 
Leonard Roberts, Adjunct Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Manchester, England. 
William Milner Roberts, Professor of Food Science and Head of Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Cowin Cook Robinson, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Harold Frank Robinson, Professor of Genetics and Administrative Dean 

for Research. 

Ph.D., Nebraska University. 
Odis Wayne Robison, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
John Paul Ross, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Paul James Rust, Associate Professor of Psychology and English. 

Ph.D., University of Washington. 
Henry Ames Rutherford, Cone Mills Professor of Textile Chemistry and 

Head of Department. 

M.S., George Washington University. 
Hans Sagan, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Vienna. 
John Anthony Santolucito, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Joseph Neal Sasser, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Raymond Frederick Saxe, Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Liverpool, England. 
Leroy C. Saylor, Associate Professor of Genetics and Forestry. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Clarence Cayce Scarborough, Professor of Agricultural Education and 

Head of Department. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 229 

Robert Hilton Schaible, Assistant Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Claire L. Schelske, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Joachim-Dietrich Schobel, Visiting Professor of Mineral Industries. 

Doktor-Eng., Technische Hochschule, Stuttgart, Germany. 
Edward Martin Schoenborn, Jr., Professor of Chemical Engineering and 

Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
George John Schumacher, Visiting Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Herbert Temple Scofield, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Lewis Worth Seagondollar, Professor of Physics and Head of Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
James Arthur Seagraves, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
John Frank Seely, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Heinz Seltmann, Assistant Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Thomas Jackson Sheets, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Robert T. Sherwood, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
William Edward Shinn, Chester H. Roth Professor of Knitting Technology 

and Head of Department. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Charles E. Siewert, Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Richard Lee Simmons, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D. University of California. 
Manohar Singh, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D. Brown University. 
Edward Carroll Sisler, Associate Professor of Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Howard Gordon Small, Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Charles Smallwood, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering and Graduate 

Administrator. 

M.S., Harvard University. 
Frederick Otto Smetana, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Southern California. 
Benjamin Warfield Smith, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Clyde Fuhriman Smith, Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Edward Holman Smith, Professor of Entomology and Head of Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Frank Houston Smith, Professor of Animal Science. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Henry B. Smith, Associate Dean, School of Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Cincinnati. 
P. Gene Smith, Adjunct Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Ian Naismith Sneddon, Distinguished Adjunct Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Glasgow, Scotland. 



230 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Rufus Hummer Snyder, Professor Emeritus of Physics. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Marvin Luther Speck, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of 

Food Science and Microbiology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Herbert Elvin Speece, Professor of Mathematics and Mathematics and 

Science Education and Head of Department. 

PhD., University of North Carolina. 
George Anthony Spiva, Jr., Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Texas. 
William Eldon Splinter, Professor of Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Edward M. Stack, Professor of Modern Languages. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Ralph Winston Stacy, Professor of Biomathematics, Experimental Sta- 
tistics, and Zoology. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Hans Heinrich Anton Stadelmaier, Professor of Mineral Industries. 

Dr. rer. nat., Technische Hochschule, Stuttgart, Germany. 
Edward Paul Stahel, Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Alfred J. Stamm, Reuben B. Robertson Distinguished Professor of Wood 

Science and Technology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Vivian Thomas Stannett, Adjunct Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. 
Robert George Douglas Steel, Professor of Experimental Statistics and 

Associate Graduate Administrator. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Stanley George Stephens, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Profes- 
sor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Edinburgh University, Scotland. 
William Damon Stevenson, Jr., Professor of Electrical Engineering and 

Graduate Administrator. 

M.S., University of Michigan. 
Hamilton Arlo Stewart, Professor of Animal Science and Assistant Di- 
rector of Research, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Robert Franklin Stoops, Research Professor of Ceramic Engineering. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
David Lewis Strider, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Alastair MacDonald Stuart, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Raimond Aldrich Struble, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. 
Charles William Stuber, Assistant Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
William Clifton Stuckey, Jr., Associate Professor of Textiles. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Jack Suberman, Professor of English, Director of Summer Sessions and 

Director of Continuing Education. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Charles Wilson Suggs, Associate Professor of Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Joseph Gwyn Sutherland, U.S.D.A. Agricultural Economist. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 231 

Paul Porter Sutton, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 
Harold Everett Swaisgood, Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Ralph Clay Swann, Professor of Chemistry and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Ernst Warner Swanson, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Fred Russell Tarver, Jr., Associate Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia. 
Donald Loraine Thompson, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
William Alexander Brown Thomson, Assistant Professor of Food 

Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
David Harry Timothy, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Tsuan Wu Ting, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Indiana University. 
Elbert W. Tischendorf, Visiting Professor of Industrial Arts. 

M.A., Ohio State University. 
Frederick Joseph Tischer, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Prag, Czechoslovakia. 
George Stanford Tolley, Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Huseyin Cavit Topakoglu, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

B.Sc, Technological Institute of Istanbul. 
William Douglas Toussaint, Professor of Economics and Coordinator of 

Graduate Programs. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Samuel B. Tove, Professor of Animal Science and Biochemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Anastasios Christos Triantaphyllou, Associate Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Hedwig Hirschmann Triantaphyllou, Associate Professor of Plant 

Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Erlangen, Germany. 
James Richard Troyer, Associate Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Columbia University. 
Robert Wesley Truitt, L. L. Vaughan Professor of Mechanical Engineer- 
ing and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
William Preston Tucker, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Carl Byron Turner, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Lester Curtis Ulberg, Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Mehmet Ensar Uyanik, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
John G. Vandenbergh, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Hubertus Robert van der Vaart, Professor of Experimental Statistics and 

Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Leiden, Netherlands. 
John Pascal Vinti, Professor of Applied Mathematics. 

D.Sc, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Richard J. Volk, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 



232 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

George Henry Wahl, Jr., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., New York University. 
Harvey Edward Wahls, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
James Baird Walker, Assistant Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Brown University. 
James Lester Walker, Visiting Assistant Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Hawaii. 
Monroe Eliot Wall, Adjunct Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Rutgers University. 
Thomas Dudley Wallace, Associate Professor of Economcis and Experi- 
mental Statistics. 

M.S., Oklahoma State University. 
Richard Gaither Walser, Professor of English. 

M.A., University of North Carolina. 
William Wood Walter, Jr., Assistant Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia. 
Arthur W. Waltner, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Daniel Shou-ling Wang, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Thomas M. Ward, Instructor in Chemistry. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State University. 
Frederick Gail Warren, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State College. 
Donovan L. Waugh, Visiting Assistant Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
David S. Weaver, Professor Emeritus of Biological and Agricultural En- 
gineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Jerome Bernard Weber, Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Sterling Barg Weed, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Charles W. Welby, Associate Professor of Mineral Industries. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Frederick Lovejoy Wellman, Visiting Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Bertram W. Wells, Professor Emeritus of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Martin Allan Welt, Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering and 

Director of Nuclear Reactor Project. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Earl Allen Wernsman, Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Oscar Wesler, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Stanford University. 
Donald Albert West, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Joseph Arthur Weybrew, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor 

of Crop Science and Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Raymond Cyrus White, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., West Virginia University. 
John Kerr Whitfield, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Larry Alston Whitford, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Cliff R. Willey, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 233 

James Clifford Williams, III, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Southern California. 
Porter Williams, Jr., Associate Professor of English. 

M.A., Cambridge University; University of Virginia. 
James Claude Williamson, Jr., Professor of Economics and Assistant Di- 
rector of Research and Extension, School of Agriculture and Life 

Sciences. 

M.S., North Carolina State. 
Ralph E. Williamson, Assistant Professor of Botany and Biological and 

Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Nash Nicks Winstead, Professor of Plant Pathology, Director of the In- 
stitute of Biological Sciences and Assistant Director of Research, School 

of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Lowell Sheridan Winton, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
George Herman Wise, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of 

Animal Science and Head of Animal Nutrition Section. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Milton B. Wise, Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Edward H. Wiser, Assistant Professor of Biological and Agricultural En- 
gineering. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
William Garland Woltz, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
James Woodburn, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Dr. Engr., Johns Hopkins University. 
William Walton Woodhouse, Jr., Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Robert Wyllie Work, Professor of Textiles. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Arch Douglas Worsham, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State. 
Robert Takachi Yamamoto, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
David Allan Young, Jr., Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of Kansas. 
James N. Young, Associate Professor of Rural Sociology and Sociology. 

Ph.D., University of Kentucky. 
Talmage Brian Young, Associate Professor of Industrial Arts and Head 

of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Paul Z. T. ZlA, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Bruce J. Zobel, Edward F. Conger Professor of Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Carl Frank Zorowski, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology. 
Joseph David Zund, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Texas. 



INDEX 



Administration, Officers of, 3-4 

Administrative Board, 3-4; North 
Carolina State, 3-4; University of 
North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 4; 
University of North Carolina at 
Greensboro, 4 

Admissions, 23-25, 28; full graduate 
standing, 23; provisional admis- 
sion, 23; unclassified, 23-24; grad- 
uate-special, 24-25; public school 
personnel, 24 

Admission to candidacy for graduate 
degrees, 28; doctoral degree, 28, 
42; master's degrees, 28 

Adult Education, 45-46 

Advisory Committee, 29, 30, 38 

Agricultural Education, 46-47 

Agricultural Engineering, see Bio- 
logical and Agricultural Engineer- 
ing 

Agricultural Experiment Station, 
N. C, 13 

Agriculture, Master's degree in, 33- 
34 

Animal Science, 47-50 

Anthropology, see Sociology and 
Anthropology 

Assistantships, 22 

Audits, 20 

Biochemistry, 50-52 
Biological and Agricultural Engi- 
neering, 52-55 
Biological Sciences, Institute of, 17 
Botany, 56-59 

Calendar, 5-10 

Candidacy, admission to, 28, 42 

Ceramic Engineering, 59-61, 159-160 

Chemical Engineering, 62-66 

Chemistry, 66-70 

Civil Engineering:, 70-77 

Computing facilities, 16 

Course descriptions, 45-205 

Course loads, 19, 26-27 

Courses, method of numbering, 45 

Courses of Study, for master's de- 
grees, 29-30; for doctoral degree, 
38 

Crop Science, 77-79 

Degrees, 28-44; Doctor of Philoso- 
phy, 37-44; Master of Agriculture, 
33-34; Master of Science, 28-32, 
35-37; Master's in a Professional 
Field, 32, 34-35 

Departmental announcements, 45- 
205 

Description of courses, 45-205 

Diploma fees, 20 



Dissertation, 39-40; fee for micro- 
filming, 20 

Doctor of Philosophy Degree, 37-44; 
course of study, 38; residence re- 
quirement, 38-39; languages, 39; 
dissertation, 39-40; examinations, 
40; admission to candidacy, 42; 
summary of procedures, 42-44 

Economics, 79-88 

Education, 88-90 

Electrical Engineering, 90-96 

Engineering Mechanics, 96-100 

Engineering Research, Department 

of, 13 
English, as foreign language, 31, 39 
Entomology, 100-103 
Examinations, 32, 40-42 
Examining Committee, 32, 40-42 
Executive Council, 3 
Experimental Statistics, 103-113 
Extension Education, Graduate In- 
stitute of, 18 

Faculty, Graduate, 212-233; also see 
faculty listings under department- 
al announcements 

Fees, 19-21 

Fellowships, 21 

Fields of Instruction, 45-205; for 
doctoral degree, 37 

Food Science, 113-116 

Foreign language requirements, for 
doctoral degree, 39; for master's 
degrees, 31, 33-34 

Forestry, 116-122 

Genetics, 122-125 

Geological Engineering, 126-128, 
159-161 

Grades, 30-31 

Graduate credit, 29 ; for correspond- 
ence courses, 29; for extension 
courses, 29; for faculty and Uni- 
versity employees, 26; for seniors, 
27 

Graduate Record Examination, 23 

Graduate School, organization of, 
13-14; degrees offered, 28-44; fac- 
ulty, 212-233 

History, 128-129 
Horticultural Science, 130-132 

Industrial Arts, 132-133 
Industrial Education, 134-135 
Industrial Engineering, 135-138 
In-state students, definition of, 21 

Language requirements for grad- 
uate degrees, 31, 33, 34, 39 



Library, D. H. Hill, 14-15 

Map, campus 

Master of Science Degree, 28-32, 35- 
37; credits, 29; courses of study, 
29-30; residence, 30; class work, 
30; grades, 30-31; language re- 
quirements, 31; thesis, 32; exam- 
inations, 32; summary of proced- 
ures, 35-37 

Master's degrees, 28-37; Master of 
Science Degree, 28-32, 35-37; Mas- 
ter's in a professional field, 32- 
33, 34-35; Master of Agriculture, 
33-34 

Mathematics, 139-145 

Mathematics and Science Education, 
146-147 

Mechanical Engineering, 147-155 

Metallurgical Engineering, 155-157, 
159, 161 

Microbiology, 157-159 

Mineral Industries, 159-161; see 
also: Ceramic, Geological, and 
Metallurgical Engineering 

Modern Languages, 161-162 

National Teacher Examination, 23, 

34 
North Carolina State University, 

historical sketch, 11-12 
Nuclear Engineering, 162-166 

Oak Ridge, 17 

Occupational Information and Guid- 
ance, 166-169 
Operations Research, 169-172 



Out-of-state students, definition of, 
21 

Philosophy and Religion, 172 

Physical examinations, 26 

Physics, 172-177 

Plant Pathology, 177-180 

Politics, 180-181 

Poultry Science, 181-182 

Pi'ocedures, for doctoral degree, 42- 

44; for master's degrees, 34-37 
Psychology, 183-187 

Refunds, fees, 20 

Registration, 25 

Religion, see Philosophy and Re- 
ligion 

Residence facilities, 22 

Residence requirements, for doctoral 
degree, 38-39; for master's de- 
grees, 30 

Residence status, tuition, 21 

Rural Sociology, 187-190 

Sociology and Anthropology, 190- 

192 
Soil Science, 192-195 
Statistics, Experimental, 103-113 
Statistics, Institute of, 15-16 
Summer Sessions, fees, 20-21 

Textile Chemistry, 195-198 

Textile Technology, 195-196, 198-202 

Textiles, 195-202 

Thesis, 32-33; fees for registration, 

20 
Tuition and fees, 19-21 

Zoology, 202-205 



NORTH 





1. HOLLADAY 

2. ALUMNI 

3. PRIMROSE 

5. PEELE 

6 WATAUGA 

7. BROOKS 

8. FOURTH 

9. GOLD 

10. WELCH 

11. BAGWELL 
12 BERRY 

13. BECTON 

14. CLARK 

15. FRANK THOMPSON GYM 

16. SYME 

17. FIELD HOUSE 

19. KING 

20. LEAZAR 
21 LEE 

22. TOMPKINS 

23. WINSTON 

24. CERAMICS 



26. PAGE 

26. PARK SHOPS 

27. MORRIS 

28. LAUNDRY 

29. POWER PLANT 

30. RIDDICK 
31. DANIELS 

32. MANN 

33. WITHERS 

34. 1911 BUILDING 

35. RICKS 

36. PATTERSON 

37. BURLJNGTON NUCLEAR LABS 

38. WILLIAM NEAL REYNOLDS COLISEUM 

39. CARMICHAEL GYMNASIUM 

41. ALEXANDER 

42. STUDENT SUPPLY STORE 

43. BUREAU of MINES 

44. BROUGHTON 

45. POLK 

46. HARRELSON 

47. D. H. HILL LIERARY 



48. ERDAHL-CLOYD UNION 

49. SCOTT 

50. GARDNER 
51. WILLIAMS 

52. AGRONOMY GREENHOUSES 

53. LABORATORY BUILDING 

54. OWEN 

55. TURLINGTON 

56. TUCKER 
67. CAFETERIA 
60. KILGORE 

61. NELSON 

62. MANGUM 

63. PRINT SHOP 

64. BRAGAW 

65. BRANDON P. HODGES 

66. ROBERTSON 

67. AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

68. ANIMAL DIAG LABORATORY 
70. WUNC-TV 

71. MARRIED STUDENT HOU8INQ 
72. FRATERNITY HOUSING